ARTISTIC GREETINGS INC
PRER14A, 1998-04-01
GREETING CARDS
Previous: ARTISTIC GREETINGS INC, 10-K405, 1998-04-01
Next: ARTISTIC GREETINGS INC, SC 13E3/A, 1998-04-01



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
 
    Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
                                      1934
 
Filed by the Registrant  /X/
 
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant  / /
 
Check the appropriate box:
 
/X/  Preliminary Proxy Statement
 
/ /  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule
     14a-6(e)(2))
 
/ /  Definitive Proxy Statement
 
/ /  Definitive Additional Materials
 
/ /  Soliciting Material Pursuant to Section 240.14a-11(c) or Section 240.14a-12
 
                        ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
                (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
 
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
    (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement if other than the Registrant)
 
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 
/ /  No fee required.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
/ /  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
<S>                                       <C>        <C>                <C>              <C>
                                                                           PROPOSED
                                           NUMBER    PER SHARE MERGER       MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
          TITLE OF SECURITIES             OF SHARES    CONSIDERATION    AGGREGATE VALUE  FILING FEE
Common Stock, $.10 par value............  5,843,406      $    5.70        $33,307,414     $   6,662
</TABLE>
 
/X/  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
 
/ /  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule
     0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid
     previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
     or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                        ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
                                ONE KOMER CENTER
                             ELMIRA, NEW YORK 14902
 
[           ], 1998
 
DEAR STOCKHOLDER:
 
    You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of Stockholders (the
"Special Meeting") of Artistic Greetings Incorporated, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), to be held on [        ], 1998, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, at
[          ], New York, New York, for the following purposes:
 
        1. To consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Merger Proposal") to
    approve and adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"),
    attached as Annex I to the accompanying Proxy Statement, dated as of
    December 21, 1997, among MDC Communications Corporation, an Ontario, Canada
    corporation ("MDC"), AGI Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and a
    wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC ("Newco"), and the Company, and to approve
    consummation of the merger of Newco with and into the Company (the
    "Merger"), pursuant to which (a) the Company will be the surviving
    corporation and will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC and (b) each
    outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.10 per share (the "Shares"),
    of the Company (other than stock of the Company owned by the Company, MDC or
    any of their respective subsidiaries) will be converted into the right to
    receive $5.70 in cash (the "Merger Consideration"), without interest.
    Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is
    conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale described below.
 
   
        2. To consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Asset Sale Proposal") to
    approve and adopt the Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Asset Purchase
    Agreement"), attached as Annex II to the accompanying Proxy Statement, dated
    as of December 21, 1997, between Artistic Direct Incorporated, a New York
    corporation ("ADI"), and the Company, and to approve the sale (the "Asset
    Sale") of certain assets relating to the personalized product and catalog
    businesses of the Company (the "P&C Businesses") for the consideration set
    forth therein and the assumption of certain liabilities relating to the P&C
    Businesses, on the terms and conditions more fully described therein. No
    additional consideration will be received by the Stockholders as a result of
    the Asset Sale. Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Asset
    Purchase Agreement is conditioned upon consummation of the Merger.
    
 
        3. To consider a proposal to adjourn the Special Meeting if necessary to
    permit further solicitation of proxies in the event there are not sufficient
    votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve and adopt the Merger
    Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and to approve the Merger and the
    Asset Sale.
 
        4. To transact such other business as may properly come before the
    Special Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
 
    In the event the Stockholders of the Company (i) vote in favor of the
proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and approve consummation of
the Merger but vote against the proposal to approve and adopt the Asset Purchase
Agreement and approve consummation of the Asset Sale or (ii) vote in favor of
the proposal to approve and adopt the Asset Purchase Agreement and approve
consummation of the Asset Sale but vote against the proposal to approve and
adopt the Merger Agreement and approve consummation of the Merger, neither
transaction will be consummated. Subject to certain conditions, holders of
approximately 45% of the Shares of the Company have agreed with MDC to vote
their Shares in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement, the
Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale.
 
    The items of business to be considered at the Special Meeting are more fully
described in the proxy statement (the "Proxy Statement") and Notice of Special
Meeting of Stockholders accompanying this letter. Details of the Merger
Agreement, the Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Asset Sale and
<PAGE>
other important information concerning the Company appear in the accompanying
Proxy Statement. Please give this material your careful attention.
 
   
    For the reasons set forth in the attached Proxy Statement, the Board of
Directors of the Company, based on the unanimous recommendation of the two
non-interested directors and of a special committee of the Board of Directors,
has approved the Merger Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and
consummation of the Merger and the Asset Sale and has determined that the Merger
and the Asset Sale, taken together, are fair and in the best interests of the
Company and its unaffiliated Stockholders and recommends a vote by the
Stockholders of the Company for approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement
and the Asset Purchase Agreement and approval of consummation of the Merger and
the Asset Sale. Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement is conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale.
    
 
    Accordingly, whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, we urge
you to complete, sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it in the
enclosed postage-prepaid envelope. You may revoke your Proxy in the manner
described in the accompanying Proxy Statement at any time before it has been
voted at the Special Meeting. If you attend the Special Meeting, you may vote in
person even if you have previously returned your proxy card. Your prompt
cooperation is greatly appreciated.
 
Sincerely,
Thomas C. Wyckoff
Assistant Secretary
Elmira, New York
[           ], 1998
 
    THIS TRANSACTION HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF
SUCH TRANSACTION NOR UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                        ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
                                ONE KOMER CENTER
                             ELMIRA, NEW YORK 14902
 
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                         TO BE HELD [           ], 1998
 
TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF
ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED:
 
    NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Special Meeting of the Stockholders (the
"Special Meeting") of Artistic Greetings Incorporated, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), will be held at [         ], New York, New York, on
[           ], 1998, at 10 a.m., Eastern time, for the following purposes:
 
        1.  To consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Merger Proposal") to
    approve and adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"),
    attached as Annex I to the accompanying Proxy Statement, dated as of
    December 21, 1997, among MDC Communications Corporation, an Ontario, Canada
    corporation ("MDC"), AGI Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and a
    wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC ("Newco"), and the Company, and to approve
    consummation of the merger of Newco with and into the Company (the
    "Merger"), pursuant to which (a) the Company will be the surviving
    corporation and will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC and (b) each
    outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.10 per share (the "Shares"),
    of the Company (other than stock of the Company owned by the Company, MDC or
    any of their respective subsidiaries) will be converted into the right to
    receive $5.70 in cash (the "Merger Consideration"), without interest.
    Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is
    conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale described below.
 
   
        2.  To consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Asset Sale Proposal") to
    approve and adopt the Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Asset Purchase
    Agreement"), attached as Annex II to the accompanying Proxy Statement, dated
    as of December 21, 1997, between Artistic Direct Incorporated, a New York
    corporation ("ADI"), and the Company, and to approve the sale (the "Asset
    Sale") of certain assets relating to the personalized product and catalog
    businesses of the Company (the "P&C Businesses") for the consideration set
    forth therein and the assumption of certain liabilities relating to the P&C
    Businesses, on the terms and conditions more fully described therein. No
    additional consideration will be received by the Stockholders as a result of
    the Asset Sale. Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Asset
    Purchase Agreement is conditioned upon consummation of the Merger.
    
 
        3.  To consider a proposal to adjourn the Special Meeting if necessary
    to permit further solicitation of proxies in the event there are not
    sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve and adopt the
    Merger Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and to approve the Merger
    and the Asset Sale.
 
        4.  To transact such other business as may properly come before the
    Special Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
 
    In the event the Stockholders of the Company (i) vote in favor of the
proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and approve consummation of
the Merger but vote against the proposal to approve and adopt the Asset Purchase
Agreement and approve consummation of the Asset Sale or (ii) vote in favor of
the proposal to approve and adopt the Asset Purchase Agreement and approve
consummation of the Asset Sale but vote against the proposal to approve and
adopt the Merger Agreement and approve consummation of the Merger, neither
transaction will be consummated. Subject to certain conditions, holders of
approximately 45% of the Shares of the Company have agreed with MDC to vote
their Shares in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement, the
Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale.
<PAGE>
    Only Stockholders of record at the close of business on [           ], 1998,
will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting.
 
    All Stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Special Meeting in
person; however, to ensure your representation at the Special Meeting you are
urged to mark, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card as promptly as
possible in the postage prepaid envelope enclosed for that purpose. YOU MAY
REVOKE YOUR PROXY IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY STATEMENT AT
ANY TIME BEFORE IT HAS BEEN VOTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING. ANY STOCKHOLDER
ATTENDING THE SPECIAL MEETING MAY VOTE IN PERSON EVEN IF HE OR SHE HAS RETURNED
A PROXY.
 
    Under Delaware law, Stockholders of the Company are entitled to appraisal
rights in connection with the Merger.
 
                                          By Order of the Board of Directors
                                          Thomas C. Wyckoff
                                          Assistant Secretary
 
Dated: [           ], 1998
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................           1
  Purpose of the Special Meeting...........................................................................           1
  Voting at the Special Meeting............................................................................           1
  Proxies..................................................................................................           2
  Proxy Solicitation.......................................................................................           2
  Other Matters to Be Considered...........................................................................           2
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.................................................................................           2
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           3
SPECIAL FACTORS............................................................................................           8
  Background of the Merger.................................................................................           8
  Recommendation of the Company's Board of Directors.......................................................          12
  Perspective of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff.......................................................................          13
  Opinion of Financial Advisor.............................................................................          13
  Interests of Certain Persons.............................................................................          17
  Certain Effects of the Consummation of the Merger........................................................          17
  Certain Effects of the Asset Sale........................................................................          18
  Plans for the Company After the Merger...................................................................          18
  Projections of Future Operations.........................................................................          18
SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA.................................................................          20
THE MERGER AGREEMENT.......................................................................................          21
THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT...............................................................................          28
THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.................................................................................          31
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN PERSONS......................................................................          33
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS; EXPENSES.......................................................................          35
PRICE RANGE OF SHARES AND DIVIDENDS........................................................................          36
RIGHTS OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS...........................................................................          36
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................................................          39
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS.......................................................................          41
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.......................................................................          42
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...................................................................          43
BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY....................................................................................          46
CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING MDC, NEWCO AND ADI..........................................................          52
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 1998 ANNUAL MEETING..............................................................          52
POSTPONEMENT OR ADJOURNMENT OF SPECIAL MEETING.............................................................          53
OTHER MATTERS..............................................................................................          53
INDEMNIFICATION FOR FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW VIOLATIONS......................................................          53
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS....................................................................................          53
AVAILABLE INFORMATION......................................................................................          53
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE............................................................          54
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>             <C>
SCHEDULE I      --Certain Information Regarding the Filing Persons
ANNEX I         --Agreement and Plan of Merger
ANNEX II        --Asset Purchase Agreement
ANNEX III       --Stockholders Agreement
ANNEX IV        --Opinion of PaineWebber Incorporated
ANNEX V         --Text of Section 262 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
ANNEX VI        --Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                1997
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                  INTRODUCTION
 
    This Proxy Statement is being furnished to the Stockholders of Artistic
Greetings Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection
with the solicitation of proxies on behalf of the Board of Directors of the
Company for use at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Company to be held
on [          ], 1998 (the "Special Meeting").
 
    This Proxy Statement and accompanying Notice of Special Meeting of
Stockholders and form of proxy are being mailed on or about [          ], 1998
to holders of shares (the "Stockholders") of Common Stock of the Company
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting.
 
PURPOSE OF THE SPECIAL MEETING
 
   
    At the Special Meeting, the Stockholders of the Company are being asked to
consider and vote upon the approval of the Merger Proposal and the Asset Sale
Proposal (each as defined herein). The Merger Proposal involves the merger of
AGI Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation ("Newco") and a wholly owned
subsidiary of MDC Communications Corporation, an Ontario, Canada corporation
("MDC"), with and into the Company (the "Merger"), in accordance with an
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 21, 1997 (the "Merger
Agreement"), by and among the Company, MDC and Newco, as a result of which (i)
the Company will be the surviving corporation and will become a wholly owned
subsidiary of MDC, and (ii) each outstanding share of common stock, par value
$0.10 per share (the "Shares") (other than stock of the Company owned by the
Company, MDC or any of their respective subsidiaries), will be converted into
the right to receive $5.70 in cash (the "Merger Consideration"), without
interest. The Asset Sale Proposal involves the asset sale (the "Asset Sale") by
the Company in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of
December 21, 1997 (the "Asset Purchase Agreement"), by and among the Company and
Artistic Direct Incorporated, a New York corporation ("ADI"), as a result of
which the Company will sell certain assets, and ADI will assume certain
liabilities, relating to the personalized product and catalog businesses (the
"P&C Businesses") of the Company. ADI was formed by Thomas C. Wyckoff, Chief
Operating Officer of the Company, for the purpose of effecting the Asset Sale to
ADI. Mr. Raymond Mahar, Jr. and Mr. Wyckoff will be the principal equity
investors in ADI, with Mr. Wyckoff contributing $750,000, for an 80% interest in
ADI, and Mr. Mahar contributing $500,000 for a 20% interest in ADI. No
additional consideration will be received by the Stockholders as a result of the
Asset Sale. Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement is conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale and consummation of
the transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement is conditioned
upon consummation of the Merger.
    
 
VOTING AT THE SPECIAL MEETING
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company has fixed the close of business on
         [  ], 1998 as the record date (the "Record Date") for the determination
of Stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting.
Accordingly, only holders of record of the Shares at the close of business on
the Record Date will be entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. At the close of
business on the Record Date, there were [      ] Shares outstanding and entitled
to vote, held by approximately [    ] Stockholders of record.
 
   
    Pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"DGCL"), the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of all of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock is required to approve and adopt the Merger
Agreement, the Merger, the Asset Sale Agreement and the Asset Sale. There is no
requirement that the Merger Agreement, the Merger, the Asset Sale Agreement and
the Asset Sale be approved by the vote of a majority of unaffiliated
Stockholders. At the time of entering into the Merger Agreement, MDC entered
into a Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") with American
Greetings Corporation ("AGC") and Stuart Komer pursuant to which, subject to
certain conditions, AGC and Mr. Komer agreed with MDC to vote 2,250,000 and
371,786 Shares of the Company, respectively, for the Merger Proposal and the
Asset Sale Proposal. Such Shares constitute approximately 45% of the outstanding
Shares. See "THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT."
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    Any Shares not voted (whether by abstention, broker non-vote or otherwise)
will have the effect of votes "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal and the Asset Sale
Proposal.
 
PROXIES
 
    Stockholders of the Company are requested to complete, date, sign and
promptly return the accompanying form of proxy in the enclosed envelope. Shares
represented by properly executed proxies received by the Company and not revoked
as described in the following paragraph will be voted at the Special Meeting in
accordance with the instructions contained herein. If instructions are not
contained therein, proxies will be voted "FOR" approval of the Merger Proposal
and "FOR" approval of the Asset Proposal.
 
    Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be revoked by the person
giving it at any time before it is voted (a) by filing with the Assistant
Secretary of the Company written notice of such revocation bearing a later date
than the proxy, (b) by duly executing a subsequent proxy relating to the same
Shares and delivering it to the Assistant Secretary of the Company, or (c) by
attending the Special Meeting and voting in person. Attendance at the Special
Meeting will not in and of itself constitute revocation of a proxy. Any written
notice revoking a proxy should be sent to the attention of Thomas C. Wyckoff,
Assistant Secretary, Artistic Greetings Incorporated, One Komer Center, P.O. Box
1999, Elmira, New York 14902-1999.
 
PROXY SOLICITATION
 
    All expenses of this solicitation, including the cost of preparing and
mailing this Proxy Statement, will be borne by the Company. No solicitation,
other than this solicitation, by use of the mails will be made in connection
with this solicitation. Brokers, nominees, fiduciaries and other custodians have
been requested to forward soliciting material to beneficial owners of Shares
held of record by them, and such custodians will be reimbursed for their
expenses.
 
    All information in this Proxy Statement concerning MDC and Newco has been
supplied by MDC. All information in this Proxy Statement concerning ADI has been
supplied by ADI. All other information herein has been supplied by the Company.
 
OTHER MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED
 
    It is not anticipated that any matters other than the approval of the Merger
Proposal and the approval of the Asset Sale Proposal will be brought before the
Special Meeting. The Bylaws of the Company provide that no business may be
transacted at a special meeting of Stockholders unless it is included in the
notice of the meeting. However, if any other matter should properly come before
the meeting, proxies will be voted in the discretion of the persons named in the
enclosed proxy.
 
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    The Company has made forward-looking statements in this document (including
disclosure that are incorporated by reference herein) that are subject to risks
and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results,
performances or achievements of the Company, or industry results, to be
materially different from any future results, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking
statements include the information concerning possible or assumed future results
of operations of the Company set forth under "SPECIAL FACTORS--Background of the
Merger," "SPECIAL FACTORS--Plans for the Company After the Merger" and "SPECIAL
FACTORS--Projections of Future Operations" and those preceded or followed by or
that include the words "believes," "expects," "anticipates" or similar
expressions. There can be no assurance that (i) the Company and its Board have
correctly identified and assessed all of the factors affecting the Company's
businesses; (ii) the publicly available and other information with respect to
these factors on which the Company and its Board have based their analyses is
complete and correct; or (iii) the Company's strategy, and its Board's analyses
are correct; or (iv) the Company's strategy, which is based in part on these
analyses, will be successful.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    This summary has been prepared to assist Stockholders of the Company, in
their review of the proposal (the "Merger Proposal"), described in detail in
this proxy statement (the "Proxy Statement"), to approve the Merger Agreement
and the Merger of Newco with and into the Company in accordance with the Merger
Agreement, as a result of which (i) the Company will be the surviving
corporation and will become a wholly owned subsidiary of MDC, and (ii) each
outstanding Share of common stock (the "Common Stock") (other than stock of the
Company owned by the Company, MDC or any of their respective subsidiaries) will
be converted into the right to receive $5.70 in cash without interest; and to
assist the Company's Stockholders in their review of the proposal (the "Asset
Sale Proposal"), described in detail in the attached Proxy Statement, to approve
the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale by the Company in accordance
with the Asset Purchase Agreement, as a result of which the Company will sell
certain assets, and ADI will assume certain liabilities, relating to the P&C
Businesses of the Company. Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
Merger Agreement is conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale and
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement is
conditioned upon consummation of the Merger.
 
    The Proxy Statement and the accompanying Notice of Special Meeting and form
of proxy are first being mailed on or about [           ], 1998 to Stockholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of the
Company to be held on [           ], 1998.
 
    This summary is not intended to be a complete explanation of the matters
relating to the Merger Agreement or the proposed Merger or to the Asset Purchase
Agreement or the proposed Asset Sale and is qualified in all respects by
reference to the detailed explanation contained in this Proxy Statement and the
Annexes hereto. Stockholders are urged to review carefully the entire Proxy
Statement, including the Annexes. Cross references in this summary are to
captions in the Proxy Statement.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
PURPOSE OF SPECIAL MEETING......  To vote upon the Merger Proposal and Asset Sale Proposal.
                                  See "INTRODUCTION--Purpose of the Special Meeting."
 
DATE AND TIME OF SPECIAL
  MEETING.......................  [           ], 1998 at 10 a.m., Eastern time
 
PLACE OF MEETING................  [           ], New York, New York
 
RECORD DATE.....................  [           ], 1998
 
NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
  STOCK ENTITLED TO VOTE........  5,843,406 Shares
 
APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF OWNERS OF
  RECORD OF SHARES OF STOCK.....  550
 
MERGER TERMS....................  As a result of the Merger, the Company will become a
                                  wholly owned subsidiary of MDC, and each outstanding Share
                                  will be converted into the right to receive $5.70 per
                                  Share in cash (the "Merger Consideration"). See "THE
                                  MERGER AGREEMENT." Consummation of the Merger is
                                  conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale described
                                  below.
 
ASSET SALE TERMS................  In the Asset Sale, the Company will sell certain assets
                                  and transfer certain liabilities of the Company relating
                                  to the P&C Businesses to ADI. See "THE ASSET PURCHASE
                                  AGREEMENT."
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
INTEREST OF CERTAIN PERSONS.....  ADI was formed by Thomas C. Wyckoff, Chief Operating
                                  Officer of the Company, for the purpose of effecting the
                                  Asset Sale to ADI. Mr. Thomas C. Wyckoff (Chief Operating
                                  Officer of the Company) and Mr. Raymond Mahar, Jr. will be
                                  the principal equity investors in ADI. See "SPECIAL
                                  FACTORS--Interests of Certain Persons." Pursuant to the
                                  Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay
                                  the costs and expenses of ADI in connection with the
                                  transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement,
                                  other than certain of the fees and expenses of financing
                                  sources. See "SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS; EXPENSES."
 
VOTING RIGHTS...................  The close of business on [           ], 1998 has been
                                  fixed as the Record Date for determining holders of Common
                                  Stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special
                                  Meeting. Each share of Common Stock outstanding on the
                                  Record Date is entitled to one vote at the Special
                                  Meeting. As of the Record Date, 5,843,406 shares of Common
                                  Stock were outstanding and held of record by approximately
                                  550 holders. The presence, in person or by proxy, of the
                                  holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock
                                  entitled to vote at the Special Meeting is necessary to
                                  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of the
                                  meeting.
 
                                  Any proxy given by a stockholder may be revoked by the
                                  stockholder at any time, prior to the voting of the proxy,
                                  by delivering a written notice to the Assistant Secretary
                                  of the Company, by executing and delivering a later-dated
                                  proxy or by attending the meeting and voting in person.
                                  Unless contrary instructions are indicated on the proxy
                                  card, all Shares represented by valid proxies will be
                                  voted "FOR" the Merger Proposal and "FOR" the Asset Sale
                                  Proposal. See "INTRODUCTION--Voting at the Special Meet-
                                  ing."
 
REQUIRED VOTE...................  The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
                                  outstanding Shares is required for approval of the Merger
                                  Proposal and for approval of the Asset Sale Proposal. See
                                  "INTRODUCTION-- Voting at the Special Meeting."
 
VOTING AGREEMENT OF CERTAIN
  PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS........  AT THE TIME OF ENTERING INTO THE MERGER AGREEMENT, MDC
                                  ENTERED INTO A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT WITH AGC AND MR.
                                  KOMER PURSUANT TO WHICH, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS,
                                  AGC AND MR. KOMER AGREED TO VOTE 2,250,000 AND 371,786
                                  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, RESPECTIVELY, FOR APPROVAL OF THE
                                  MERGER PROPOSAL AND THE ASSET SALE PROPOSAL. SEE "THE
                                  STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT." SUCH SHARES CONSTITUTE
                                  APPROXIMATELY 45% OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER....  The Merger is expected to become effective as of the date
                                  and time (the "Effective Time") of the filing of an
                                  appropriate Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of
                                  State of the State of Delaware, which is anticipated to
                                  occur as soon as practicable after the approval and
                                  adoption of the Merger Agreement by the Company's
                                  Stockholders and the satisfaction or waiver of the other
                                  conditions to the Merger stated in the Merger Agreement,
                                  including consummation of the Asset Sale. See "THE MERGER
                                  AGREEMENT."
 
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER........  For a description of the events leading to the approval
                                  and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Asset
                                  Purchase Agreement by the Board, see "SPECIAL
                                  FACTORS--Background of the Merger."
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE COMPANY'S
  BOARD OF DIRECTORS............  The Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"), based on
                                  the unanimous recommendation of the two non-interested
                                  directors of the Company and of a special committee (the
                                  "Special Committee") of the Board consisting of Messrs.
                                  Komer, Edelcup, Goodridge and Weiss (of which Messrs.
                                  Komer and Weiss were each previously to be equityholders
                                  of ADI), has approved the Merger, the Merger Agreement,
                                  the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale, has
                                  determined that the Merger and the Asset Sale, taken
                                  together, are fair to and in the best interests of the
                                  Company's unaffiliated Stockholders and recommends that
                                  the Stockholders vote "FOR" the Merger Proposal and the
                                  Asset Sale Proposal. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Recommendation
                                  of the Company's Board of Directors."
 
PERSPECTIVE OF ADI AND MR.
  WYCKOFF.......................  Each of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff adopts the analyses of the
                                  Company's Board of Directors under "--Recommendation of
                                  the Company's Board of Directors." Based on the foregoing,
                                  each of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff are of the opinion that the
                                  Merger and the Asset Sale, taken together, are fair to the
                                  unaffiliated Stockholders.
 
                                  Mr. Wyckoff intends to vote all of the shares of the
                                  Company's Stock that he owns for approval of the Merger
                                  Proposal and the Asset Sale Proposal.
 
                                  However, each of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff did not perform any
                                  independent investigation or analysis with respect
                                  thereto, and, accordingly, do not make any recommendation
                                  to any Stockholder with respect to the Merger and the
                                  Asset Sale. In addition, Stockholders should be aware that
                                  the objective of ADI during the negotiation of the Asset
                                  Sale was to obtain the best possible terms for itself and
                                  its stockholders rather than for the Company and its
                                  Stockholders. Accordingly, Stockholders are cautioned not
                                  to rely upon the views of ADI or Mr. Wyckoff with respect
                                  to the Merger and Asset Sale.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR....  PaineWebber Incorporated, the Company's financial advisor
                                  ("PaineWebber"), has delivered to the Board its written
                                  opinion dated [        ], 1998, a copy of which is
                                  attached hereto as Annex IV, that, as of such date and on
                                  the basis of and subject to the matters set forth therein,
                                  the Merger Consideration to be received by the
                                  unaffiliated Stockholders of the Company (as defined in
                                  the opinion) is fair to the unaffiliated Stockholders of
                                  the Company from a financial point of view. See "SPECIAL
                                  FACTORS--Opinion of Financial Advisor."
 
RIGHTS OF OBJECTING
  STOCKHOLDERS..................  Under the DGCL, Stockholders who do not vote in favor of
                                  the Merger and file demands for appraisal prior to the
                                  stockholder vote on the Merger Agreement, upon the
                                  consummation of the Merger, have the right to obtain a
                                  cash payment for the "fair value" of their shares of
                                  Common Stock. In order to exercise such rights, a
                                  stockholder must comply with all of the procedural
                                  requirements of Section 262 ("Section 262") of the DGCL, a
                                  description of which is provided in "Rights of Objecting
                                  Stockholders" herein and the full text of which is
                                  attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex V. Such "fair
                                  value" will be determined in judicial proceedings, the
                                  result of which cannot be predicted. Failure to take any
                                  of the steps required under Section 262 may result in a
                                  loss of such dissenter's rights. See "RIGHTS OF OBJECTING
                                  STOCKHOLDERS."
 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
  CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER....  The receipt of cash for Shares pursuant to the Merger will
                                  be a taxable transaction to the Stockholders for U.S.
                                  Federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue
                                  Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and may be a
                                  taxable transaction for foreign, state and local income
                                  tax purposes as well. Stockholders should consult their
                                  own tax advisors regarding the U.S. Federal income tax
                                  consequences of the Merger, as well as any tax
                                  consequences under state, local or foreign laws. See
                                  "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER."
</TABLE>
    
 
    A STOCKHOLDER WHO RETURNS A SIGNED PROXY BUT FAILS TO PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS
AS TO THE MANNER IN WHICH SUCH SHARES ARE TO BE VOTED WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
VOTED TO APPROVE THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER AND THEREFORE TO HAVE
WAIVED HIS DISSENTERS' RIGHTS. NEITHER A VOTE AGAINST, NOR AN ABSTENTION, NOR A
FAILURE TO VOTE WITH REGARD TO THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER WILL
CONSTITUTE A TIMELY WRITTEN OBJECTION TO THE MERGER. SEE "RIGHTS OF OBJECTING
STOCKHOLDERS" IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT FOR A MORE COMPLETE DISCUSSION OF
STOCKHOLDERS' APPRAISAL RIGHTS.
 
    THE BOARD, BASED ON THE UNANIMOUS RECOMMENDATION OF THE TWO NON-INTERESTED
DIRECTORS AND THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE, RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" THE
MERGER PROPOSAL AND "FOR" THE ASSET SALE PROPOSAL.
 
    STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO READ AND CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND TO CONSULT WITH THEIR PERSONAL FINANCIAL
AND TAX ADVISORS.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING FORM OF PROXY ARE FIRST BEING
MAILED TO STOCKHOLDERS ON OR ABOUT [           ], 1998.
 
    IT IS IMPORTANT THAT PROXIES BE RETURNED PROMPTLY. THEREFORE, WHETHER OR NOT
YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN
THE PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE PAID ENVELOPE.
 
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE
ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT SHALL NOT IMPLY THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY, MDC, NEWCO OR ADI SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                SPECIAL FACTORS
 
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER
 
    The Company has considered continued growth in its revenues and earnings as
a key objective of its strategic planning, while recognizing the relatively
high-cost, low-margin nature of its principal businesses and the competitive
nature of their markets. In that context, and also taking into account the
shifting mix of the Company's business and other market factors, the Board has
from time to time reviewed the Company's strategic planning, including the
possibility of making acquisitions or divestitures of certain of its businesses.
Since the acquisition of Valcheck in May of 1995, the Company has explored
potential strategic combinations with other industry participants in its
business lines including, in the summer of 1996, approaching MDC to inquire
whether MDC was interested in disposing of certain of its businesses.
 
    In September 1996, a representative of MDC contacted members of the Board
and made them aware of the interest of MDC in effecting a possible business
combination with the Company. In response to this contact, and in the context of
a general review of strategic alternatives, certain members of the Board met
with several financial advisors and selected PaineWebber to serve the Company in
such capacity. The Company also executed a confidentiality agreement with MDC on
October 21, 1996. On October 24, 1996, a meeting of the Board convened to review
the contacts with MDC and discuss with legal counsel and PaineWebber the options
available to the Company. At that meeting representatives of PaineWebber advised
the Board that the Company was engaged in highly competitive businesses in
relatively slow growth markets, that there was a good fit between the businesses
of the Company and the businesses of MDC, and that a privately negotiated
purchase was more likely to yield higher value to the Stockholders of the
Company than a public auction process. At that time the Board authorized
PaineWebber and management of the Company to prepare certain preliminary
financial information to deliver to MDC and to communicate to MDC that the
Company was interested in further discussions concerning a possible business
combination between MDC and the Company. In early December 1996, PaineWebber
delivered to MDC certain financial information concerning the Company and
meetings between management of the Company and management of MDC took place in
January 1997. In late January 1997, MDC communicated to the Company that it had
determined not to pursue further discussions regarding a business combination
with the Company at that time.
 
    At a Board meeting on February 27, 1997, the Board further discussed
strategic alternatives available to the Company. At the meeting the Board
authorized management of the Company to investigate various means of creating
value for the Stockholders of the Company, including the possibility of a
management buyout or a sale of the Company. Throughout March and April 1997,
management of the Company contacted several possible financial and strategic
buyers of the Company. At the request of one potential strategic buyer,
management of the Company prepared a management buyout proposal. In late April
1997, the strategic buyer indicated to management of the Company that it had
determined not to pursue the management buyout alternative, and the other
parties approached had previously indicated that they did not wish to engage in
further discussions.
 
    On April 30, 1997, the Board reviewed with management recent events and
discussed strategic alternatives available to the Company. On May 1, 1997, the
Board authorized the creation of the Special Committee, consisting of Messrs.
Komer, Edelcup, Goodridge and Weiss, to continue discussions with the potential
strategic buyer regarding transaction structures other than a management buyout
and also to seek out other parties who might be interested in effecting a
business combination with the Company. On May 1, 1997, the Special Committee
held its first meeting, together with PaineWebber as its financial advisor and
outside legal counsel, Cahill Gordon & Reindel. The Special Committee authorized
PaineWebber, in conjunction with management of the Company, to prepare a
memorandum describing the Company's businesses and containing financial
information concerning the Company and to approach, on a confidential basis,
strategic and financial parties who might be interested in discussions with the
Company regarding a possible business combination.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    During May and June of 1997, an offering memorandum was prepared and
approximately eleven entities were approached regarding potential interest in
the Company, including both entities which had previously discussed a possible
business combination with the Company. Three of the entities contacted,
including MDC, indicated interest in pursuing a possible transaction; the
remaining entities indicated that, for various reasons, they were not interested
in further discussions with the Company. Throughout June and July, MDC and one
other potential strategic buyer conducted extensive due diligence of the Company
and held numerous meetings to discuss the prospects of the Company's business
with members of management. The other third party who had indicated possible
interest did not participate in due diligence.
 
    In late July 1997, the two strategic buyers were each provided the form of a
proposed two-step tender offer and merger agreement and were instructed by
PaineWebber to submit their highest and best offers on or before August 6, 1997.
On August 6, 1997, the Company received a letter of interest from MDC which
indicated a preliminary valuation of the Company of $25,000,000 to $35,000,000
or, on a fully diluted basis, a range of approximately $4.80 to $5.95 per Share.
The letter of interest contained certain conditions, especially with regard to
the P&C Businesses, as to which MDC requested an additional due diligence period
prior to furnishing a firm valuation of the Company. The second strategic buyer
declined to submit a proposal.
 
   
    When requested by PaineWebber to clarify its letter, MDC delivered to the
Company a replacement letter of interest, dated August 7, 1997, which indicated
a valuation of the entire Company at $5.00 per Share, conditional upon MDC's
satisfaction that the P&C Businesses would generate fiscal 1998 operating
earnings of $2,000,000 and certain other conditions. The letter also provided
that in lieu of meeting such condition, MDC's valuation of the Company would be
$4.25 per Share, or approximately $25,000,000, for both the Check Business and
the P&C Businesses as a whole. The August 7 letter was subject to the same
conditions as the August 6 letter, as well as a complete due diligence condition
and a requirement that AGC enter into a lock-up agreement.
    
 
    The Special Committee met on August 8, 1997 to review the status of
discussions. At the meeting PaineWebber discussed with the Special Committee the
marketing process conducted for the Company as well as the contents of the
letters from MDC. The Special Committee requested management of the Company to
prepare a summary of the Company's updated, stand-alone strategic business plan
for the next three years. The Special Committee did not then elect to pursue any
specific course of action.
 
   
    Following the August 8 meeting, members of the Special Committee had
numerous discussions with MDC regarding the letters from MDC. MDC communicated
to the Special Committee that it did not want to assume the unknown risks of
owning the P&C Businesses and of disposing of the P&C Business in a separate
transaction following the Merger. The Board also discussed among themselves and
with management the Company's updated stand-alone business plan, which focused
on increasing the sales of the Company by a combination of cost reductions and
the reinvestment of substantially all of the earnings of the Company in
advertising for its principal product lines. In order to accommodate MDC, the
Special Committee considered other alternatives for the disposal of the P&C
Businesses. One such alternative considered was a separate auction of the P&C
Businesses. The Special Committee rejected this idea because, in the Special
Committee's opinion, the additional length of time such an auction would entail
(including customary due diligence analysis by prospective purchasers and
contractual negotiations) would have jeopardized the negotiations with MDC.
Another alternative considered by the Special Committee was to have
representatives of management approach MDC regarding a separate acquisition of
the P&C Businesses by management at the time of the Merger, which acquisition
would be pursuant to documentation that would allow the Company to receive and
accept higher and better offers, subject to a customary break-up fee with
expense reimbursement provisions. Mr. Wyckoff informed the Special Committee
that he was willing to investigate the possibility of acquiring the P&C
Businesses on such a basis. During this time, the Company indirectly heard that
a third party might be interested in acquiring the P&C Businesses. Due to the
harm such delay could have on the negotiations with MDC, and due to the
uncertainty
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
surrounding such party's intentions, the Company determined that such indication
of interest did not warrant the time and expense to pursue that it would
require. Therefore, the Company did not contact this third party nor did the
third party ever directly contact the Company with any proposal.
    
 
    In late August and early September, Mr. Wyckoff approached several lending
institutions and state agencies seeking financing for such a transaction. Mr.
Wyckoff also had discussions with members of the Special Committee as to the
value of the P&C Businesses.
 
    On September 10, 1997, based on preliminary indications of interest from
potential financing sources and on prior discussions with members of the Special
Committee, Mr. Wyckoff informed MDC that he would be willing to form an entity
to purchase the P&C Businesses for $9 million in cash, subject to negotiation
regarding the allocation between MDC and such entity of certain liabilities
relating to the P&C Businesses. Representatives of MDC then informed PaineWebber
that MDC would consider a transaction involving consideration of $5.60 per
Share, subject to contemporaneous disposition of the P&C Businesses to Mr.
Wyckoff, if the terms included the payment of cash consideration of $9 million
and the satisfactory resolution of issues regarding assumption of liabilities
and separation of the Company's businesses.
 
   
    The Special Committee believed that the $9 million cash consideration was
appropriate, based on its own understanding of comparable transactions and the
financing available for such transactions, as well as MDC's apparent valuation
of the P&C Businesses, in the context of the acquisition of the entire Company,
at a maximum of approximately $4.5 million based upon MDC's August 7th valuation
of the entire Company of approximately $29,500,000 and their subsequent
agreement to purchase solely the Check Business for approximately $25,000,000.
The Special Committee did not seek an independent appraisal of the value of the
P&C Businesses as its own separate entity, nor did it obtain a separate fairness
opinion with respect to the Asset Sale. In addition, the Special Committee also
deemed relevant the ability of other possible purchasers, after announcement of
any transaction, to request and receive information and make higher and better
offers for the P&C Businesses.
    
 
    On September 10, 1997, the Special Committee convened to review these
discussions. At the conclusion of the meeting, the Board authorized management
and its representatives to continue discussions with MDC and Mr. Wyckoff
consistent with the proposal described to the Special Committee. Mr. Wyckoff
then continued his discussions and negotiations with sources of debt financing
and potential equity investors including Messrs. Komer and Weiss. Mr. Wyckoff
formed ADI on September 25, 1997.
 
    On September 30, 1997, in response to recent trading activity in the
Company's common stock, the Company issued a press release stating that it was
engaged in discussions regarding a possible sale of the Company.
 
    During the next month, representatives of the Company, MDC and ADI had
several discussions regarding the proposed transaction and MDC conducted due
diligence of the Company. On October 8, 1997, the Special Committee met to
review the status of discussions, including the separate sale of the Company's
check and P&C Businesses in a tax-efficient manner. At this meeting, PaineWebber
reviewed with the Special Committee analytic methods and preliminary conclusions
regarding ranges of value for the Company. Discussions among representatives of
the Company, MDC and ADI continued over the next month regarding the proposed
transaction. Representatives of ADI and MDC conducted preliminary negotiations
regarding the assets and liabilities to be acquired and assumed pursuant to an
asset sale, as well as the amount of cash consideration to be paid for the
assets, the amount and nature of the liabilities to be assumed by ADI, and the
nature of any continuing services to be provided by ADI to the Company. On
October 15, 1997 and November 7, 1997, the Company advanced $50,000, or a total
of $100,000, to ADI for the payment of expenses other than legal and accounting
fees, which advance was evidenced by two promissory notes (the "Notes"), each
with an interest rate of 6% from ADI to the Company. ADI also contacted and
negotiated with financing sources regarding possible financing for the Asset
Sale.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    In November and December, representatives of MDC discussed with
representatives of the Company changing the structure of the transaction to a
one-step cash merger from a two-step transaction involving a tender offer
followed by a merger. Recognizing that such a change would result in the
Company's Stockholders receiving payment for their Shares at a later date,
representatives of the Company requested that the proposed consideration to be
paid in the transaction be increased from $5.60 per Share to $5.70 per Share.
MDC agreed to the suggested increase in the per Share consideration. In
addition, the representatives of the Company and MDC negotiated regarding the
terms of the proposed Stockholders Agreement between MDC, AGC and Mr. Komer, as
well as the circumstances under which a break-up fee would become payable to MDC
by the Company. During this period, representatives of MDC completed their due
diligence analysis of the Company, MDC and ADI negotiated the economic terms of
the Asset Purchase Agreement (including the payment of legal and accounting
expenses of ADI by the Company and the forgiveness of the Notes by the Company
prior to closing), the Company and ADI negotiated the termination and break-up
fee provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement and ADI continued its efforts to
obtain definitive debt financing commitments and equity capital for the
acquisition of the P&C Businesses, including discussions with Messrs. Komer and
Weiss. In addition, during this period, the Company received an indication of
interest regarding the purchase of the Company from a third party. Although the
Company delivered such third party a copy of the information memorandum
concerning the Company, the Company did not receive any proposal from such third
party regarding a business combination.
 
    On December 19, 1997, the Special Committee met to review with ADI
commitment letters for the ADI debt financing. Management of ADI discussed with
the Special Committee the commitment letter from NationsCredit Commercial
Corporation ("NationsCredit") as well as commitments from the State of New York
and other public sector entities, and also discussed the equity structure of
ADI. Management of ADI informed the Special Committee that it needed to obtain
additional commitments for equity capital for NationsCredit to issue its
commitment letter. At this time, Messrs. Komer and Weiss each agreed to make an
equity investment in ADI of $500,000 for 18% of the fully diluted equity
interest of ADI, respectively. Since the equity investments of Messrs. Komer and
Weiss potentially placed their interests in conflict with those of the
unaffiliated Stockholders, the two remaining non-interested members of the
Special Committee acted independently in connection with the approval of the
Merger and the Asset Sale.
 
    Following the Special Committee meeting on December 19, negotiations
continued among the Company, MDC and ADI resulting in resolution of the
remaining outstanding issues. On December 21, 1997, the Special Committee and
the Board met to review the final terms of the proposed Merger Agreement and
Asset Purchase Agreement. At this meeting, PaineWebber delivered to the Special
Committee its verbal opinion (later confirmed in writing as of the date hereof)
that the Merger Consideration to be received by the Stockholders of the Company,
other than AGC, pursuant to the Merger was fair to the Stockholders, other than
AGC, of the Company from a financial point of view. Messrs. Edelcup and
Goodridge, the two non-interested directors on the Special Committee, after
reviewing the Merger Agreement, the Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the
Asset Sale, unanimously recommended to the Board and the Special Committee the
approval each of these agreements. At this meeting, the Board of Directors,
based on the unanimous recommendation of the two remaining non-interested
directors and of the Special Committee, voted to approve the Merger Agreement,
the Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale for the reasons set
forth below under "--Recommendation of the Company's Board of Directors" and to
recommend that Stockholders vote to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement, the
Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale.
 
    On December 21, 1997, the Company and MDC executed the Merger Agreement and
the Company and ADI executed the Asset Purchase Agreement.
 
   
    On March 27, 1998, each of Messrs. Weiss and Komer informed the Board that
he had withdrawn his committment to ADI and would no longer be an equity
investor in ADI, due to personal reasons. As a result, each of Messrs. Weiss and
Komer was once again considered a non-interested member of the
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
Special Committee. At that time, Mr. Wyckoff accepted an offer from Mr. Raymond
Mahar, Jr., the president of Empire Label, Inc., to invest in ADI and Mr. Mahar
committed to an equity investment of $500,000, for a 20% interest in ADI. Mr.
Wyckoff also agreed at such time to increase his equity investment in ADI from
$250,000 to $750,000.
    
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    In determining to approve the Merger Agreement and to recommend the Merger,
the Board considered the following material factors:
 
        (i) the Board's uncertainty regarding the prospects of the Company for
    high-level growth in future revenues and earnings, based upon each of the
    Company's principal businesses operating in relatively low-margin, high cost
    markets which are characterized by increasing competition for market share;
 
        (ii) the Board's review of the historical market price of the Shares
    compared to the price of $5.70 per Share (including such price being a
    premium of approximately 20.0% to the December 19, 1997 Share price and
    approximately 38.0% to the Share price one day prior to the Company's press
    release on September 30, 1997).
 
       (iii) the fact that during the last half of 1996 and throughout 1997, the
    Company's stock had only traded briefly at prices above the per-share Merger
    Consideration;
 
        (iv) the private marketing process for the Company conducted by
    PaineWebber and management of the Company which had failed to elicit other
    parties interested in acquiring the Company at an acceptable price;
 
        (v) the lack of third party interest in a business combination with the
    Company following the September 30 press release of the Company, which
    stated that the Company was in negotiations regarding a possible sale of the
    Company;
 
        (vi) the terms of the Merger Agreement, including provisions which
    permit the Company to receive unsolicited offers for the Company and the
    Company's ability to terminate the Merger Agreement to accept an offer that
    the Board determines to be more favorable to the Stockholders of the
    Company; and
 
       (vii) the Special Committee's receipt of an oral presentation by
    representatives of PaineWebber, which included, among other things, the oral
    opinion of PaineWebber that the $5.70 per Share Merger Consideration to be
    received by the Stockholders of the Company, other than AGC, pursuant to the
    Merger is fair to the Stockholders, other than AGC, of the Company from a
    financial point of view.
 
    In determining to approve the Asset Purchase Agreement and to recommend the
Asset Sale, the Board considered the following material factors:
 
        (i) the Board's understanding that MDC would only enter into a
    transaction providing Stockholders of the Company consideration of $5.70 per
    Share if the P&C Businesses were separately acquired pursuant to the Asset
    Purchase Agreement and as contemplated in the Merger Agreement;
 
        (ii) the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, including provisions
    which permit the Company to receive unsolicited offers on substantially the
    same basis as the Asset Purchase Agreement, for the P&C Businesses and to
    terminate the Asset Purchase Agreement to accept an offer that the Board
    determines to be more favorable to the Stockholders of the Company; and
 
       (iii) the terms of the Merger Agreement which permit any increase in net
    cash consideration (pursuant to any other transaction approved by the Board)
    received by the Company for the P&C Businesses to be distributed to
    Stockholders as an increase in the per-share consideration to be paid to
    Stockholders in connection with the Merger.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    The Board did not assign relative weights to the foregoing factors or
determine that any factor was of particular importance. Rather, the Board viewed
its position and recommendations as being based on the totality of the
information presented to and considered by it.
 
   
    The Special Committee did not seek independent appraisals of the values of
the Check Business and the P&C Businesses as separate stand-alone entities, nor
did it obtain separate fairness opinions with respect to each transaction.
    
 
   
    The Board believes that the Merger and the Asset Sale are procedurally fair
because: (1) at every stage of the negotiations, all material documents and all
material decisions were reviewed and approved by non-interested directors of the
Special Committee, in consideration of the fact that the Special Committee, at
certain points in time, contained two interested directors; (2) the Special
Committee retained and was advised by Cahill Gordon & Reindel, as outside
counsel; and (3) the Special Committee retained the Financial Advisor to render
a fairness opinion indicating that the Merger Consideration to be received by
the unaffiliated Stockholders pursuant to the Merger is fair to the unaffiliated
Stockholders from a financial point of view.
    
 
   
    Based upon the foregoing and on the fairness opinion rendered by the
financial advisor, it is the Board's opinion that the Merger and Asset Sale,
taken together, are fair to unaffiliated Stockholders.
    
 
   
    Stockholders should be aware that Mr. Thomas C. Wyckoff, Chief Operating
Officer of the Company, has interests which may present him with potential
conflicts of interest, and that the Board was aware of these potential conflicts
and considered them in making its recommendation and approving the Merger and
the Asset Sale. ADI was formed by Mr. Wyckoff for the purpose of effecting the
Asset Sale to ADI and Mr. Wyckoff will be the principal equity investor in ADI.
    
 
   
PERSPECTIVE OF ADI AND MR. WYCKOFF
    
 
   
    Each of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff adopts the analyses of the Company's Board of
Directors above under "--Recommendation of the Company's Board of Directors."
Based on the foregoing, each of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff are of the opinion that the
Merger and the Asset Sale, taken together, is fair to unaffiliated Stockholders.
Mr. Wyckoff intends to vote his shares in favor of approval and adoption of the
Merger Agreement, the Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale.
    
 
   
    However, each of ADI and Mr. Wyckoff did not perform any independent
investigation or analysis with respect thereto and, accordingly, do not make any
recommendation to any Stockholder with respect to the Merger and the Asset Sale.
In addition, Stockholders should be aware that the objective of ADI during the
negotiation of the Asset Sale was to obtain the best possible terms for itself
and its stockholders rather than for the Company and its Stockholders.
Accordingly, Stockholders are cautioned not to rely upon the views of ADI or Mr.
Wyckoff with respect to the Merger and the Asset Sale.
    
 
OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
   
    As described under "--Background of the Merger," the Company engaged
PaineWebber to act as its exclusive financial advisor in connection with any
business combination involving the Company. PaineWebber has delivered to the
Special Committee its written opinion dated January 26, 1998, that, as of such
date and on the basis of and subject to the matters set forth therein, the
Merger Consideration to be received by the Stockholders pursuant to the Merger
is fair to the unaffiliated Stockholders from a financial point of view.
PaineWebber's opinion is directed to the Special Committee and does not
constitute a recommendation to any Stockholder of the Company as to how any such
Stockholder should vote on the Merger. PaineWebber has consented to the use of
its opinion in this Proxy Statement.
    
 
    The full text of the opinion of PaineWebber, dated January 26, 1998, which
sets forth the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and
limitations on the review undertaken, is attached as Annex IV to this Proxy
Statement. Stockholders are urged to read such opinion carefully and in its
entirety.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
The summary of the PaineWebber opinion set forth in this Proxy Statement is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such opinion.
 
    The Company retained PaineWebber as its financial advisor in connection with
the Merger. In connection with such engagement, the Special Committee requested
PaineWebber to render an opinion as to whether or not the proposed Merger
Consideration (as defined under "INTRODUCTION--Purpose of the Special Meeting")
to be received by the Stockholders is fair to the unaffiliated Stockholders from
a financial point of view.
 
   
    In connection with the Board's consideration of the Merger Agreement,
PaineWebber delivered an oral opinion on December 21, 1997 to the effect that,
as of such date, and based upon its review and assumptions and subject to the
limitations summarized below, the Merger Consideration to be received by the
Stockholders, other than AGC, pursuant to the Merger is fair to the
Stockholders, other than AGC, from a financial point of view. Subsequently,
PaineWebber has reaffirmed and, at the request of the Company and in order to
satisfy the filing requirements for this Proxy Statement, altered its opinion
(the "Opinion") dated as of the date hereof, and it now provides as follows: the
proposed Merger Consideration to be received by the unaffiliated Stockholders of
the Company is fair to the unaffiliated Stockholders of the Company from a
financial point of view. For the purposes of the Opinion, "unaffiliated
Stockholders" means all of the Stockholders of the Company other than AGC and
Messrs. Komer, Weiss and Wyckoff. The Opinion was directed to, and prepared at
the request of and for the information of, the Special Committee and does not
constitute a recommendation to any Stockholder as to how any such Stockholder
should vote with respect to the Merger Proposal. It should be understood that
subsequent developments may affect the conclusions reached in the Opinion.
    
 
    In arriving at its Opinion, PaineWebber, among other things: (i) reviewed
the Company's Annual Reports, Forms 10-K and related financial information for
the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, Forms 10-Q and the related
unaudited financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and
1997; (ii) reviewed certain information, including financial forecasts, relating
to the business, earnings, cash flow, assets and prospects of the Company (the
"Projections") which were furnished to PaineWebber by the Company; (iii)
conducted discussions with members of senior management of the Company
concerning its businesses and prospects; (iv) reviewed the historical market
prices and trading activity for the Company's stock and compared them with that
of certain other publicly traded companies which PaineWebber deemed to be
relevant; (v) compared the results of operations of the Company with those of
certain other companies which PaineWebber deemed to be relevant; (vi) reviewed
the Merger Consideration premium to the historical market prices of the
Company's stock and compared them to historical transaction stock premiums paid
by acquirors in transactions of similar value; (vii) reviewed the Merger
Agreement; and (viii) reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and
performed such other investigations and took into account such other matters as
PaineWebber deemed necessary, including PaineWebber's assessment of general
economic, market and monetary conditions. PaineWebber summarily reviewed an
initial draft copy of the Asset Purchase Agreement focusing solely on its
structure and proceeds, however, PaineWebber did not consider, and was not asked
to consider, such Asset Purchase Agreement in rendering its Opinion.
 
    In preparing the Opinion, PaineWebber relied on the accuracy and
completeness of all information that was publicly available, supplied or
otherwise communicated to PaineWebber by or on behalf of the Company and
PaineWebber did not assume any responsibility to independently verify such
information. With respect to the Projections, PaineWebber assumed, with the
Company's consent, that they were reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the
best available estimates and good faith judgments of the Company's management as
to the future performance of the Company at the time of such preparation.
PaineWebber noted that the Projections provided by the Company's management (i)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 were significantly greater than the
actual results for the twelve month period ended September 30, 1997; (ii) had
been prepared approximately eight months prior to the delivery of the Opinion;
and (iii) had not been updated since that time. PaineWebber did not undertake an
independent
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
evaluation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise)
of the Company, nor was PaineWebber furnished with any such evaluations or
appraisals. PaineWebber also assumed that (i) the purchase method of accounting
will be used; and (ii) all material assets and liabilities (contingent or
otherwise, known or unknown) of the Company are as set forth in the consolidated
financial statements. The Opinion is based upon economic, monetary and market
conditions existing on the date thereof. The Opinion does not address the
relative merits of the Merger Proposal and any other transactions or business
strategies that may have been discussed by the Special Committee as alternatives
to the Merger, or the decision of the Special Committee to proceed with the
Merger. In addition, PaineWebber was not requested to, and did not, express any
opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Asset
Purchase Agreement. The Company did not place any limitations upon PaineWebber
with respect to the procedures followed or factors considered in rendering the
Opinion.
 
    The following paragraphs summarized the significant analyses performed by
PaineWebber in arriving at the Opinion.
 
    MARKETING PROCESS.  As part of its analysis in arriving at its Opinion,
PaineWebber reviewed and analyzed the results of its marketing process for the
Company to potential purchasers. Of the eleven parties contacted, only three
indicated interest in the Company in the form of a non-binding bid. Of the bids
received, MDC's cash offer was the highest and received the approval of the
Company's Board.
 
    HISTORICAL STOCK PERFORMANCE.  PaineWebber reviewed the history of the
trading prices and volume for the Shares of the Company's stock. This stock
performance review indicated that for the latest twelve months ("LTM") ended
December 15, 1997, the low and high trading prices were $3.38 and $5.13,
respectively. PaineWebber also reviewed the following stock price averages prior
to the Company's public announcement on September 30, 1997 that it was in
discussions regarding a possible merger: (i) latest 10 trading day
average--$3.63, (ii) latest 30 trading day average--$3.75, (iii) latest 60
trading day average-- $4.28, and (iv) latest 120 day trading day average--$4.63.
 
    SELECTED COMPARABLE PUBLIC COMPANY ANALYSIS.  Using publicly available
information, PaineWebber compared selected historical and projected financial,
operating and stock market performance data of the Company to the corresponding
data of the Comparable Companies (as defined below). The Comparable Companies
consisted of Concepts Direct, Inc., Damark International, Inc., Geographics,
Inc., Hanover Direct, Inc., Lillian Vernon Corporation and Norwood Promotional
Products, Inc. (collectively, the "Comparable Companies").
 
    PaineWebber reviewed, among other information, the Comparable Companies'
multiples of total enterprise value (market value plus total debt and total
preferred stock less cash and cash equivalents) to (i) LTM net revenue, (ii) LTM
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") and
(iii) LTM earnings before interest and taxes ("EBIT"). As of December 15, 1997,
the Comparable Companies' (i) LTM net revenue multiples ranged from 0.22x to
1.65x; (ii) LTM EBITDA multiples ranged from 5.8x to 34.2x; and, (iii) LTM EBIT
multiples ranged from 9.0x to 39.7x. PaineWebber computed the multiples of total
enterprise value to (i) LTM net revenue, (ii) LTM EBITDA and (iii) LTM EBIT
based on the offer price of $5.70 per share to be 0.38x, 9.0x and 18.0x,
respectively.
 
    PREMIUMS PAID ANALYSIS.  PaineWebber analyzed purchase price per share
premiums paid by domestic companies in 271 publicly-disclosed cash and stock
merger transactions involving the purchase of a majority interest announced and
completed between January 1, 1995 and December 1, 1997 with market values
between $25.0 million and $100.0 million. This analysis indicated median
premiums to the target's closing stock price one day, one week and four weeks
prior to the announcement of the transaction of 20.0%, 24.2% and 30.2%,
respectively. The implied premiums paid to the Company based on the Merger
Consideration of $5.70 per share in cash and the Company's share price one day,
one week and four weeks prior to the Company's public announcement on September
30, 1997 was 38.0%, 38.0% and 52.0%, respectively.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW & PERPETUAL GROWTH ANALYSES.  PaineWebber analyzed the
Company based on discounted cash flow and perpetual growth analyses of the
projected financial performance of the Company. Such projected financial
performance was based upon the historical financial results of the Company and
the Projections provided by the Company's management. As a result of the issues
related to the Projections as described above, PaineWebber used a range of
discount rates from 20% to 23% in conducting its discounted cash flow analysis.
These discount rates were determined through the use of the capital asset
pricing model and in conducting its analysis, PaineWebber reviewed with the
Company's management, the Company's projected financial performance and the
risks associated with the Company's business to derive what it believes are
appropriate discount rates and EBITDA perpetuity growth rates. These analyses
resulted in a valuation range of $3.70 to $6.93 per share.
 
    The preparation of a fairness opinion involves various determinations as to
the most appropriate and relevant quantitative methods of financial analyses and
the application of those methods to the particular circumstances and, therefore,
such an opinion is not readily susceptible to partial analysis or summary
description. Accordingly, PaineWebber believes that its analysis must be
considered as a whole and that considering any portion of such analysis and of
the factors considered, without considering all analyses and factors, could
create a misleading or incomplete view of the process underlying the Opinion. In
its analyses, PaineWebber made numerous assumptions with respect to industry
performance, general business and economic conditions and other matters, many of
which are beyond the control of the Company. Any estimates contained in these
analyses are not necessarily indicative of actual values or predictive of future
results or values, which may be significantly more or less favorable than as set
forth therein. In addition, analyses relating to the value of businesses do not
purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices at which businesses may
actually be sold. Accordingly, such analyses and estimates are inherently
subject to substantial uncertainty.
 
    The Company selected PaineWebber to be its financial advisor in connection
with the Merger because PaineWebber is a prominent investment banking and
financial advisory firm with experience in the valuation of businesses and their
securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated
underwritings, secondary distributions of securities, private placements and
valuations for corporate purposes.
 
    Pursuant to an engagement letter between the Company and PaineWebber dated
October 4, 1996, PaineWebber will earn a success fee of $500,000 for rendering
financial advisory services in connection with the Merger at closing.
PaineWebber will earn an opinion fee of $200,000 upon rendering an Opinion which
will be credited towards the success fee. In addition, PaineWebber will be
reimbursed for certain of its related expenses. PaineWebber will not be entitled
to any additional fees or compensation in the event the Merger is not approved
or otherwise consummated. The Company also agreed, under separate agreement, to
indemnify PaineWebber, its affiliates and each of its directors, officers,
agents and employees and each person, if any, controlling PaineWebber or any of
its affiliates against certain liabilities, including liabilities under federal
securities laws.
 
    In the ordinary course of PaineWebber's business, PaineWebber may actively
trade the securities of the Company and MDC for its own account and for the
accounts of its customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or short
positions in such securities.
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS
 
   
    Certain members of the Company's management and of the Board may be deemed
to have certain interests in the Merger and in the Asset Sale that are in
addition to their interests as Stockholders of the Company and which may present
them with interests that are in conflict with the unaffiliated Stockholders. The
Board was aware of these interests and considered them, among other matters, in
approving the Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby. Each non-interested member of the Special
Committee will be paid a special bonus of $20,000 if the Merger and
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
   
Asset Sale are consummated as compensation for their extraordinary efforts and
time dedicated to the Company over their tenure.
    
 
   
    As a result of the Merger, Messrs. Komer and Joseph A. Calabro (the
President of the Company) will be entitled to receive, among other things,
severance payments of approximately $1,200,000 and $340,000, respectively, under
their existing employment agreements and based upon preliminary estimates of the
Company's performance in 1997. ADI was formed by Mr. Thomas C. Wyckoff, the
Chief Operating Officer of the Company, for the purpose of effecting the Asset
Sale to ADI. Mr. Wyckoff will be the principal equity investor in ADI owning 80%
of the outstanding common stock of ADI. Mr. Wyckoff will be employed by ADI.
Further, Mr. Wyckoff intends to enter into a loan agreement with ADI whereby Mr.
Wyckoff will borrow $600,000 on terms to be negotiated with the Board of
Directors of ADI. Mr. Wyckoff will also be entitled to other executive
compensation benefits as determined by the Board of Directors of ADI. The
Company has agreed to pay certain expenses of ADI incurred in connection with
the transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, as described
under "SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS; EXPENSES." Such expenses include the legal
and accounting fees of ADI, as well as the reimbursement to ADI of up to
$100,000 in other expenses, and such payment would represent assets of the
Company utilized by ADI.
    
 
   
    Mr. Wyckoff, along with other executive officers of the Company, has been
expending efforts in a circumscribed manner in order to further the
effectiveness of the operations of the Company during and subsequent to the
transition from the Company to ADI in connection with the Merger Proposal and
the Asset Sale Proposal. Tasks such as review of the Proxy Statement, review of
financial projections and operating procedures for ADI and other related items
would be included as expected to arise in connection with the transaction.
    
 
   
    Other than as described in this section, there are no other material
benefits to be received by Messrs. Komer, Calabro and Wyckoff relating to the
Merger and the Asset Sale and, other than as described in this section, no other
insider of the Company will receive any material benefits from the Merger and
the Asset Sale.
    
 
    No persons have been employed, retained or are to be compensated to make
solicitations or recommendations in connection with the Merger and the Asset
Sale other than the Financial Advisor, who will be rendering a fairness opinion,
and legal advisors, who are rendering legal advice.
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER
 
    As described under "INTRODUCTION--Purpose of the Special Meeting," at the
Effective Time, each outstanding Share will be converted into the right to
receive the Merger Consideration and the holders of Shares immediately before
the consummation of the Merger will possess no further interest in, or rights as
Stockholders of, the Company. The Shares have continued to be listed on The
Nasdaq Stock Market (the "Nasdaq"). Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company
intends to delist the Shares, to terminate the registration of Shares under the
Exchange Act, thus eliminating the duty of the Company to file reports under the
Exchange Act.
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE ASSET SALE
 
    As a result of the Merger, the entire interest of the Company in the P&C
Businesses will be owned by ADI, and the current Stockholders will have no
continuing interest in such businesses. Therefore, following the Asset Sale, the
Stockholders other than those who have an interest in ADI will no longer benefit
from any increases in the value of the P&C Businesses and will no longer bear
the risk of any decreases in the value of such businesses. Following the Asset
Sale, ADI will own 100% of the P&C Businesses and will have complete control
over the management and conduct of such businesses, all income generated by the
P&C Businesses and any future increase in the value thereof. Similarly, ADI will
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
also bear the risk of any losses incurred in the operation of the P&C Businesses
and any decrease in the value of the P&C Businesses.
 
PLANS FOR THE COMPANY AFTER THE MERGER
 
    Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company will become a wholly owned
subsidiary of MDC. MDC will continue to evaluate the business and operations of
the Company, other than the assets and liabilities transferred to ADI under the
Asset Purchase Agreement, with a view to enhancing the Company's performance in
conjunction with MDC's other businesses.
 
    Upon consummation of the Asset Sale, the assets and certain liabilities of
the Company relating to the P&C Businesses will be transferred to ADI, which
will continue to operate the P&C Businesses in Elmira, New York.
 
   
    After the Merger, ADI anticipates that it will continue its review of the
P&C Businesses and its assets, businesses, operations, properties, policies,
corporate structure, dividend policy, capitalization and management. In
connection therewith, ADI intends to consider whether any changes would be
desirable in light of the circumstances then existing. At this time, ADI intends
to continue the operations of the P&C businesses in its current location in
Elmira, New York. Effective upon consummation of the Asset Sale and the Merger,
it is expected that most of the current management of the Company will be the
initial management of ADI and Messrs. Wyckoff and Mahar will be directors of
ADI. Except as otherwise indicated in this Proxy Statement, ADI does not have
any other present plans or proposals which relate to or would result in an
extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or
liquidation involving the P&C Businesses, or a sale or transfer of a material
amount of assets of the P&C Businesses.
    
 
    After consummation of the Merger and the Asset Sale, the Company will no
longer be subject to: (i) the periodic reporting obligations of the Exchange
Act, (ii) the short swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act,
and (iii) the going-private disclosure obligations of Rule 13e-3.
 
PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE OPERATIONS
 
   
    In June 1997, management of the Company prepared projections of the
Company's future performance for inclusion in the financial information to be
distributed to persons interested in a possible business combination with the
Company, including MDC. These projections were not prepared with a view to
public disclosure or compliance with published guidelines of the Commission or
the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants regarding projections. The financial advisor does not assume any
responsibility for the accuracy of these projections. While presented with
numerical specificity, these projections are based upon a variety of assumptions
relating to the businesses of the Company, which may not be realized and are
subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond
the control of the Company. There can be no assurance that the projections would
have been realized, and actual results may vary materially from those shown.
    
 
    Set forth below is a summary of the projections. The projections should be
read together with the financial statements of the Company referred to or
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                       ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED(1)
                        PROJECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                               1997       1998       1999       2000
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Revenue....................................................................  $   104.1  $   111.2  $   118.7  $   126.2
Gross Profit(2)............................................................  $    63.1  $    67.2  $    71.6  $    76.2
Operating Income...........................................................  $     5.3  $     5.7  $     7.5  $     9.9
Net Income.................................................................  $     2.7  $     3.6  $     4.9  $     6.6
Depreciation & Amortization................................................  $     3.3  $     2.6  $     2.8  $     3.1
EBITDA.....................................................................  $     8.7  $     8.3  $    10.3  $    13.0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The Company assumed a 6.5% annual growth rate in revenue and that cost of
    goods would remain constant at 40% of revenue. Each assumption is premised
    upon moderate improvement over historical levels. In addition, the Company
    assumed that advertising costs would remain constant as a percentage of
    sales.
 
(2) Excludes depreciation.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
                   SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth the summary pro forma consolidated financial
data which are presented to reflect the division of the assets and liabilities
and operations of the Company between those to be acquired by ADI in the Asset
Sale and those to be acquired by MDC pursuant to the Merger. The operating
statement data assume that the division took place at the beginning of the
period presented. The balance sheet data assume that the division took place on
December 31, 1997. The pro forma consolidated financial data do not reflect any
adjustments related to the proposed transactions and are presented for
illustrative purposes only. The following data are not to be construed as
indicative of the results of operations or the financial position which would
have occurred had the division of the Company been effected at the beginning of
the period presented. Further, the values ascribed to assets for book purposes
may not be indicative of realizable value. As described in more detail in
"UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS," the basis for this presentation is
an allocation of assets, liabilities, income and expenses which the Company
believes to be reasonable, but should not be construed as indicative of the
results of operations or financial position of the separate businesses indicated
as stand-alone entities. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data should
be read in conjunction with the historical and unaudited pro forma financial
statements of the Company contained elsewhere herein. See "AVAILABLE
INFORMATION," "INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE," SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA" and "UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                                                   PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                                                      ACTUAL    P & C BUSINESSES  CHECK BUSINESS
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales.........................................................  $  101,499    $     55,174     $     46,325
Income (Loss) from Operations.....................................  $     (146)   $     (2,396)    $      2,250
Net Income (Loss).................................................  $   (1,064)   $     (3,246)    $      2,182
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Assets:
  Current Assets..................................................  $   11,178    $      8,296     $      2,882
  Non-Current and Other Assets....................................  $   20,680    $     18,537     $      2,143
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Total Assets:.....................................................  $   31,858    $     26,833     $      5,025
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Liabilities:
  Current Liabilities.............................................  $   19,390    $      8,233     $     11,157
  Long-term Liabilities...........................................  $    1,219    $   -0-          $   -0-
Total Liabilities:................................................  $   20,609    $      9,452     $     11,157
 
Stockholders' Equity, net:........................................  $   11,249    $     17,381     $     (6,132)
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:.......................  $   31,858    $     26,833     $      5,025
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                              THE MERGER AGREEMENT
 
    The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Merger
Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement,
a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex I.
 
    GENERAL.  The Merger Agreement provides for the submission of the Merger
Proposal to the Company's Stockholders as promptly as practicable after the
consummation of the Merger. The closing of the Merger will take place at 10:00
a.m. on a date to be specified by MDC or Newco. The Merger shall become
effective when the Certificate of Merger, executed in accordance with the
relevant provisions of the DGCL, are accepted for record by the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware (the time of such filing being referred to as the
"Effective Time").
 
    THE MERGER.  The Merger Agreement provides that following the satisfaction
or waiver of the conditions described below under "Conditions to the Merger" and
in accordance with the DGCL, at the Effective Time Newco will be merged with and
into the Company, and each then outstanding Share (other than Shares owned by
the Company or by any subsidiary of the Company and Shares owned by MDC, Newco
or their affiliates or held by Stockholders, if any, who are entitled to and who
properly exercise dissenters' rights under the DGCL) will be converted into the
right to receive an amount in cash equal to the merger consideration per Share
paid pursuant to the Merger, without interest.
 
    CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER.  The Merger Agreement provides that the Merger is
subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions by the
Company, MDC and Newco: (1) the expiration or termination of any waiting period
(and any extension thereof) applicable to the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") and (2) no
temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order
issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or
prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each of the Company, Newco and MDC shall have used its
best efforts to prevent the entry of any such injunction or other order and to
appeal as promptly as possible any injunction or other order that may be
entered.
 
    CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY.  The Merger Agreement provides that the Merger is
subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions by the
Company: (1) the approval of the Merger Agreement and the adoption of the Merger
by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Shares in accordance with applicable law and the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation; (2) there shall not have occurred any event or
circumstances that has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect, which is defined as any change or effect that is or is reasonably likely
to be materially adverse to the business, operations, assets, financial
condition or results of operations of the Company, on the Company; (3) all
representations and warranties of the Company under the Merger Agreement which
are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects and
all representations and warranties of the Company under the Merger Agreement
that are not qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all
material respects on and as of the Effective Time; (4) the Company shall have
performed in all material respects all covenants and agreements required to be
performed by it prior to the Effective Time, and (5) MDC shall have received a
certificate signed on behalf of the Company by its chief executive officer to
the effect set forth in clauses (3) and (4) above.
 
    CONDITIONS OF MDC AND NEWCO.  The Merger Agreement provides that the Merger
is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions by MDC and
Newco: (1) all conditions under the Asset Purchase Agreement shall have been
satisfied or waived and the transactions contemplated thereby shall have been
consummated; (2) all representations and warranties of MDC and Newco under the
Merger Agreement which are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct
in all respects and all representations and warranties of MDC and Newco under
the Merger Agreement that are not qualified as to materiality shall be true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Time; and
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
(3) MDC and Newco shall have performed in all material respects all covenants
and agreements required to be performed by each of them prior to the Effective
Time.
 
    There can be no assurance that all conditions to the Merger will be
satisfied.
 
    TERMINATION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT.  The Merger Agreement may be terminated
at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of
matters presented in connection with the Merger by the Stockholders of the
Company:
 
    (1) by mutual written consent of the Company, Newco and MDC;
 
    (2) by either the Company, Newco or MDC if any court of competent
jurisdiction in the United States or Canada or other United States or Canadian
governmental body shall have issued a final order, injunction, decree or ruling
or taken any other final action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting
the Merger and such order, injunction, decree, ruling or other action is or
shall have become nonappealable; PROVIDED that this right to terminate the
Merger Agreement shall not be available to any party which has not used its
reasonable best efforts to cause any such order, injunction, decree, ruling or
other action to be lifted;
 
    (3) by either MDC and Newco or the Company if the Stockholders of the
Company fail to adopt and approve the Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase
Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement
and the Asset Purchase Agreement at the Special Meeting and any adjournment
thereof, by the requisite vote, which is the approval of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Requisite Vote");
 
    (4) by the Company if a corporation, partnership, person or other entity or
group shall have made a bona fide offer not solicited in violation of the Merger
Agreement that the Board by a majority vote determines in its good faith
judgment and in the exercise of its fiduciary duties (i), based upon the advice
of the Financial Advisor, is more favorable to the Company's Stockholders than
the Merger and (ii), based upon the written advice of outside counsel, must not
make or must withdraw or modify its recommendation of the Merger in order to
avoid breaching its fiduciary duties under applicable law; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,that such termination under this clause shall not be effective (i)
unless MDC or Newco does not, within five business days of receipt of the
Company's notification of its intention to enter into a definitive agreement
with respect to a superior proposal, make an offer that the Board by a majority
vote determines in its good faith judgment and in the exercise of its fiduciary
duties, based upon the advice of PaineWebber, is at least as favorable to the
Company's Stockholders as the superior proposal and (ii) until the Company has
made payment of the full fee and expense reimbursement required by the Merger
Agreement;
 
    (5) by MDC and Newco, if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
representation or warranty on the part of the Company that is or will have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company or which materially adversely affects the
ability of the Company to consummate the Merger, (ii) there shall have been a
breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company which is or will
result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or materially adversely
affects the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger, which shall not
have been cured prior to the earlier of (A) 10 days following notice of such
breach and (B) two business days prior to the Closing Date, (iii) the Company
shall engage in negotiations with any entity or group (other than MDC or Newco)
that has proposed a Third Party Acquisition (as defined below), (iv) the Board
(A) shall have withdrawn or modified in a manner adverse to Newco its approval
or recommendation of the Merger Agreement or the Merger or shall have
recommended another offer or transaction or shall have adopted any resolution to
effect any of the foregoing or (B), in response to any tender or exchange offer
for more than 20% of the outstanding Common Stock, shall not have recommended
rejection of such tender offer or exchange offer within the time periods
specified by applicable law, or shall have adopted any resolution to effect any
of the foregoing; (v) the existing Asset Purchase Agreement shall have become
terminable by the Company and the Company shall not have entered into a
substitute Asset Purchase Agreement with another party within two Business Days;
or (vi) the Company
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
shall have failed to mail this Proxy Statement as promptly as practicable after
the clearance thereof by the SEC or the Company has failed to include in this
Proxy Statement the Board's recommendation of the Merger;
 
    (6) by the Company if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
representation or warranty on the part of MDC or Newco which materially
adversely affects (or materially delays) the consummation of the Merger or (ii)
there shall have been a material breach of any covenant or agreement on the part
of MDC or Newco and which materially adversely affects (or materially delays)
the consummation of the Merger which shall not have been cured prior to the
earliest of (A) ten days following notice of such breach and (B) two business
days prior to the Closing Date; or
 
    (7) by MDC and Newco or the Company if the Merger shall not have been
consummated on or before the date that is five months from the date of the
Merger Agreement; PROVIDED that this right to terminate the Merger Agreement
shall not be available to any party which has not used its reasonable best
efforts to cause the Merger to be consummated.
 
    FEES AND EXPENSES.  The Merger Agreement provides that the Company shall pay
to MDC upon demand an amount of $600,000 (the "Liquidated Damages") if:
 
    (1) MDC and Newco terminate the Merger Agreement pursuant to clause (5) of
"Termination of the Merger Agreement" and within 18 months thereafter the
Company enters into an agreement with respect to a Third Party Acquisition, or a
Third Party Acquisition occurs, involving any party (or any affiliate thereof)
(x) with whom the Company (or its agents) had negotiations with a view to a
Third Party Acquisition, (y) to whom the Company (or its agents) furnished
information with a view to a Third Party Acquisition or (z) who had submitted a
proposal or expressed an interest in a Third Party Acquisition, in the case of
each of clauses (x), (y) and (z) after the date hereof and prior to such
termination;
 
    (2) MDC and Newco terminate the Merger Agreement pursuant to clause (5) of
"Termination of the Merger Agreement," and within 18 months thereafter a Third
Party Acquisition shall occur involving a consideration for Shares (including
the value of any stub equity) in excess of the Merger Consideration; or
 
    (3) (A) the Company terminates the Merger Agreement pursuant to clause (4)
of "Termination of the Merger Agreement", (B) MDC and Newco or the Company
terminate the Merger Agreement pursuant to clause (3) of "Termination of the
Merger Agreement" or (C) MDC and Newco terminate this Agreement pursuant to
clause (5) of "Termination of the Merger Agreement," the Company shall pay to
MDC and Newco either prior to termination in the case of the event described in
this section or within one business day following the execution and delivery of
such agreement or such occurrence or termination, as the case may be, in the
case of the event described in this paragraph, a fee, in cash, of $1,300,000,
plus reasonable, documented out-of-pocket third party expenses of MDC and Newco
incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Company in no event shall be obligated to pay more than one
such $1,300,000 fee with respect to all such agreements and occurrences and such
termination.
 
    "Third Party Acquisition" means the occurrence of any of the following
events (i) the acquisition of the Company by merger or otherwise by any person
(which includes a "person" as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act) or entity other than MDC, Newco or any affiliate thereof (a "Third
Party"); (ii) the acquisition by a Third Party of more than 30% of the total
assets of the Company (other than pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement);
(iii) the acquisition by a Third Party of 30% of more of the outstanding Shares;
(iv) the adoption by the Company of a plan of liquidation or the declaration or
payment of an extraordinary dividend; or (v) the repurchase by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries of more than 20% of the outstanding Shares, other than a
repurchase which was not approved by the Company or publicly announced prior to
the termination of the Merger Agreement and which is not part of a series of
transactions resulting in a change of control.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE COMPANY.  The Merger Agreement provides that
during the period from the date of the Merger Agreement to the earlier of the
Effective Time and the appointment or election of Newco's designees to the Board
of Directors of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (such
earlier time, the "Control Time"), the Company shall, and shall cause its
subsidiaries to, conduct its operations according to its ordinary and usual
course of business consistent with past practice, and will use all commercially
reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business organization, to keep
available the services of its officers and employees and to maintain
satisfactory relationships with suppliers, distributors, customers and others
having business relationships with it and will take no action which would
adversely affect its ability to consummate the Merger or the other transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, and except as otherwise expressly provided in the Merger Agreement or
the Asset Purchase Agreement, prior to the Effective Time, the Company will not,
without the prior written consent of MDC and except as disclosed in a letter to
MDC delivered at the time of execution of the Merger Agreement:
 
    (a) amend its Restated Certificate of Incorporation (or other applicable
charter document) or By-Laws;
 
    (b) authorize for issuance, issue, sell, deliver, grant any options for, or
otherwise agree or commit to issue, sell or deliver any shares of any class of
capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
or exercisable for shares of any class of capital stock or any other ownership
interest (including, but not limited to, stock appreciation rights or phantom
stock) of the Company, other than pursuant to and in accordance with the terms
of the Common Stock Equivalents outstanding on the date of the Merger Agreement
and listed on Schedule 3.13 of the Merger Agreement;
 
    (c) split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock, declare,
set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or
property or any combination thereof) in respect of its capital stock or
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its own capital stock;
 
    (d) (i) create, incur, assume, maintain or permit to exist any long-term
debt or any short-term debt for borrowed money other than under existing lines
of credit and except for short-term debt incurred in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice; (ii) assume, guarantee, endorse or
otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly, contingently or
otherwise) for the obligations of any other person; or (iii) make any loans,
advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other person in
excess of $50,000 in the aggregate (other than investments in marketable
securities made in the ordinary course of business of the Company and consistent
with past practice);
 
    (e) except as may be required by law, enter into, adopt or amend or
terminate any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, severance, termination, stock
option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, stock
equivalent, stock purchase agreement, pension, retirement, deferred
compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreement, trust,
plan, fund or other arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any current or
former director, officer or employee in any manner, or (except for normal
increases in salary or wages of employees who are not officers of the Company in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice that, in the
aggregate, do not result in a material increase in benefits or compensation
expense to the Company, and as required under existing agreements) increase in
any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any current or former
director, officer or employee or grant any severance or termination pay or pay
any benefit not required by any plan, agreement, trust, fund, policy and
arrangement as in effect as of the date of the Merger Agreement;
 
    (f) except for sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, or
encumber, or agree to sell, transfer, lease, or otherwise dispose of or
encumber, any assets, properties, real, personal or mixed not in excess of
$50,000 individually;
 
    (g) enter into any agreements, commitments or contracts, except agreements,
commitments or contracts either (i) for the purchase, sale or lease of goods or
services in the ordinary course of business
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
and consistent with past practice or (ii) which do not, individually, relate to
the making of payments or the provision of services for consideration in excess
of $50,000 over the term of any such agreement, commitment or contract;
 
    (h) authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to authorize,
recommend or propose, or enter into any agreement in principle or an agreement
with respect to, any plan of liquidation or dissolution, any acquisition (by
merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets or securities or any disposition
of any assets or securities) of any corporation, partnership or other business
organization or division thereof or any change in its capitalization, or any
entry into a material contract or any amendment or modification of any material
contract or any release or relinquishment of any material contract rights not in
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or modify or
amend the contracts between the parties referred to in the letter referred to
above;
 
    (i) except as previously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company
prior to the date of the Merger Agreement and as identified to MDC prior to the
date of the Merger Agreement, authorize or commit to make capital expenditures
in any calendar month in excess of $100,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that amounts not
authorized or committed in any calendar month may be carried forward to future
calendar months;
 
    (j) permit any material insurance policy naming the Company as a beneficiary
or a loss payee to be canceled, terminated or materially altered;
 
    (k) maintain its books and records in a manner not in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice; (l) enter into any hedging, option,
derivative or other similar transaction;
 
    (m) change any assumption underlying, or method of calculating, any bad
debt, contingency, provision or other reserve;
 
    (n) pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations
(absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge
or satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practice;
 
    (o) except as may be required as a result of a change in law or in generally
accepted accounting principles, change any of the accounting practices or
principles used by it;
 
    (p) make any material tax election or settle or compromise any material
federal, state, local or foreign tax liability;
 
    (q) settle or compromise any pending or threatened suit, action or claim
which is material;
 
    (r) collect receivables or pay payables or purchase inventory or make
shipments to customers, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice;
 
    (s) modify the amount spent on advertising for the Company as a whole and
the allocation between each of the check business and the P&C Businesses from
the schedule related thereto previously delivered by the Company to MDC; or
 
    (t) agree to do any of the foregoing or any action which would make any of
the representations or warranties of the Company contained in the Merger
Agreement untrue and incorrect as of the date when made if such action had then
been taken.
 
    BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Merger Agreement provides that prior to the
Effective Time, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable efforts to
deliver to MDC the resignation of such directors of the Company as MDC shall
specify, effective at the Effective Time.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS.  The Merger Agreement provides that prior to the consummation
of the Merger, the Board shall use its best efforts to cause the terms of all
outstanding stock options heretofore granted under any stock option plan of the
Company (collectively, the "Stock Plans") to be adjusted to provide that, at
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
the Effective Time, each stock option outstanding immediately prior to the
consummation of the Merger shall be canceled and the holder thereof shall be
entitled to receive as soon as practicable thereafter from the Company in
consideration for such cancellation a cash payment of an amount equal to (i) the
excess, if any, of (A) the Merger Consideration over (B) the exercise price per
share of Common Stock subject to such stock option, multiplied by (ii) the
number of shares of Common Stock for which such stock option shall not
theretofore have been exercised.
 
    Prior to the consummation of the Merger, the Board of Directors (or, if
appropriate, any committee administering the Stock Plans) shall adopt such
resolutions or take such actions as are commercially reasonable, subject, if
necessary, to obtaining consents of the holders thereof, to carry out the terms
of the Merger Agreement and to provide that, on and after the Effective Time, no
officer, director or employee of the Company shall have any right to acquire any
interest in, any equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
    INDEMNIFICATION.  For six years after the Effective Time, MDC shall cause
the Surviving Corporation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the present and
former directors and officers of the Company, determined as of the Effective
Time, against all losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities
(collectively, "Costs") (but only to the extent such costs are not otherwise
covered by insurance or are not promptly paid by insurance) arising out of
actions or omissions or alleged actions or omissions occurring at or prior to
the Effective Time to the extent permitted or required under applicable law and
the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws in effect at the
date hereof (to the extent consistent with applicable law).
 
    For a period of three years after the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause to be maintained in effect the
current policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance maintained by
the Company (PROVIDED that the Surviving Corporation may substitute therefor
policies of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and
conditions which are no less advantageous) with respect to claims arising from
facts or events which occurred before the Effective Time to the extent
available; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Surviving Corporation shall not be
obligated to make annual premium payments for such insurance to the extent such
premiums exceed 150% of the annual premiums paid as of the date hereof by the
Company for such insurance (which the Company represents and warrants to be not
more than $60,000).
 
    Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, MDC agreed to guarantee each and every one
of the obligations of the Surviving Corporation set forth in the foregoing two
paragraphs.
 
    REASONABLE NOTIFICATION.  The Merger Agreement provides that, on the terms
and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement, the Company shall give
prompt notice to MDC of any notice of, or other communication relating to, a
default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a
default, received by the Company subsequent to the date of the Merger Agreement
and prior to the Effective Time, under any contract material to the business,
operations, assets or financial condition of the Company to which the Company is
a party or is subject. Each of the Company and MDC shall give prompt notice to
the other party of (a) any notice or other communication from any third party
alleging that the consent of such third party is or may be required in
connection with the Merger or other transactions contemplated hereby, (b) the
occurrence or existence of any event which would, or could with the passage of
time or otherwise, make any representation or warranty made by such party
contained in the Merger Agreement untrue or (c) any failure of such party to
comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with
or satisfied by it of the Merger Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the delivery
of any notice pursuant to the Merger Agreement shall not limit or otherwise
affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.
 
    PROCEDURE FOR AMENDMENT, EXTENSION OR WAIVER.  The Merger Agreement provides
that it may be amended by action taken by the Company, MDC and Newco at any time
before or after approval of the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Merger by the Stockholders of the Company (if required by applicable law) but,
after any such approval, no amendment shall be made which requires the approval
of such Stockholders under applicable law without such approval. The Merger
Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf
of the parties hereto. At any time prior to the Effective Time, each party
thereto may (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or
other acts of the other party, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties of the other party contained in the Merger
Agreement or in any document, certificate or writing delivered pursuant thereto
or (iii) waive compliance by the other party with any of the agreements or
conditions contained therein. Any agreement on the part of either party thereto
to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an
instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. The failure of either
party to the Merger Agreement to assert any of its rights thereunder shall not
constitute a waiver of such rights.
 
    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In the Merger Agreement, the Company has
made customary representations and warranties to MDC and Newco with respect to,
among other things, its organization, capitalization, financial statements,
public filings, conduct of business, employee benefit plans, labor relations and
employment matters, compliance with laws, real property, commission filings,
insurance, related party matters, subsidiaries, tax matters, litigation, vote
required to approve the Merger Agreement, undisclosed liabilities, information
supplied, the absence of any material adverse changes in the Company since
December 31, 1996, inapplicability of state takeover statutes, the opinion of
the Company's financial advisor and brokers, fees and expenses, intellectual
property, environmental matters and contracts. The representations and
warranties in the Merger Agreement expire on the day of the closing (the
"Closing") of the Merger Agreement.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                          THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
    The following is a summary of the material terms of the Asset Purchase
Agreement. This summary is not a complete description of the terms and
conditions thereof and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Asset
Purchase Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex II.
 
    THE ASSET PURCHASE.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the
Asset Purchase Agreement, at the Closing, ADI will purchase from the Company
certain assets and assume certain liabilities of the Company relating to its P&C
Businesses, including, without limitation, all related intangible assets, going-
concern value and goodwill, as well as the real property (the "Real Property")
and leased property (the "Leased Property") of the Company (collectively, the
"Assets") (such transactions being referred to herein as the "Asset Sale").
 
    PURCHASE PRICE.  In consideration of the transfer to ADI of the Assets, ADI
shall on the Closing Date (a) deliver to the Company $9,000,000 (the "Purchase
Price") by wire transfer of immediately available funds, into an account of the
Company designated to ADI at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date
(PROVIDED that at the election of the ADI, up to $250,000 of the Purchase Price
may be satisfied by delivery to the Company of a junior subordinated promissory
note) and (b) assume the Assumed Liabilities. The Purchase Price shall be
subject to adjustment for: (i) capital expenditures on property, plant and
equipment (other than routine maintenance and servicing) in excess of $100,000
per calendar month during the period from the date of the Asset Purchase
Agreement through the Closing Date, provided that to the extent that in any
calendar month less than $100,000 is so expended, such difference may be carried
forward to future calendar months; (ii) the positive difference of approximately
$435,333 between (A) Mr. Komer's Severance Payment (as defined in the Asset
Purchase Agreement) of $948,000 that would have been due Mr. Komer if the
transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement had occurred prior to December
31, 1997, and (B) Mr. Komer's Severance Payment of approximately $1,050,000
payable at the time of the Merger and (C) $333,333; and (iii) any
indemnification payments made by the parties pursuant to the Asset Purchase
Agreement.
 
    ASSUMED LIABILITIES.  In addition to payment of the Purchase Price, ADI
shall assume at the Closing, and subsequently in due course pay, honor and
discharge, (i) all the obligations, debts and liabilities of the Company arising
out of or relating to the P&C Businesses or the Assets, (ii) the employment
related liabilities as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, (iii) all
environmental liabilities of the Company, (iv) the obligations, debts and
liabilities set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, (v) contingent and
unknown liabilities arising out of or relating primarily to the P&C Businesses,
the Real Property or the Leased Property, accruing before, on or after the
Closing Date, (vi) the liabilities listed on the balance sheet of the Company to
the extent set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, (vii) liabilities which
related to both the P&C Businesses and the businesses of the Company other than
the P&C Businesses (the "Joint Liabilities") to the extent provided in the Asset
Purchase Agreement and as shall be set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement,
and (viii) the allocable share of Joint Employee Liabilities set forth in the
Asset Purchase Agreement, determined on the basis of FTE (full time employee)
equivalents (collectively, the "Assumed Liabilities"). The Company shall retain
and ADI shall not assume any of the Company's obligations, debts and liabilities
set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement and any other obligations, debts and
liabilities other than the Assumed Liabilities (the "Excluded Liabilities").
 
    INDEMNIFICATION.  On and after the Closing Date, the Company shall indemnify
and hold ADI and its affiliates harmless against and in respect of all actions,
claims, suits, demands, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees of ADI) (collectively, "Damages") relating to (i) the Excluded
Liabilities, (ii) the ownership or operation of the Excluded Assets by the
Company or any other person following the Closing Date, (iii) the Merger
(whether arising from a claim made by a stockholder of the Company or otherwise)
(iv) the representation by the Company regarding broker fees set forth in the
Asset Purchase Agreement or (v) the obligations of the Company regarding AGI
employees, including, without limitation, employee benefit plans and employment
liabilities, as set forth in the Asset Purchase
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
Agreement. The indemnification provided for in the Asset Purchase Agreement
shall terminate and be of no further force and effect two years from the Closing
Date. The Company shall not be liable pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement
for any amounts which in the aggregate exceed $9,000,000.
 
    On and after the Closing Date, ADI shall indemnify and hold the Company and
its affiliates harmless against and in respect of all Damages relating to (i)
the Assumed Liabilities, (ii) the ownership or operation of the P&C Businesses
or the Assets by ADI or any other person following the Closing Date, (iii) the
representation by ADI regarding broker's fees set forth in the Asset Purchase
Agreement, (iv) the Deferred Contracts to the extent provided in the Asset
Purchase Agreement, or (v) the obligations of ADI regarding the Company
employees, including, without limitation, employee benefit plans and employment
liabilities, as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement. ADI shall not be
liable pursuant to the above provisions for any amounts, which in the aggregate
exceed $9,000,000.
 
    CONDITIONS TO THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  The respective obligations of
each party to effect the Asset Sale are subject to the fulfillment or written
waiver at or prior to the Closing Date of the condition that no Governmental
Entity or court of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued,
promulgated, enforced or entered any law, rule, regulation, executive order,
decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent)
which is then in effect and has the effect of prohibiting the Asset Sale,
PROVIDED that, in the case of any such decree, injunction or other order, each
of the parties shall have used reasonable best efforts to prevent the entry of
any such injunction or other order and to appeal as promptly as practicable any
decree, injunction or other order that may be entered.
 
    The obligation of the Company to effect the Asset Sale is subject to the
fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following additional conditions;
PROVIDED that the Company may waive in writing any of such conditions in its
sole discretion: (1) ADI shall have performed in all material respects each of
its agreements contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement required to be
performed on or prior to the Closing, and each of the representations and
warranties of ADI contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be true and
correct on and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date; (2) ADI
shall have furnished to the Company a certificate, dated the Closing, signed by
the appropriate officers of ADI, certifying to the effect that to their best
knowledge, the conditions set forth in (1) above; (3) ADI shall have made
delivery of the Purchase Price; (4) ADI shall have executed and delivered the
Assumption Agreement covering the Assumed Liabilities; (5) all conditions
precedent to the consummation of the Merger (or any merger pursuant to any
successor merger agreement) shall have been satisfied or waived and the parties
thereto are ready, willing and able to consummate such transaction immediately
after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    The obligation of ADI to effect the Asset Sale is subject to the fulfillment
at or prior to the Closing of the following additional conditions, PROVIDED that
ADI may waive in writing any such conditions in its sole discretion: (1) the
Company shall have performed in all material respects each of its agreements
contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement required to be performed on or prior
to the Closing and each of the representations and warranties of the Company
contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of
the Closing as if made on and as of such date; (2) the Company shall have
furnished to ADI a certificate, dated the Closing, signed by the appropriate
officers of the Company, certifying to the best of their knowledge, the
conditions set forth in (1) above have been satisfied; (3) there shall not have
occurred any Material Adverse Change with respect to the P&C Businesses between
the date hereof and the Closing Date; (4) the Company shall have executed and
delivered the Bill of Sale and Assignment covering the Assets set forth in the
Annexes to the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Assumed Contracts and Leased
Property Lease Agreements in the Annexes to the Asset Purchase Agreement; (5)
the Company shall have executed and delivered the Warranty Deed covering the
Real Property relating to the Real Property; (6) the Company shall have executed
and delivered the Limited Liability Company Agreement conveying the trademarks
and other intellectual property rights to be conveyed; (7) ADI shall have
obtained title commitments for title insurance on the Real Property; (8) the
Company shall have endorsed and delivered the title certificates to the Assets
described in the Annexes to
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
the Asset Purchase Agreement; and (9) the Company shall have executed and
delivered the Trademark Assignment Agreement conveying the trademarks to be
conveyed as described on the Annexes to the Asset Purchase Agreement.
 
    TERMINATION.  The Asset Purchase Agreement may be terminated at any time
prior to the Closing Date as follows: (a) by the mutual written consent of the
Company and ADI; (b) by the Company or ADI if any court of competent
jurisdiction in the United States or other United States governmental body shall
have issued a final order, injunction, decree or ruling or taken any other final
action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions
contemplated thereby, and such order, injunction, decree, ruling or other action
is or shall have become nonappealable, PROVIDED that the right to terminate the
Asset Purchase Agreement shall not be available to any party which has not used
its reasonable best efforts to cause any such order, injunction, decree, ruling
or other action to be lifted; (c) by either the Company or ADI if the
Stockholders of the Company fail to adopt and approve the Asset Purchase
Agreement and the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the
Asset Purchase Agreement and the Merger Agreement at the special meeting
contemplated by the Merger Agreement by the Requisite Vote; (d) by the Company
if a corporation, partnership, person or other entity or group shall have made a
bona fide offer not solicited in violation of the Asset Purchase Agreement that
the Board by a majority vote determines in its good faith judgment and in the
exercise of its fiduciary duties is more favorable to the Company's Stockholders
than the transactions contemplated hereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
termination shall not be effective until the Company has made payment to ADI of
the full fee and expense reimbursement required by the Asset Purchase Agreement;
(e) by ADI, if (i) there shall have been a breach of any representation or
warranty on the part of the Company that is or will have a Material Adverse
Effect on the P&C Businesses or which materially adversely affects the ability
of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) there
shall have been a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company
which is or will result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the P&C
Businesses or materially adversely affects the ability of the Company to
consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, which shall not have been
cured prior to the earlier of (A) 10 days following notice of such breach and
(B) two Business Days prior to the Closing Date or (iii) the Board shall have
withdrawn or modified in a manner adverse to ADI its approval or recommendation
of the Asset Purchase Agreement or shall have adopted any resolution to effect
the foregoing; (f) by the Company if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
representation or warranty on the part of ADI which materially adversely affects
(or materially delays) the consummation of the transaction contemplated thereby
or (ii) there shall have been a material breach of any covenant or agreement on
the part of ADI and which materially adversely affects (or materially delays)
the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby which shall not have
been cured prior to the earliest of (A) 10 days following notice of such breach
and (B) two Business Days prior to the Closing Date; or (g) by the Company or
ADI if the Merger Agreement shall have been terminated unless the Company shall
have entered into another merger agreement substantially in the form of the
Merger Agreement and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
    CERTAIN PAYMENTS.  (i) If ADI terminates the Asset Purchase Agreement as
described above in clause (e) of "Termination" and within 12 months thereafter
the Company enters into an agreement with respect to a Third Party Acquisition,
or a Third Party Acquisition occurs, involving any party (or any affiliate
thereof) (x) with whom the Company (or its agents) had negotiations with a view
to a Third Party Acquisition, (y) to whom the Company (or its agents) furnished
information with a view to a Third Party Acquisition or (z) who had submitted a
proposal or expressed an interest in a Third Party Acquisition, in the case of
each of clauses (x), (y) and (z) after the date hereof and prior to such
termination; or (ii) ADI terminates the Asset Purchase Agreement as described
above in clause (e) of "Termination," and within 18 months thereafter a Third
Party Acquisition shall occur involving a consideration in excess of the
Purchase Price; or (iii) the Company terminates the Asset Purchase Agreement as
described above in clause (d) of "Termination," the Company shall pay to ADI
either prior to termination in the case of the event described in clause (iii)
above or within one Business Day following the execution and delivery of such
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
agreement or such occurrence or termination, as the case may be, in the case of
an event described in the Asset Purchase Agreement $360,000 plus the
unreimbursed, reasonable documented out-of-pocket third party expenses of ADI
incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase
Agreement as liquidated damages immediately upon such termination (the
"Termination Fee"), in cash; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company in no event
shall be obligated to pay more than one such Termination Fee with respect to all
such agreements and occurrences.
 
    THIRD PARTY ACQUISITION means the acquisition by any person (which includes
a "person" as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) or entity other than ADI of all or a material portion of
the Assets or the P&C Businesses.
 
                           THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
    MDC, AGC and Mr. Komer entered into the Stockholders Agreement.
 
    The following is a summary of the material terms of the Stockholders
Agreement. This summary is not a complete description of the terms and
conditions thereof and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Stockholders Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex III.
 
    COVENANTS OF EACH STOCKHOLDER.  Each Stockholder has agreed that during the
period commencing on the date of the Stockholders Agreement and continuing until
the termination of the Stockholders Agreement, each Stockholder, severally and
not jointly, agrees as follows: (a) at any meeting of Stockholders of the
Company called to vote upon the Merger, the Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase
or the Asset Purchase Agreement or at any adjournment thereof or in any other
circumstances upon which a vote, consent or other approval with respect to the
Merger, the Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase or the Asset Purchase Agreement
is sought, such Stockholder shall vote (or cause to be voted) the subject Shares
in favor of the Merger and the Asset Purchase, the adoption by the Company of
the Merger Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and the approval of the
terms thereof and each of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement; (b) at any meeting of Stockholders
of the Company or at any adjournment thereof or in any other circumstances upon
which the Stockholder's vote, consent or other approval is sought, the
Stockholder shall vote (or cause to be voted) the Subject Shares against (i) any
merger agreement or merger (other than the Merger Agreement and the Merger),
consolidation, combination, sale of a material amount of assets (other than the
Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Purchase), reorganization,
recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of or by the Company or
any other takeover proposal (collectively, "Takeover Proposal"), (ii) any action
or agreement that would result in a breach of any covenant, representation or
warranty or any other obligation or agreement of the Company under the Merger
Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement or (iii)
(x) any material amendment of the Company's certificate of incorporation or
by-laws, (y) any change in a majority of the persons who constitute the Board of
Directors of the Company or (z) any other proposal or transaction involving the
Company, which is intended or could reasonably be expected to impede, frustrate,
prevent, delay or nullify (A) the ability of the Company to consummate the
Merger or the Asset Purchase or (B) any of the transactions contemplated by the
Stockholders Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement or the Merger Agreement.
Each Stockholder further agreed not to commit or agree to take any action
inconsistent with the foregoing; (c) each Stockholder, severally and not
jointly, agreed not to (i) offer to sell, sell, transfer, encumber, pledge,
assign or otherwise dispose of (including by gift) (collectively, "Transfer"),
or enter into any contract, option or other arrangement with respect to or
consent to the Transfer of, the Subject Shares or any interest therein to any
person other than pursuant to the terms of the Merger, (ii) except as
contemplated hereby, grant any proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the
Subject Shares, deposit any Subject Shares into a voting trust or enter into any
voting arrangement with respect to the Subject Shares, or any interest in the
foregoing, except with MDC or Newco, (iii) take any action that would make any
representation or warranty of such Stockholder contained herein untrue or
incorrect or have the effect of preventing or disabling the Stockholder from
performing such Stockholder's obligations under the
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Stockholders Agreement or (iv) commit or agree to take any of the foregoing
actions; (d) each Stockholder irrevocably waived any rights of appraisal or
rights to dissent from the Merger that the Stockholder may have; (e) each
Stockholder agreed with, and covenants to, MDC that the Stockholder shall not
request that the Company register the transfer (book-entry or otherwise) of any
certificate or uncertificated interest representing any of the Subject Shares,
unless such transfer is made in compliance with the Stockholders Agreement. In
the event of a stock dividend or distribution, or any change in the Common Stock
by reason of any stock dividend or distribution, or any change in the Common
Stock by reason of any stock dividend, split-up, recapitalization, combination,
exchange of shares or the like, the term "Subject Shares" shall be deemed to
refer to and include the Subject Shares as well as all such stock dividends and
distributions and any shares into which or for which any or all of the Subject
Shares may be changed or exchanged and the Purchase Price shall be accordingly
adjusted. Each Stockholder shall be entitled to receive any cash dividend paid
by the Company during the term of the Stockholders Agreement until the Subject
Shares are canceled in the Merger or purchased under the Stockholders Agreement;
(f) each Stockholder, severally and not jointly, shall not, nor shall it
authorize or permit any partner, officer, director or employee of, or any
investment banker, attorney or other advisor or representative of, such
Stockholder to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate or encourage the
submission of any Takeover Proposal (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or (ii)
participate in any discussions, conversations, negotiations or other
communications regarding, or furnish to any person any information with respect
to, or otherwise cooperate in any way, assist or participate in, facilitate or
encourage any effort or attempt by any other person or entity, to seek to do any
of the foregoing or take any other action to facilitate any inquiries or the
making of any proposal that constitutes, or is likely to lead to, any Takeover
Proposal; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing shall not restrict a Stockholder
who is also a director of the Company from taking actions in such Stockholder's
capacity as a director to the extent and in the circumstances permitted by
Section 4.02 of the Merger Agreement. Each Stockholder, in its capacity as such,
will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing activities,
discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted heretofore with respect
to any of the foregoing.
 
    TERMINATION.  Other than as provided therein, the covenants and agreements
contained in the Stockholders Agreement will terminate and no party shall have
any rights or obligations under the Stockholders Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement shall become null and void and have no further effect upon the
earliest of (a) the Effective Time, and (b) the date on which the Merger
Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.01 thereof.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN PERSONS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock of the Company as of January 21, 1998, by (1) each
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company,
(2) each Director of the Company, (3) the Executive Officers of the Company, and
(4) all Directors and Executive Officers of the Company as a group. The Company
believes that each of the following persons has sole investment and voting power
in respect of his/her/its shares owned except as otherwise noted.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF SHARES    PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP
NAME                                                          OF COMMON STOCK     OF COMMON STOCK(1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------------
<S>                                                          <C>                <C>
                                                                  2,250,000(2)              38.5%
American Greetings Corporation.............................
  One American Road
  Cleveland, OH 44144
                                                                    469,746(3)               8.0%
Stuart Komer...............................................
  One Komer Center
  Elmira, NY 14902
Joseph A. Calabro..........................................          35,000(4)             *
Norman S. Edelcup..........................................           8,000                *
Lyndon E. Goodridge........................................           7,000                *
Irving I. Stone............................................           1,500(5,6)            *
Morry Weiss................................................           3,364(6)             *
Thomas C. Wyckoff..........................................          40,540(7)             *
Robert T. McDonough........................................          10,650(8)             *
William T. Ingram..........................................           5,900(9)
Michelle Crane-Alderman....................................           9,600(10)
All Directors and Executive Officers of the Company as a            591,300(3,         ,9)             10.1%
  group (10 persons).......................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Indicates less than 1% of the Company's issued and outstanding shares.
 
(1) Percentages have been calculated assuming, in the case of each person, the
    exercise of all options that are currently or will become exercisable within
    the next 60 days by each such person, but not the exercise of any options
    owned by any other person listed. The calculation of percentage ownership
    for all Directors and Executive Officers as a group assumes the exercise of
    all options that are currently or will become exercisable within the next 60
    days by each such person.
 
(2) For a description of certain arrangements between the Company and AGC, see
    the discussion immediately following these footnotes.
 
   
(3) Includes options to purchase 138,960 shares that are currently or will
    become exercisable by Mr. Komer within the next 60 days and 4,000 shares
    owned by Mr. Komer's wife.
    
 
   
(4) Includes options to purchase 31,000 shares that are currently or will become
    exercisable by Mr. Calabro within the next 60 days.
    
 
(5) These shares are held in the Judith Stone Weiss Trust for the benefit of Mr.
    Stone, who has sole voting and investment power with respect to these
    shares.
 
(6) Does not include the 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock owned by AGC.
 
   
(7) Includes options to purchase 14,000 shares that are currently or will become
    exercisable by Mr. Wyckoff within the next 60 days and 640 shares owned by
    Mr. Wyckoff's wife.
    
 
   
(8) Includes options to purchase 12,000 shares that are currently or will become
    exercisable by Mr. McDonough within the next 60 days.
    
 
   
(9) Includes options to purchase 3,400 shares that are or will become
    exercisable by Mr. Ingram within the next 60 days.
    
 
   
(10) Includes options to purchase 7,400 shares that are or will become
    exercisable by Mr. Crane-Alderman within the next 60 days.
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Pursuant to a standstill agreement (the "Original Standstill Agreement"),
AGC purchased 2,250,000 shares (as adjusted for a stock split) of the Company's
Common Stock (the "AGC Shares"), for an aggregate net purchase price of
$6,450,000. AGC acquired its interest in the Company primarily as an investment.
However, in addition, the Company has agreed to promote certain of AGC's
greeting card products through its catalogs and AGC may promote certain of the
Company's personalized products through AGC's retail outlets.
 
    On June 16, 1992, the Company and AGC amended the Original Standstill
Agreement (the "Amended Standstill Agreement") governing the control over the
AGC Shares.
 
    The Amended Standstill Agreement superceded and terminated in their entirety
both the Original Standstill Agreement, which was among the Company, AGC and Mr.
Komer, and the Voting Trust Agreement of the same date and among the same
parties, under which the AGC Shares had been held until that date.
 
    Under the Amended Standstill Agreement, AGC is generally prohibited from
purchasing any additional shares of Common Stock and has agreed to vote the AGC
Shares only in accordance with the recommendations made to the Company's
Stockholders by the Board. AGC retains the right to nominate a maximum of two
Directors to the Board, so long as it owns more than 20% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock. It can nominate only one Director if its percentage
ownership drops to between 10% and 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
and loses these nomination rights entirely if its percentage ownership drops
below 10%. AGC also has certain anti-dilution rights to enable it to maintain
its present proportionate ownership of approximately 36% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock.
 
    Additionally, during the term of the Amended Standstill Agreement AGC is
permitted to sell any of the AGC Shares only to the public, either in a
registered offering or under Rule 144 ("Rule 144") of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), subject, however, to the Company's prior right of
first refusal to purchase any or all of such shares at their then-current market
price. AGC also has certain "demand" and "piggyback" registration rights to
enable it to have the AGC Shares registered for public sale. Under the Amended
Standstill Agreement, AGC can acquire the balance of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock or the Company's assets only in a transaction approved by the Board
(excluding any Directors nominated by AGC).
 
    Unless earlier terminated, the Amended Standstill Agreement will expire on
December 31, 2000. However, it can be terminated at any time by AGC upon 90 days
notice to the Company. As of April 30, 1996, the Company could have terminated
the Amended Standstill Agreement at any time upon giving one year's notice to
AGC and under certain other circumstances. The Amended Standstill Agreement also
can be terminated by either party upon notice given within 90 days following any
termination of a Marketing Agreement (defined below), and automatically
terminates at such time as AGC's holdings constitute less than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock. Within 60 days prior to the effective date
of any termination of the Amended Standstill Agreement, however, the Company has
the right to purchase all or any part of the AGC Shares at their then-current
market price, and/or to require AGC to sell all or part of the AGC Shares in a
registered public offering.
 
    Mr. Komer is not a party to the Amended Standstill Agreement. However, in a
letter to AGC dated June 16, 1992, he has agreed that, during the term of the
Amended Standstill Agreement, any sales of his Company shareholdings will only
be made through an underwritten public offering or under Rule 144.
 
    Simultaneously with the signing of the Amended Standstill Agreement, the
Company and AGC also executed a direct mail agreement (the "Marketing
Agreement") that gives the Company exclusive rights to market and sell by mail
certain paper products based on AGC's designs through the Company's catalogs,
order fulfillment and other direct mail marketing programs. This Agreement
likewise expires on December 31, 2000, unless earlier terminated upon nine
months advance notice given by either party.
 
    At the Effective Time of the Merger, the foregoing arrangements shall
terminate except that ADI will continue to license certain intellectual property
from AGC.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                      SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS; EXPENSES
 
    The total amount of funds required by Newco to purchase all of the Shares
pursuant to the Merger and to pay related fees and expenses is approximately $35
million. Newco will obtain all funds needed for the Merger through a combination
of cash of the Company as a result of the Asset Sale and loans from MDC which
MDC will initially fund from existing cash reserves and available lines of
credit.
 
   
    The total amount of funds required by ADI to consummate the Asset Sale is
approximately $9.55 million and to provide for working capital of ADI is
approximately $3.0 million. ADI will obtain such funds from: (i) $5.0 million
from NationsCredit pursuant to the terms of a commitment letter and $3.0 million
under a revolving credit facility from NationsCredit for working capital
purposes; (ii) additional debt financing in the aggregate of $3.3 million from
the Empire State Economic Development Fund of the State of New York, the Chemung
County Industrial Development Agency and the City of Elmira Loan Fund; and (iii)
$1.25 million of cash equity contributions from Messrs. Wyckoff and Mahar in the
amounts of $750,000 and $500,000, respectively. In addition, at the election of
ADI, up to $250,000 of the Purchase Price may be satisfied by delivery to the
Company of a junior subordinate promissory note. The Empire State Economic
Development Fund of the State of New York has agreed to make a loan in an amount
not to exceed $3.0 million to ADI. ADI has also entered into an agreement with
the Chemung County Industrial Development Agency whereby ADI will receive a loan
in the amount of $100,000 for a term of five years with an interest rate of 0%.
Finally, ADI has entered into an agreement with Southern Tier Economic Growth,
as administrator of the City of Elmira Loan Fund in the amount of $200,000 for a
term of five years with a fixed rate at prime minus 2% points based in the Prime
Lending Rate at the time of closing.
    
 
    In connection with the transaction, the Company anticipates incurring
expenses of approximately $225,000, principally consisting of legal and
accounting fees. In addition, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the
Company has agreed to pay the costs and expenses of ADI in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, other than the fees
and expenses of financing sources. ADI has informed the Company that the fees
and expenses to be so paid by the Company are currently anticipated to be
approximately $650,000, consisting of $333,938 in legal fees incurred to date
and approximately $200,000 in additional legal fees expected to be incurred,
$10,400 of accounting expenses and $100,000 of other expenses. Prior to the
effectiveness of the Merger, two promissory notes from ADI in favor of the
Company in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000 will be recharacterized as
an expense of the Company.
 
    Each non-interested member of the Special Committee will be paid a special
bonus of $20,000 if a transaction is consummated as compensation for their
extraordinary efforts and time dedicated to the Company over their tenure. Each
non-employee director has also received his regular fees (an aggregate of $8,400
per person) in connection with the Special Committee and Board meetings attended
in 1997 as well as the payment of his $12,500 annual retainer fee for the
previous twelve months for his services historically paid on the date of the
Company's annual meeting.
 
   
    There are no other material benefits, other than those previously described
in "SPECIAL FACTORS--Interests of Certain Persons," to be received by Messrs.
Komer, Calabro and Wyckoff relating to the Merger and the Asset Sale and no
other insider of the Company will receive any material benefits from this Merger
and the Asset Sale.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                      PRICE RANGE OF SHARES AND DIVIDENDS
 
    The Shares trade on the Nasdaq under the symbol "ARTG". The following table
sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the high and low sales price per
Share on Nasdaq. All prices set forth are as reported in published financial
sources:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     MARKET PRICE
                                                                               ------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>
                                                                                  HIGH          LOW
                                                                                  -----         ---
1996:
  First Quarter..............................................................           3            23/8
  Second Quarter.............................................................           4 1/1          23/4
  Third Quarter..............................................................           5 7/          33/8
  Fourth Quarter.............................................................           5  5/1          41/4
 
1997:
  First Quarter..............................................................           5            41/4
  Second Quarter.............................................................           5 3/1          313/16
  Third Quarter..............................................................           4 5/          33/8
  Fourth Quarter.............................................................           5 3/          41/4
 
1998:
  First Quarter (through March 31, 1998).....................................           5 1/          51/32
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    On December 19, 1997, the last full trading day prior to the announcement of
the terms of the Merger Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement, the reported
closing sales price per Share on Nasdaq was $4.75. On March 31, 1998 the last
full trading day prior to the filing of this proxy statement, the reported
closing sales price per share on Nasdaq was $5 15/32. There are no material
restrictions upon the Company's ability to pay dividends to its Stockholders and
the Company has not paid dividends to its Stockholders in fiscal year-end 1994
through 1997. STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO OBTAIN A CURRENT MARKET QUOTATION FOR
THE SHARES.
    
 
                        RIGHTS OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
APPRAISAL RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following summary of the material provisions of Delaware law relating to
the appraisal rights of Stockholders is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL set forth in full as Annex V to
this Proxy Statement.
 
    Holders of record of shares of Common Stock (each, a "Share") who comply
with the applicable procedures summarized herein will be entitled to appraisal
rights under Section 262 of the DGCL. A person having a beneficial interest in
shares of Common Stock held of record in the name of another person, such as a
broker or nominee, must act promptly to cause the record holder to follow the
steps summarized below properly and in a timely manner to perfect appraisal
rights.
 
    ALL REFERENCES IN SECTION 262 AND IN THIS SUMMARY TO A "STOCKHOLDER" ARE TO
THE RECORD HOLDER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AS TO WHICH APPRAISAL RIGHTS ARE
ASSERTED. VOTING AGAINST, ABSTAINING FROM VOTING OR FAILING TO VOTE ON APPROVAL
AND ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A DEMAND FOR APPRAISAL
WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 262 OF THE DGCL.
 
    Stockholders who follow the procedures set forth in Section 262 may receive,
in lieu of the $5.70 cash per share of Common Stock to be paid in the Merger, a
cash payment equal to the "fair value" of their Shares, exclusive of any element
of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger, together
with a fair rate of interest, if any, as determined by the Court of Chancery.
Such fair value is to be determined by judicial appraisal and could be more
than, the same as, or less than, the Merger
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
Consideration. The statutory right of appraisal granted by Section 262 is
subject to strict compliance with the procedures set forth below. Failure to
follow any of these procedures may result in a termination or waiver of
appraisal rights under Section 262.
 
    To be entitled to receive payment of the fair value of the shares of Common
Stock, a stockholder (i) must file a written demand for appraisal of his or her
shares of Common Stock with the company prior to the voting by Stockholders on
the Merger Agreement at the Meeting (such demand must reasonably inform the
Company of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder intends
thereby to demand an appraisal of his or her shares of Common Stock); (ii) must
not vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of approval and adoption of
the Merger Agreement; and (iii) must have his or her shares of Common Stock
valued in an appraisal proceeding, as described below. A proxy or vote against
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement will not satisfy the requirement
that a stockholder file a written demand for appraisal as set forth above. The
requirement of a written demand is separate from, and should not be confused
with, the requirement that a stockholder not vote in favor of approval and
adoption of the Merger Agreement. A failure to vote on the Merger Agreement will
not be construed as a vote in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger
Agreement and will not constitute a waiver of a stockholder's rights of
appraisal. A stockholder who returns a signed proxy indicating that he or she
abstains from voting will similarly not waive his or her rights of appraisal.
However, because a proxy signed and left blank will, unless properly revoked, be
voted in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement, a stockholder
who returns a signed proxy left blank will waive his or her rights of appraisal.
Therefore, a stockholder electing to exercise appraisal rights who votes by
proxy must not leave his or her proxy blank, but must either vote against
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement or abstain from voting.
 
    A holder of shares of Common Stock wishing to exercise such holder's
appraisal rights must be the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the
date the written demand for appraisal is made and must continue to hold such
Shares of record until the Effective Time of the Merger. Accordingly, a holder
of shares of Common Stock who is the record holder of shares of Common Stock on
the date the written demand for appraisal is made, but who thereafter transfers
such Shares prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, will lose any right to
appraisal in respect of such shares of Common Stock.
 
    Only a holder of record of shares of Common Stock is entitled to assert
appraisal rights for the shares of Common Stock registered in that holder's
name. A demand for appraisal should be executed by or on behalf of the holder of
record, fully correctly, as such holder's name appears on such holder's stock
certificates. If the shares of Common Stock are owned of record in a fiduciary
capacity, such as by a trustee, guardian or custodian, execution of the demand
should be made in that capacity, and if the shares of Common Stock are owned of
record by more than one person as in a joint tenancy or tenancy in common, the
demand should be executed by or on behalf of all joint owners. An authorized
agent, including an agent for two or more joint owners, may execute a demand for
appraisal on behalf of a holder of record; however, the agent must identify the
record owner or owners and expressly disclose the fact that, in executing the
demand, the agent is agent for such owner or owners. A record holder such as a
broker who holds shares as nominee for several beneficial owners may exercise
appraisal rights with respect to the shares held for one or more beneficial
owners while not exercising such rights with respect to the shares held for
other beneficial owners; in such case, the written demand should set forth the
number of shares as to which appraisal is sought, and where no number of shares
of Common Stock is expressly mentioned the demand will be presumed to cover all
shares of Common Stock held in the name of the record owner. Stockholders who
hold their shares of Common Stock in brokerage accounts or other nominee forms
and who wish to exercise appraisal rights are urged to consult with their
brokers to determine the appropriate procedures for the making of a demand for
appraisal by such a nominee.
 
    If the Merger Agreement is approved and adopted by the Stockholders, the
Company or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, will send a notice,
either before the Effective Time or within ten days thereafter, stating that
appraisal rights are available to each stockholder who has filed an adequate
written demand for appraisal with the Company and who has not voted in favor of
approval and adoption of the
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Merger Agreement. Within 120 days after the Effective Time, the Company or any
stockholder seeking appraisal rights may file a petition in the Court of
Chancery demanding a determination of the value of the shares of Common Stock of
all Stockholders seeking appraisal rights. The Company is under no obligation,
and has no present intention, to file such a petition, and all Stockholders
seeking to exercise appraisal rights should initiate all necessary action with
respect to the perfection of their appraisal rights within the time periods and
in the manner prescribed in Section 262. Within 120 days after the Effective
Time, any stockholder who has complied with the provisions of Section 262, upon
written request, shall be entitled to receive from the Company a statement
setting forth the aggregate number of Shares not voted in favor of approval and
adoption of the Merger Agreement and with respect to which demands for appraisal
have been received and the aggregate number of holders of such shares of Common
Stock. Such written statement must be mailed to any such stockholder within ten
days after his or her written request for such a statement is received by the
Company or within ten days after expiration of the period for delivery of
demands for appraisal under Section 262(d), whichever is later.
 
    If a petition for appraisal is timely filed, the Court of Chancery will
conduct a hearing on such petition to determine whether the Stockholders seeking
appraisal rights have complied with Section 262 and have thereby become entitled
to appraisal rights. The Court of Chancery will then determine the fair value of
the shares of Common Stock exclusive of any element of value arising from the
expectation or accomplishment of the Merger, but including a fair rate of
interest, if any, to be paid on the amount determined to be the fair value. In
determining fair value, the Court of Chancery is to take into account all
relevant factors. Stockholders considering appraisal should bear in mind that
the fair market value of their Shares determined under Section 262 could be more
than, the same as, or less than, the consideration they will receive pursuant to
the Merger Agreement if they do not seek appraisal of their shares of Common
Stock, and that the written opinion of PaineWebber set forth as Annex IV hereto
is not necessarily an opinion regarding fair value under Section 262. The
Delaware Supreme Court has stated that "proof of value by any techniques or
methods which are generally considered acceptable in the financial community and
otherwise admissible in court" should be considered in the appraisal
proceedings.
 
    The Chancery Court will determine the amount of interest, if any, to be paid
upon the amounts to be received by persons whose Shares have been appraised. The
costs of the appraisal proceeding may be assessed against one or more parties to
the proceeding as the Court of Chancery may consider equitable. Upon application
by a stockholder, the Court of Chancery may order all or a portion of the
expenses incurred by any stockholder in connection with the appraisal
proceedings (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and the
fees and expenses of experts) to be charged pro rata against the value of all of
the Shares entitled to an appraisal.
 
    A stockholder will fail to perfect his or her right of appraisal if he or
she (i) does not deliver a written demand for appraisal to the Company prior to
the vote for approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement, (ii) votes his or
her Shares in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement, (iii) does
not file a petition for appraisal within 120 days after the Effective Time, or
(iv) delivers to the Company both a written withdrawal of his or her demand for
appraisal and an acceptance of the terms of the Merger Agreement, except that
any such attempt to withdraw such demand not made within 60 days after the
Effective Time requires the written approval of the Company. If any stockholder
who properly demands appraisal of such stockholder's shares of Common Stock
under Section 262 fails to perfect, or effectively withdraws or loses, such
stockholder's right to appraisal as provided in (iii) or (iv) above, the shares
of Common Stock of such stockholder will be converted into the right to receive
the Merger Consideration receivable with respect to such shares of Common Stock
in accordance with the Merger Agreement.
 
    If an appraisal proceeding is properly instituted, such proceeding may not
be dismissed as to any stockholder who has perfected his or her right of
appraisal without the approval of the Court of Chancery, and any such approval
may be conditioned on such terms as the Court of Chancery deems just.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    After the Effective Time, no stockholder who has demanded appraisal rights
will be entitled to vote his or her Shares for any purpose or to receive
dividends on, or other distributions in respect of, such shares of Common Stock
(except dividends or distributions payable to Stockholders as of a record date
prior to the Effective Time).
 
    Delaware courts have decided that the statutory appraisal remedy, depending
on factual circumstances, may or may not be a dissenter's exclusive remedy.
Several decisions by the Delaware courts have held that a controlling
stockholder of a company involved in a merger has a fiduciary duty to the other
stockholders which requires that the merger be "entirely fair" to such other
stockholders. In determining whether a merger is fair to minority stockholders,
the Delaware courts have considered, among other things, the type and amount of
consideration to be received by stockholders and whether there was fair dealing
among the parties. The Delaware Supreme Court stated in WEINBERGER V. UOP, INC.,
457 A.2d 701, 714 (1983), that although the remedy ordinarily available in a
merger that is found not to be "fair" to minority stockholders is the right to
appraisal described above, such appraisal remedy may not be adequate "in certain
cases, particularly where fraud, misrepresentation, self-dealing, deliberate
waste of corporate assets, or gross and palpable overreaching are involved," and
that in such cases the Chancery Court would be free to fashion any form of
appropriate relief.
 
    FAILURE BY A STOCKHOLDER TO FOLLOW THE STEPS REQUIRED BY DELAWARE LAW FOR
PERFECTING RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL MAY RESULT IN THE LOSS OF SUCH RIGHTS. IN VIEW OF
THE COMPLEXITY OF THESE PROVISIONS OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW,
STOCKHOLDERS WHO ARE CONSIDERING DISSENTING FROM THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND EXERCISING THEIR RIGHTS UNDER SECTION 262 SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR LEGAL ADVISORS.
 
    All written communications from Stockholders with respect to the exercise of
appraisal rights should be mailed to Artistic Greetings Incorporated, One Komer
Center, Elmira, New York 14902, Attention: Assistant Secretary.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The following discussion summarizes the material United States Federal
income tax consequences of the Merger to Stockholders. It is based upon laws,
regulations, rulings and judicial decisions now in effect. It does not address
all aspects of Federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular
Stockholder in light of that Stockholder's personal circumstances, nor does it
address Federal income tax consequences to types of taxpayers subject to special
treatment under the Federal income tax laws (E.G., life insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, foreign taxpayers, securities dealers, or persons who
have entered into hedging transactions with respect to the Common Stock or who
hold the Common Stock as part of a conversion transaction, straddle or otherwise
as part of an integrated investment), nor does it address any aspect of state,
local, foreign or other tax laws. It is assumed that the shares of Common Stock
are held as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code) by a
United States person I.E., (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the
United States; (ii) a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or
other business entity created in, or organized under, the laws of the United
States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (iii) an estate the income
of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its
source; or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more United States
persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions.
 
    The receipt of cash for Common Stock pursuant to the Merger or pursuant to
the exercise of appraisal rights will be a taxable transaction to a Stockholder
for Federal income tax purposes under the Code, and also may be a taxable
transaction under applicable state, local, foreign and other tax laws. In
general, for Federal income tax purposes, a stockholder will recognize gain (or
loss) equal to the amount by which the cash received in exchange for the Common
Stock exceeds (or is exceeded by) the tax basis for such Common Stock. Such gain
or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. In the case of individuals, such
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
capital gain will be subject to maximum Federal income tax rates of 20% for
Common Stock held for more than 18 months and 28% for Common Stock held for more
than one year but for not more than 18 months.
 
    The foregoing discussion may not be applicable to Stockholders who acquired
their Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of options or other compensation
arrangements or who are not citizens or residents of the United States or who
are otherwise subject to special tax treatment under the Code.
 
    Cash payments to Stockholders pursuant to the Merger may be subject to a
back-up withholding tax at a rate of 31% on the gross amount of such payments
unless the stockholder has complied with certain reporting and/or certification
procedures. The Letter of Transmittal, which will be sent to the former
Stockholders of the Company following the Effective Time if the Merger is
consummated, will include a substitute Form W-9 on which Stockholders can
provide the information required to avoid the backup withholding provisions of
federal income tax law. Any amount withheld from a stockholder under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such stockholder's Federal
income tax liability and may entitle the stockholder to a refund, provided that
the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
Stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of
information reporting and backup withholding in their particular circumstances
and the availability of an exemption therefrom if the Stockholders cannot or do
not make the certifications required by the substitute Form W-9.
 
    EACH STOCKHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT SUCH STOCKHOLDER'S OWN TAX ADVISOR TO
DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER OF THE MERGER IN
VIEW OF THE STOCKHOLDER'S OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
REGULATORY APPROVALS
 
    STATE TAKEOVER LAWS.  A number of states throughout the United States have
enacted takeover statutes that purport, in varying degrees, to be applicable to
attempts to acquire securities of corporations that are incorporated or have
assets, stockholders, executive officers or places of business in such states.
In EDGAR V. MITE CORP., the Supreme Court of the United States held that the
Illinois Business Takeover Act, which involved state securities laws that made
the takeover of certain corporations more difficult, imposes a substantial
burden on interstate commerce and therefore was unconstitutional. In CTS CORP.
V. DYNAMICS CORP. OF AMERICA, however, the Supreme Court of the United States
held that a state may, as a matter of corporate law and, in particular, those
laws concerning corporate governance, constitutionally disqualify a potential
acquirer from voting on the affairs of a target corporation without prior
approval of the remaining stockholders, provided that such laws were applicable
only under certain conditions.
 
    Section 203 of the DGCL limits the ability of a Delaware corporation to
engage in business combinations with "interested stockholders" (defined as any
beneficial owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation) unless, among other things, the corporation's board of directors
has given its prior approval to either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an "interested
stockholder." The Company has represented in the Merger Agreement that it
properly approved, among other things, the Merger Agreement and the Merger for
purposes of Section 203 of the DGCL.
 
    Based on information supplied by the Company, MDC does not believe that any
other state takeover statutes apply to the Merger. MDC has not currently
complied with any state takeover statute or regulation. MDC reserves the right
to challenge the applicability or validity of any state law purportedly
applicable to the Merger Agreement or the Merger and any action taken in
connection with the Merger Agreement or the Merger is not intended as a waiver
of such right. If it is asserted that any state takeover statute is applicable
to the Merger Agreement or the Merger and an appropriate court does not
determine that it is inapplicable or invalid as applied to the Merger Agreement
or the Merger, the Merger will not be consummated.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    ANTITRUST.  Under the HSR Act and the rules promulgated thereunder by the
Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the Merger may not be consummated until
notifications have been given and certain information has been furnished to the
FTC and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust
Division") and the applicable waiting period has expired or been terminated.
Following the filing by the Company and MDC of Notification and Report Forms
under the HSR Act with the FTC and the Antitrust Division, on March 3, 1998, the
FTC informed the Company of the early termination of the HSR waiting period. At
any time before or after consummation of the Merger, notwithstanding expiration
of the waiting period under the HSR Act, the Antitrust Division or the FTC could
take such action under the antitrust laws as it deems necessary or desirable in
the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the consummation of the Merger
or seeking divestiture of shares acquired by MDC or of substantial assets of the
Company. Private parties may also seek to take legal action under the antitrust
laws under certain circumstances.
 
    Based on information available to them, the Company and MDC believe that the
Merger can be effected in compliance with federal and state antitrust laws.
However, there can be no assurance that a challenge to the consummation of the
Merger on antitrust grounds will not be made or that, if such a challenge were
made, the Company and MDC would prevail or would not be required to accept
certain adverse conditions in order to consummate the Merger.
 
   
                      RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
    
 
   
SFAS NO. 130
    
 
   
    In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No.
130, 'Reporting Comprehensive Income', which is applicable to the Company
effective January 1, 1998. This Statement establishes standards for reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenue, expenses, gains
and losses) in a full set of general purpose financial statements. Comprehensive
income is defined as the change in the equity of a business enterprise during a
period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner
sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period (from net income and
other sources) except those resulting from investments by owners and
distributions to owners. Management believes that the adoption of this statement
will not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated results of
operations or financial position.
    
 
   
SFAS NO. 131
    
 
   
    In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No.
131, 'Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information',
which is applicable to the Company effective January 1, 1998. This Statement
requires that a public business enterprise report financial and descriptive
information about its reportable operating segments. Operating segments are
components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in
deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Statement
requires disclosure of a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific
revenue and expense items, and segment assets. It requires reconciliations of
total segment revenues, total segment profit or loss, total segment assets, and
other amounts disclosed for segments to corresponding amounts in the
enterprise's general purposes financial statements. It requires that all public
business enterprises report information about the revenues derived from the
enterprise's products or services, about the countries in which the enterprise
earns revenues and holds assets, and about major customers regardless of whether
that information is used in making operating decisions. Management believes that
the adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on the Company's
consolidated results of operations or financial position.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The selected consolidated financial data of the Company set forth below
(dollars stated in thousands, except per share data) for each of the years in
the five-year period ended December 31, 1997 have been derived from the
Company's audited consolidated financial statements for such periods. More
comprehensive financial information for the three-year period ended December 31,
1997 is included in reports on Form 10-K for such years filed by the Company
with the Commission, which are available as described in "AVAILABLE INFORMATION"
and "INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE." The following summary is
qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, such audited
financial statements including the Report of Independent Public Accountants,
which contains a qualification as to the going concern status of the Company,
accompanying the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997 attached hereto as Annex VI.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1997              1996        1995        1994        1993
                                               ----------------     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Net Sales....................................       $101,499           $98,911     $97,042     $91,121     $78,442
Net Income(Loss).............................        $(1,064)           $2,675     $(9,952)      $(426)     $1,163
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets.................................        $31,858           $28,998     $38,654     $37,909     $31,733
Current liabilities..........................        $19,390           $12,915     $16,998     $16,852      $9,198
Long-term debt...............................           $936            $1,069      $9,593      $1,559      $1,848
Stockholders' equity.........................        $11,249           $12,288      $9,548     $19,308     $20,295
 
PER SHARE DATA:
Net income (loss)
  per share..................................         $(0.17)            $0.42      $(1.57)     $(0.07)      $0.20
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...........          2.64x             5.40x      97.81x       (3.21)x      8.53x
Book value per common share..................          $1.86             $2.11       $1.64       $3.32       $3.50
 
<CAPTION>
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding................................     6,090,023         6,349,318   6,331,688   5,912,136   5,957,569
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
 
OTHER DATA:
Cash Flows from Operations
  (Net Cash).................................         $1,655           $11,500     $(4,275)    $(1,902)     $2,697
Cash provided by (used in) investing
  activities.................................         $3,328           $(1,747)      $(481)    $(2,690)    $(1,691)
Cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities.................................         $1,734          $(10,218)     $5,136      $4,192     $(1,013)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
                    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
   
    The following unaudited pro forma financial statements are presented to
reflect the division of the assets and liabilities and operations of the Company
between those to be acquired by ADI in the Asset Sale and those to be acquired
by MDC pursuant to the Merger. The statement of operations assumes that the
division took place at the beginning of the period presented. The balance sheet
assumes that division took place on December 31, 1997. The unaudited pro forma
financial statements do not reflect any adjustments related to the proposed
transactions and are presented for illustrative purposes only. The following
statements are not to be construed as indicative of the results of operations or
the financial position which would have occurred had the division of the Company
been effected at the beginning of the period presented. Further, the values
ascribed to assets for book purposes may not be indicative of realizable value.
The basis for this presentation is an allocation of assets, liabilities, income
and expenses which the Company believes to be reasonable, but should not be
construed as indicative of the results of operations or financial position of
the separate businesses indicated as stand-alone entities. The unaudited pro
forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical
financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, incorporated
by reference in this Proxy Statement. See "AVAILABLE INFORMATION" and
"INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE."
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                    --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>               <C>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                                                      ACTUAL     P&C BUSINESSES   CHECK BUSINESS
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA
                                                                               AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>               <C>
Net Sales.........................................................  $  101,499    $     55,174     $     46,325
Cost of Sales.....................................................      45,038          21,709           23,329
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Gross Profit......................................................      56,461          33,465           22,996
Selling, Advertising, General and Administrative Expenses.........      56,607          35,861           20,746
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Income (Loss) from Operations.....................................  $     (146)   $     (2,396)    $      2,250
 
Other Income (Expense):
Interest and dividend income......................................          84               0               84
Net unrealized gain (losses) on trading securities................          32               0               32
Net unrealized gain (losses) on marketable securities.............         340               0              340
Loss on disposition of fixed assets...............................        (897)           (897)               0
Interest expense..................................................        (280)             (9)            (271)
Other.............................................................          56              56                0
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes.................................        (811)         (3,246)           2,435
Provision for (benefit for) Income Taxes..........................         253               0              253
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Net Income (Loss).................................................  $   (1,064)   $     (3,246)    $      2,182
                                                                    ----------  ----------------  --------------
Net Income (Loss) per common share and common equivalent share....  $    (0.17)   $      (0.53)    $       0.36
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding.....................................................   6,090,023       6,090,023        6,090,023
</TABLE>
    
 
   
The unaudited pro forma division of the Company's 1997 Statement of Operations
reflects an allocation of the items of income and expense on the books of the
Company on December 31, 1997 between the Check Business to be acquired by MDC
pursuant to the Merger and the P&C Businesses to be acquired by ADI in the Asset
Sale based on a hypothetical determination of the income and expense items which
would be attributable to each such business for such year. In this regard 100%
of interest and dividend income, net unrealized gain on trading securities, net
unrealized gain on marketable securities, provision for income taxes and
interest expense other than interest on the UDC and Elmira mortgages have been
allocated to the Check Business; 100% of loss on disposition of fixed assets
(all of which will be acquired by ADI), other income and interest expense
attributable to the UDC and Elmira mortgages have been allocated to the P&C
Businesses; and the remainder of the Company's income and expenses have been
allocated by determining the amount of each such item attributable to the Check
Business and by allocating the balance of each such item (including cost of
sales and Selling, Advertising, General and Administrative Expenses) to the P&C
Businesses. Such allocations should not be construed as indicative of actual
results had either the P&C Businesses or the Check Business been conducted as
independent, stand-alone businesses for the period presented.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                      -------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>               <C>
                                                                                    PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                                                       ACTUAL     P&C BUSINESSES   CHECK BUSINESS
                                                                      ---------  ----------------  --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and Equivalents..............................................  $     160     $        0       $      160
  Marketable Securities:
    Trading, at market (cost $1,230)................................      1,403              0            1,403
    Available for sale, at market (cost $408).......................        458              0              458
  Trade Receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
    $271)...........................................................      2,343          2,107              236
  Income taxes receivable...........................................        420              0              420
  Inventory.........................................................      2,518          2,461               57
  Prepaid advertising...............................................      3,492          3,344              148
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................        384            384                0
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
Total Current Assets:...............................................     11,178          8,296            2,882
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
  Deferred advertising..............................................      3,683          1,607            2,076
  Property, plant and equipment, net................................     16,301         16,301                0
  Cash surrender value of life insurance (net of policy loans of
    $0).............................................................        629            629                0
  Other assets......................................................         67              0               67
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
Total Assets:.......................................................  $  31,858     $   26,833       $    5,025
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt.................................      4,494            145            4,349
  Accounts payable, trade (includes checks-in- transit of $2,485)...     12,804          6,482            6,322
  Accrued liabilites................................................      1,521          1,431               90
  Customer advances.................................................        571            175              396
  Income taxes payable..............................................          0              0                0
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
Total Current Liabilities:..........................................  $  19,390     $    8,233       $   11,157
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
  Long-term debt, net of current portion............................        936            936                0
  Other liabilities.................................................        283            283                0
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
Total Liabilities:..................................................  $  20,609     $    9,452       $   11,157
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY, NET:..........................................  $  11,249     $   17,381       $   (6,132)
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:.........................  $  31,858     $   26,833       $    5,025
                                                                      ---------        -------          -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The unaudited pro forma division of the Company's 1997 Balance Sheet
reflects an allocation of the assets and liabilities on the books of the Company
on December 31, 1997 between the Check Business to be acquired by MDC pursuant
to the Merger and the P&C Businesses to be acquired by ADI in the Asset Sale as
if the Asset Sale and the Merger had occurred on that date. In this regard 100%
of cash and equivalents, marketable securities, income tax receivables, other
assets (representing deposits and notes receivable allocable to the Check
Business) and long term debt other than the Company's UDC mortgage and City of
Elmira mortgage have been allocated to the Check Business; 100% of prepaid
expenses (representing expenses relating to property and computer equipment to
be acquired by ADI), property, plant and equipment, cash surrender value of life
insurance and the UDC and Elmira mortgages have been allocated to the P&C
Businesses; and the remainder of the Company's assets and liabilities have been
allocated based on the Company's reasonable assumption as to the business or
businesses to which they are attributable pursuant to the Asset Sale Agreement
and Merger Agreement.
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                            BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company sells, markets and manufactures domestically a broad range of
personalized products focused on three core business lines (i) personalized bank
checks ("Checks"), (ii) name and address products ("Personalized Products") and
(iii) gift items (some of which are personalized), greeting cards, apparel and
household consumable items ("Catalog Items"). The merchandise is sold via free
standing newspaper inserts ("FSIs"), co-op mailing programs ("Co-ops" and,
together with FSIs, "Mass Media") and catalogs throughout the United States. The
Company also generates revenues from personalized product and catalog
fulfillment services ("Fulfillment Services"), package insert programs ("PI
Programs") and mailing list rentals to other concerns ("List Rentals").
Additionally, the Company has initiated an advertising and sales campaign over
the Internet where its interactive, order-capable home page can be found at
www.artisticgreetings.com. The Company also markets certain of its merchandise
internationally in countries which include Canada, the United Kingdom (the
"U.K.") and Australia.
 
MARKETING AND PROMOTION
 
   
    The Company's advertising efforts for its Checks and Personalized Products
are focused primarily on Mass Media. An exclusive agreement with Valassis
Communications, Inc. ("Valassis") provides the Company with a right of first
refusal to participate in Valassis FSI media publications distributed through
Sunday newspapers in 55 million homes across the country 48 weeks each year (the
"Advertising Agreement"). The Company considers this exclusive access to its
customers crucial to geographically and demographically targeting, and
profitably managing, its customer solicitation efforts. In particular, the
Advertising Agreement enables the Company to target its advertising and measure
response from customers in regions which have historically produced the highest
response rates for specific products, as well as determine which regions are
less suitable for the Company's solicitation efforts.
    
 
   
    Since the early 1980's, Artistic has also participated in nationwide Co-op
mailing programs in order to enhance its domestic market penetration. Under
these programs, printed inserts advertising the Company's products are
distributed along with inserts of other participating marketers through the
mail. Additionally, the Company has been advertising in Co-op mailings in Canada
and Australia since 1993 and 1997, respectively, and PI Programs in the U.K.
since the late 1980's.
    
 
   
    The Company also distributes its catalog, THE PERSONAL
TOUCH-Registered Trademark-, through the mail and in the Company's PI Program.
The PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- is a digest-size catalog of low
to middle-priced consumer products that mails monthly, with four distinct
seasonally thematic merchandise groupings (Spring, Summer, Fall and Holiday).
More than 90% of the 400,000 PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark-
customers who have purchased merchandise from the catalog in the last 12 months
are middle to upper income bracket (average income above $50,000), educated
females between 25 and 55 years old. The catalog features personalized and
decorative labels, stationery, greeting cards, gifts, apparel and creative
accessories. The three major product groupings sold in the catalog are: (i)
utilitarian paper, labels, home/office paper and productivity tools, (ii)
licensed character items and (iii) natural-decoratively themed items such as
flowers, angels and animals.
    
 
   
    The Company began to advertise its Checks on the World Wide Web in August
1994. The web pages have had the advantage of showing substantially all
available Artistic Check designs, and the Company has recently completed the
next step in an ongoing initiative to expand its Internet presence to include
Personalized Products, with an order-capable Internet server displaying a home
page at www.artisticgreetings.com.
    
 
CHECKS
 
    GENERAL.  Artistic Checks-Registered Trademark-, the Company's Check product
line, was initiated in August 1993 and was expanded in May 1995 through the
acquisition from Valassis of the assets of its direct-mail check
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
operation, The Valcheck Company (the "Valcheck Acquisition"), which, like the
Company, had been engaged in the direct-mail check market (the "Direct-Mail
Channel"). The Valcheck Acquisition also added significantly to the Company's
check sales and added nearly one million names to its customer list. Check sales
represented 46% of the Company's 1997 net sales, compared with 44% and 39% in
1996 and 1995, respectively. Artistic currently subcontracts its check printing
through an arrangement with the John H. Harland Company ("Harland") at a
contractually-determined price per box of checks printed. For a further
description of this arrangement, see "Manufacturing--Checks."
    
 
   
    MARKETPLACE.  Management believes that the domestic market for personalized
bank checks in 1997 was approximately $2 billion in sales with checks being sold
through financial institutions (the "Bank Channel") representing 85% or $1.7
billion and the Direct-Mail Channel representing 15% or $300 million of the
total. The Company believes that the total market for checks in the United
States is growing at a 2% to 3% rate annually, which, management believes,
represents a diminishing per capita usage of checks as electronic banking and
debit card usage increases, offset by the growth in population of the United
States. The slow growth of the total check market does not, however, reflect
negatively on the Direct-Mail Channel which has seen growth rates averaging
10%-12% per year over the past five years, as consumers continue to recognize
the significant favorable price differential, convenience, variety of design and
high quality of checks offered through the Direct-Mail Channel.
    
 
   
    The Direct-Mail Channel is fragmented with a trend toward consolidation
similar to that evidenced over the past five to seven years in the Bank Channel,
where regional-check marketers and manufacturers took advantage of economies of
scale by merging with larger companies like Deluxe Corporation ("Deluxe"),
Harland and Clarke American ("Clarke American"). Management believes that the
high solicitation costs of new customers in the Direct-Mail Channel favors
established, direct-mail check purveyors like Artistic over the long-term. This
advantage results from the costs of acquiring new customers being financed by
higher-margin check reorders for which the Company incurs virtually no
advertising expense, thereby increasing profitability and supporting the ongoing
expense of advertising campaigns for first-time customers. The largest
direct-mail check producer in the Direct-Mail Channel is Current, Inc., owned by
Deluxe, with an estimated 40% share of the Direct-Mail Channel in 1997. The
Company believes that its sales are approaching those of its nearest size
competitor, Checks In The Mail, a subsidiary of Clarke-American, and that both
companies are vying for the number two position in the Direct-Mail Channel, with
another approximate 33% share of the Direct-Mail Channel between them in 1997.
Management believes that the remaining share of the Direct-Mail Channel is
represented by numerous other smaller companies.
    
 
   
    STRATEGY.  In the Check business, management expects regular and predictable
growth to occur in initial customer orders as advertising continues at levels
similar to those experienced in 1996, with higher growth in revenue from the
check-reorder stream as customers acquired previously return to Artistic to
replenish their check supplies at the Company's low-reorder prices.
    
 
   
    BUSINESS CHECKS.  The Company began a campaign in 1997 for the sale of
three-to-a page business and desk checks ("Desk Checks") in its mass media
advertising vehicles. The Company believes that the sale of Desk Checks
represent 8% of the total check market and that such percentage will continue to
grow as consumers recognize Desk Checks as a convenient and efficient
alternative to the traditional pocket check.
    
 
PERSONALIZED PRODUCTS
 
   
    GENERAL.  Personalized Products consist primarily of labels, miniprinters,
stamps and other lower-price point items, personalized in high volume for
millions of the Company's customers. The shipment of these approximately 3
million units in 1997 has the additional benefit to the Company of providing
"ride-along" opportunities for the Company's own advertising material, including
its catalog, as well as the sale of the space in those packages to third parties
in the Company's PI Program. See "--PI Program."
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
Personalized Products sales represented 33% of the Company's 1997 net sales,
compared with 37% and 45% in 1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
 
   
    Personalized Products include labels, pens, pencils, stationery, calling
cards, self-inking stampers, other stamps, memo pads, keychains, nameplates,
letter openers, hand embossers, luggage tags and greeting cards. The Company
also markets personalized products with images such as Looney Toons-TM- and Star
Trek-TM- licensed from Warner Brothers and Viacom Consumer Products,
respectively, among others.
    
 
   
    MARKETPLACE.  Management believes that the approximate domestic market size
for this segment in 1997 was approximately $250 million in sales. Artistic's
1997 sales of $34 million in this segment represented an approximate 13% market
share, making it a major competitor along with Current and Concepts Direct,
Inc., among others, in this category. Management believes that the Personalized
Product market has growth potential of approximately 3%-5% per annum, which
would tend to minimize the entrance of new participants. There exists severe
price competition in this product line as the customers' primary focus in their
purchase decision for these highly consumable products is price.
    
 
    Success in this segment is driven partially by the ability to utilize
existing printing technologies and Mass Media marketing techniques to access new
market segments, by leveraging database expertise and by targeting new customers
and repeat buyers. The Company is redesigning the management of its database
with the assistance of a third-party partner whose expertise and advice the
Company believes should enable it to more scientifically determine, among other
things, Artistic's "best" customers across its name lists and allow the Company
to cross-sell and more carefully deliver its product offerings to such proven
buyers. See "--List Rentals."
 
   
    STRATEGY.  In the P&C Businesses, management expects to maintain sales at
traditional levels in the United States, while testing the international
marketplaces in such areas as the U.K. and Australia. The Company's strategy is
to attempt to replicate abroad its domestic success with the Personalized
Products line by focusing on new customers who do not have readily available
access to the simplicity and convenience of labels, miniprinters and other
personalized products, which the Company can manufacture and ship quickly and
efficiently. An added benefit of the international marketplace is the Company's
ability to introduce and market its Personalized Products at higher price points
than are available domestically, potentially improving overall Company margins.
    
 
CATALOG
 
   
    GENERAL.  More than ten years ago, the Company began a catalog solicitation
program as a tool to market the Company's Personalized Products and broaden the
number of products sold, as well as to attract a more upscale market with higher
margin merchandise and to increase its mail-order customer base. The Company
distributes its catalog through direct mailings to its own customers, to
customers whose names are rented from mailing lists and by inclusion of its
catalog in each of the millions of boxes shipped in the Company's PI Programs
each year, as well as in orders shipped by other catalog and merchandise
mailers. In 1997 Artistic shipped more than 23 million catalogs and expects to
distribute 3% less in 1998. Catalog sales represented 18% of the Company's 1997
net sales, compared with 15% and 10% in 1996 and 1995, respectively.
    
 
   
    MARKETPLACE.  Management believes that the direct mail, Catalog Items market
has annual sales in excess of $800 million. With an approximate 2% market share,
the Company is a relatively small competitor but believes it has significant
growth opportunities in this market. Management believes that gift and
merchandise companies compete in three distinct demographic income-segments:
low-middle; upper-middle; and upper. Artistic's PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-Registered Trademark- targets primarily upper-middle level income
customers, defined as those with household incomes higher than $50,000.
    
 
    STRATEGY.  In the Catalog Items business the Company is expecting sales
growth and improved margins from its newly refocused PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-Registered Trademark-. The Company has redesigned the layout of the
PERSONAL
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- and has refined its product offerings to
further appeal to its upper-middle income and primarily female customers. The
Company is furthering its plan to build the circulation and sales performance of
the PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- by systematically accentuating
the most successful products and eliminating those evidencing the poorest
performance. Concurrently, management has determined to leverage its fixed
expenses of this well-established franchise by offering to provide marketing and
manufacturing fulfillment services to other catalog merchants--primarily in the
nonprofit sector--where the economies of developing new catalog programs are
somewhat more favorable than in the "for-profit" sector. For a further
description of these efforts, see "Fulfillment Services--HSUS."
    
 
   
    While the Check and Personalized Product businesses employ more aggressive
pricing to attract customers, the Catalog Items market relies more on the
novelty, variety and quality of merchandise to secure orders. Sales tend to be
more seasonal with a large percentage of sales occurring during the October
through December period. However, with the strategic development of the breadth
of product in the PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- described above,
management expects to mitigate the historically cyclical nature of this
business.
    
 
FULFILLMENT SERVICES
 
   
    GENERAL.  The Company has a highly efficient, well-established marketing and
manufacturing infrastructure which it maintains to service its three core
business lines. This infrastructure is flexible, scaleable and lends itself to
providing additional capacity in a low-cost manner. The Company has contracted
to produce for Harland stampers and miniprinters ("Stamps") sold through
Harland's network of financial institutions (the "Harland Stamp Program") and
has completed the first year of a five-year arrangement with the Humane Society
of the United States ("HSUS") to market, merchandise and fulfill orders for its
HSUS catalog program (the "HSUS Catalog Program").
    
 
    HARLAND STAMP PROGRAM.  In furtherance of the Company's relationship with
Harland as described under "Manufacturing--Checks," Harland has contracted to
have the Company produce its requirements for "Slim Stamps" and for a high
percentage of Harland's requirements for the production of other Stamp products.
Harland receives orders for Stamps from its customers, processes the orders and
electronically transmits the personalized information directly to the Company's
manufacturing facility where the Stamps are produced and shipped, generally
within a twenty-four hour period. Although the revenue derived from the Harland
Stamp Program, which began in September of 1996, does not represent a
significant portion of the Company's sales, management believes that, because of
the success of the program, additional opportunities exist to produce more
Stamps and other products for Harland and other third parties.
 
   
    HSUS CATALOG PROGRAM.  The HSUS is an international, non-profit organization
devoted to the promotion, protection and the humane treatment of animals.
Artistic and the HSUS have agreed to a five-year program in which Artistic
provides its catalog expertise to create, design, merchandise and fulfill orders
in keeping with the mission-related activity of the HSUS. The Company is a
"turnkey" provider of these services to the HSUS. The services provided to the
HSUS have been developed with limited additional cost as the Company is
utilizing its existing capabilities for marketing, production and fulfillment of
its PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark-.
    
 
PI PROGRAMS
 
   
    The Company's PI Program is an important element in the continuing
development of its ability to access, service and solicit orders from its
established customer base of over 7 million buyers. The PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-Registered Trademark- and other Artistic advertising material is
inserted in each package that is shipped to the Company's customers and provides
an inexpensive means of targeted solicitation to proven Artistic buyers that
results in high average order sizes and favorable response rates. As the
Company's customer base continues to grow through general sales activity, the PI
Program becomes a more powerful marketing asset of the Company. The Company also
derives revenue from the marketing of the space in its outgoing
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
packages to other direct-mail participants for their advertising to "ridealong"
with the Company's shipments.
 
LIST RENTALS
 
   
    Artistic has 400,000 PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- customers
who have purchased Catalog Items from the Company in the past 12 months, 3
million direct-to-consumer check customers, and 3.5 million customers of other
P&C Businesses advertised in Mass Media (collectively, the "Artistic Names"). As
of January 1, 1997, the Company contracted with Brigar Computer Services, Inc.
and Direct Tech, Inc. ("BDT") for the management and maintenance of the Artistic
Names. With support, training and advisement of the BDT consultants, Artistic
has been able to more effectively utilize its catalog database management,
statistical modeling and other file management techniques such as
recency-frequency-monetary file segmentation. As a result of the proven success
of sales through Artistic's in-house PI Program, management will continue to
focus on building package insert opportunities or the "back end," to leverage
the Artistic Names as that list continues to grow. Additionally, management is
focusing on cross-selling between the Artistic Names and the names of the
partners for whom it will conduct catalog fulfillment and other services. The
Company has also historically generated revenue from the rental and exchange of
the Artistic Names to and with other direct-mail companies. Management expects
that with its renewed focus on the maintenance of the Artistic Names, the
Company should derive additional revenue from such list rental activities as it
becomes easier to market the Artistic Names to other direct mailers who would
benefit from the characteristics of the Artistic customers represented by the
Artistic Names.
    
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
   
    In 1996 the Company began an extensive effort to overhaul its entire
information systems infrastructure following a full-scale review of the
Company's system capabilities. The study determined that the Company was
enduring substantive capacity and reliability problems with its proprietary
software and hardware. After the completion of the systems assessment in July of
1996, a strategic information systems plan was developed and a software package
systems selection made. The following improvements have been accomplished in
1997
    
 
   
    -  Aging proprietary enterprise hardware was replaced with an open systems
       architecture relying on common HP 9000 hardware and the UNIX operating
       system, which has been networked with client/server enterprise
       applications and PC based office automation tools.
    
 
   
    -  Proprietary financial and inventory systems were replaced with Lawson
       Insight, a client/server based enterprise software package.
    
 
   
    -  Existing PICK operating system-based order processing protocol was
       converted to run under the UNIX operating system on the new HP 9000
       hardware.
    
 
   
    -  Use of stand-alone PC's was consolidated to a modem PC network running
       standard Microsoft Office tools with e-mail and on-line calendaring and
       scheduling systems for office automation.
    
 
   
From this enterprise-wide effort, the Company experienced enhanced access to
financial and operational information for decision making and control in terms
of both order content and timeliness of production and delivery, as well as a
flexible information system architecture that can be easily scaled upward to
support anticipated growth of the Company's business.
    
 
MANUFACTURING
 
   
    CATALOG ITEMS AND PERSONALIZED PRODUCTS.  The Company personalizes
approximately 90% of the products that it sells, while other-items are
manufactured by outside vendors, "pick-packed and shipped" at Artistic Plaza or
"drop-shipped" directly from the vendor. The Company has recently completed
renovation of Artistic Plaza, a 142,000 square foot facility, which provides the
necessary space for all
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
current manufacturing operations of the Company. Management believes that
housing all manufacturing under one roof has decreased the cost of material
movement and increased productivity through more efficient utilization of its
personnel.
 
    Manufacturing operations utilize some of the newest technology available for
production of the Company's products. Activities are monitored to provide
up-to-the-minute order tracking and training programs assure a qualified group
of employees. Quality assurance is maintained to provide the Company's customers
with the highest degree of accuracy of product received.
 
   
    The Company maintains a wide variety of paper inventory to meet the demand
for its customers' orders. The Company has been better able to plan its
inventory replenishment cycle which reduces the commitment of large amounts of
working capital to inventory. These improvements have been accomplished through
major programs such as supplier partnerships, replenishment, just-in time
material management, consigned supply and inventory concepts, and strict quality
management practices. These approaches have resulted in reduced supply, freight
costs and scrap costs, and more efficient reporting and tracking procedures and
controls. The warehouse operations utilize efficient storage location and
handling methods to ensure security of materials, reduced loss and damage, and
ease of movement. These concepts add to a more efficient and low-cost operation.
    
 
   
    CHECKS.  On August 29, 1996, the Company contracted with Harland for the
production of the Company's requirements for checks for a period of seven years
(the "Harland Contract"). All orders for Check products are received by the
Company, processed and electronically transferred to a Harland production
facility in Denver, Colorado. Harland imprints the customers' checks and ships
the orders directly from its facilities for a contractually determined price per
box. The Harland Contract is a valuable asset to the Company as it provides for
virtually unlimited check production capacity with no significant limitations or
capital expenditure requirements which would otherwise be associated with the
growth of the Check product line. As a part of the Harland Contract, the Company
sold its check-production equipment to Harland at net book value resulting in no
gain or loss being recognized. The Company believes that its relationship with
Harland is positive.
    
 
    BACKLOG/POSTAGE.  The Company's backlog of orders is generally small in
relation to total sales and is not material to an understanding of the Company's
business. Additionally, rapid order fulfillment is one means by which the
Company can distinguish itself from its competition. Once a product is available
for shipment, the mode of transportation can be U.S. bulk mail, priority mail or
Federal Express. Because the Company is heavily involved in direct-mail
solicitations and shipping of orders, increases in U.S. Postal Service ("USPS")
rates affect its cost of doing business to a degree. Each time the USPS raises
postage rates, the Company evaluates the classes of postage affected, the rates
of increase and the potential impact on Company profits before it passes those
increases on to its customers. The Company ships 2% of its products through
private shipping providers such as Federal Express pursuant to contractual
arrangements. The cost of such shipping is, generally, passed on to the customer
and the Company is therefore not detrimentally affected by changes in price
structure under such contracts.
 
   
    DATA ENTRY/ORDER PROCESSING.  Over 6.9 million incoming orders were handled
in the Company's order processing department in 1997. Approximately 85% of the
Company's orders are received through the mail, with the remainder being
accepted via the telephones. The orders received through the mail are opened,
processed and batched for data entry usually within four hours of receipt from
the post office.
    
 
    Two data entry sites, one at Artistic Plaza and the other in Binghamton, New
York, key and verify each order. Networked computers utilizing post-relational
database technology, along with fully integrated scanning devices, assist data
entry clerks in the entry of personalized and other information related to each
order. The speed and accuracy consistently exhibited by this department
contributes to a high level of customer satisfaction, as well as the retention
and growth of repeat customers.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
    THE CALL CENTER.  An increasing percentage of the Company's revenue is being
generated through its call center. In 1997, over 2.4 million telephone calls
were answered as compared to 3.2 million calls in 1996. Though the volume of
call has decreased, the overall revenue from the phone center has increased.
This is a direct reflection of the reduction of customer-service related phone
calls. With a base of over 12 million customers, along with a direct link to the
manufacturing floor, the customer service/call center representatives are able
to recall detailed order history, facilitating customer inquiries, reorders or
problem resolution. The use of cross-selling and "up-selling" techniques results
in the average order from the Company being 20-30% higher when placed over the
telephone versus when it is received through the mail.
    
 
   
    RAW MATERIALS.  The raw materials necessary for the Company's business are
principally paper, paper products and printing supplies. While increases in the
prices of these commodities affect the Company's cost of goods sold, such
increases likewise affect the Company's competition; thus, it is not uniquely
vulnerable to such changes. The Company historically has found the necessary
materials readily available in sufficient quantities.
    
 
   
    EMPLOYEES.  As of March 2, 1998, the Company had approximately 549
employees, including 477 hourly and 72 salaried workers. The Company maintains
strong employee relations which has helped to build a cohesive organization that
is focused, innovative and highly motivated. To enhance its workforce, Artistic
has established ongoing programs for employee training, safety and
communications. The Company believes its employee relations to be good. Artistic
has never experienced a work stoppage and its employees are not represented by a
labor union.
    
 
               CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING MDC, NEWCO AND ADI
 
    Newco is a newly incorporated Delaware corporation and an indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC. To date, Newco has not conducted any business
other than in connection with the Merger. Accordingly, no meaningful financial
information with respect to Newco is available. The principal executive offices
of Newco are located at 45 Hazelton Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5R 2E3.
 
    MDC, an Ontario corporation, has its principal executive office at 45
Hazelton Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5R 2E3. MDC is principally engaged in
the business of manufacturing security products, including stamps, checks,
tickets and plastic cards, operating a non-retail mail order catalog operation,
and a retail and catalog packaged seed company. In addition, MDC provides
advertising, marketing and design services and products.
 
    ADI is a New York corporation formed by Thomas C. Wyckoff for the purpose of
acquiring the P&C Businesses of the Company. To date, ADI has not conducted any
business other than in connection with the Asset Sale. The principal executive
offices of ADI are located at 111 Drive A, Strathmont Park, Elmira, New York
14905.
 
                 STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 1998 ANNUAL MEETING
 
    The 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company has been postponed
pending the results of the Special Meeting. In the event the Merger is not
consummated and the 1998 Annual meeting is held,
 
any stockholder proposal intended to be presented at the 1998 Annual Meeting
must have been received by the Company prior to date of this proxy statement in
order to be considered for inclusion in the proxy statement and form of proxy
for such meeting.
 
                 POSTPONEMENT OR ADJOURNMENT OF SPECIAL MEETING
 
    The Company is also requesting the Stockholders to vote to allow the Company
to adjourn the Special Meeting if necessary to permit further solicitation of
proxies in the event there are not sufficient votes at
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
the time of the Special Meeting to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and
the Asset Purchase Agreement and to approve the Merger and the Asset Sale.
 
                                 OTHER MATTERS
 
    Management knows of no other matter which may properly be brought before the
Special Meeting. Under the Company's Bylaws, no business may be transacted at a
special meeting of Stockholders unless it is included in the notice of the
meeting. If any other matters properly come before the Special Meeting, it is
intended that the holders of the proxies hereby solicited will act in respect to
such matters in accordance with their best judgment.
 
             INDEMNIFICATION FOR FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW VIOLATIONS
 
    It is the opinion of the Commission that indemnification for federal
securities law violations may be unenforceable.
 
   
                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
    The financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 1997
included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K attached as Annex VI to
this Proxy Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
accountants, as stated in their report appearing therein.
    
 
   
    It is expected that representatives of Arthur Andersen LLP will be present
at the Special Meeting and will have an opportunity to respond to appropriate
questions of Stockholders and to make a statement, if they so desire.
    
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Commission
and in accordance therewith files reports, proxy statements, and other
information in accordance with the Exchange Act. These materials can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at
the Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New
York, New York 10048 and Northwest Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material also can be obtained from
the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549 at
prescribed rates. The Commission also maintains a web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission at the address
"http://www.sec.gov." In addition, the Company's Common Stock is listed on
Nasdaq and material filed by the Company can be inspected at the offices of The
Nasdaq Stock Market, Rep 1735 K Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. After the
Merger, it is expected that registration of the Common Shares under the Exchange
Act will be terminated.
 
    This Proxy Statement includes information required by the Commission to be
disclosed pursuant to Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act, which governs so-called
"going private" transactions by certain issuers of their affiliates. In
accordance with the rule, the Company has filed with the Commission, under the
Exchange Act, a Schedule 13E-3 relating to the Merger and the Asset Sale. This
Proxy Statement does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Schedule 13E-3, parts of which are omitted in accordance with the regulations of
the Commission. The Schedule 13E-3, and any amendments thereto, including
exhibits filed as a part thereof, will be available for inspection and copying
at the offices of the Commission as set forth above.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
    
 
   
    The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1997 is attached as Annex VI to this Proxy Statement and incorporated herein
by reference in its entirety. In particular, Stockholders are urged to review
the Financial Statements and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations contained in the Company's Form 10-K.
    
 
                                          By Order of the Board of Directors,
 
                                          Thomas C. Wyckoff
                                          ASSISTANT SECRETARY
 
[           ], 1998
 
PLEASE COMPETE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE. NO
POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    PLEASE MARK, SIGN AND DATE THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY AND MAIL IT PROMPTLY IN
THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE I
 
                         CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
                               THE FILING PERSONS
 
    The following table sets forth the name, business address, age, principal
occupation or employment at the present time and during the last five years, the
name, principal business and address of any corporation or other organization in
which such occupation or employment is or was conducted and current
directorships of the executive officers, directors and stockholders of Artistic
Direct Incorporated ("ADI"), all of whom are citizens of the United States.
Except as otherwise noted, the address of each such corporation or organization
listed and the business addresses of such persons is the address of ADI, 111
Drive A, Strathmont Park, Elmira, New York 14905. Each person has had the
principal occupation or employment listed for more than the past five years
except as otherwise noted.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NAME AND                                                 PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR
                  BUSINESS ADDRESS                         AGE           EMPLOYMENT AND FIVE YEAR EMPLOYMENT HISTORY
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Raymond Mahar, Jr....................................          38   Director of ADI. Mr. Mahar founded Empire Label
                                                                    Company, Elmira, NY, in 1995. He currently serves as
                                                                    President. Prior to that, he was employed for 13
                                                                    years at Mahar Business Forms, Rochester, NY, and
                                                                    served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing, until
                                                                    he left to establish Empire.
 
Thomas C. Wyckoff....................................          31   Director, Chief Executive Officer and President of
                                                                    ADI Mr. Wyckoff has served as Artistic's Chief
                                                                    Operating Officer, Executive Vice President, General
                                                                    Counsel and Assistant Secretary since May 1997. Prior
                                                                    to that, he served as Senior Vice President
                                                                    Administration/ Corporate Development, General
                                                                    Counsel and Assistant Secretary since October 1996.
                                                                    From January through October 1996, he served as
                                                                    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant
                                                                    Secretary and as Artistic's General Counsel from July
                                                                    through December 1995. From September 1991 through
                                                                    July 1995, Mr. Wyckoff was associated with Cahill
                                                                    Gordon & Reindel, a law firm headquartered in New
                                                                    York, New York where his practice focused on
                                                                    corporate securities and transactional law.
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX I
 
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 
                                  BY AND AMONG
 
                        MDC COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION,
 
                              AGI ACQUISITION CO.
 
                                      AND
 
                        ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
 
                         DATED AS OF DECEMBER 21, 1997
 
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ARTICLE I
                                            THE MERGER
                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                           -----
 
Section 1.01. The Merger..............................................................           2
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Section 1.02. Effective Time..........................................................           2
Section 1.03. Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of Surviving Corporation.......           2
Section 1.04. Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation.........................           2
Section 1.05. Closing.................................................................           3
Section 1.06. Further Assurances......................................................           3
Section 1.07. Conversion of Shares....................................................           4
Section 1.08. Stock Options...........................................................           4
Section 1.09. Stockholders' Meeting; Proxy Statement..................................           5
Section 1.10. Dissenting Shares.......................................................           6
Section 1.11. Payment for Shares......................................................           6
 
                                            ARTICLE II
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND NEWCO
 
Section 2.01. Organization............................................................           8
Section 2.02. Authority Relative to This Agreement....................................           9
Section 2.03. No Violations, Etc......................................................           9
Section 2.04. Proxy Statement.........................................................          10
Section 2.05. Financing...............................................................          10
Section 2.06. Brokers.................................................................          11
 
                                            ARTICLE III
                           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
 
Section 3.01. Organization and Qualification..........................................          11
Section 3.02. Authority Relative to This Agreement....................................          11
Section 3.03. No Violations, Etc......................................................          12
Section 3.04. Board Recommendation....................................................          13
Section 3.05. State Antitakeover Statutes.............................................          13
Section 3.06. Fairness Opinion........................................................          13
Section 3.07. Proxy Statement.........................................................          13
Section 3.08. Finders or Brokers......................................................          14
Section 3.09. SEC Filings.............................................................          14
Section 3.10. Financial Statements....................................................          15
Section 3.11. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities......................................          15
Section 3.12. Absence of Changes or Events............................................          16
Section 3.13. Capitalization..........................................................          17
Section 3.14. Litigation..............................................................          18
Section 3.15. Insurance...............................................................          18
Section 3.16. Compliance with Law.....................................................          18
Section 3.17. Employee Benefits.......................................................          19
Section 3.18. Taxes...................................................................          20
Section 3.19. Contracts...............................................................          21
Section 3.20. Related Party Transactions..............................................          22
Section 3.21. Real Property...........................................................          22
Section 3.22. Environmental Matters...................................................          22
Section 3.23. Intellectual Property...................................................          23
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
                                            ARTICLE IV
                                             COVENANTS
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                           -----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
 
Section 4.01. Conduct of Business of the Company......................................          25
Section 4.02. Other Potential Bidders.................................................          28
Section 4.03. Access to Information...................................................          29
Section 4.04. Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Other Actions..........................          30
Section 4.05. Public Announcements....................................................          31
Section 4.06. Notification of Certain Matters.........................................          31
Section 4.07. Indemnification.........................................................          31
Section 4.08. Expenses................................................................          32
Section 4.09. Resignation of Directors................................................          32
Section 4.10. Asset Purchase Agreement................................................          32
 
                                             ARTICLE V
                             CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT,
                                       NEWCO AND THE COMPANY
 
Section 5.01. Conditions to Obligations of Parent, Newco and the Company..............          33
Section 5.02. Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Newco...........................          33
Section 5.03. Conditions to Obligations of Company....................................          34
 
                                            ARTICLE VI
                                  TERMINATION; AMENDMENT, WAIVER
 
Section 6.01. Termination.............................................................          34
Section 6.02. Effect of Termination...................................................          36
Section 6.03. Certain Payments........................................................          37
Section 6.04. Amendment...............................................................          38
Section 6.05. Extension; Waiver.......................................................          38
 
                                            ARTICLE VII
                                            DEFINITIONS
 
Section 7.01. Terms Defined in This Agreement.........................................          39
 
                                           ARTICLE VIII
                                           MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 8.01. Waiver of Compliance; Consents..........................................          40
Section 8.02. Survivability; Investigations...........................................          40
Section 8.03. Notices.................................................................          40
Section 8.04. Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries................................          41
Section 8.05. Governing Law...........................................................          42
Section 8.06. Counterparts............................................................          42
Section 8.07. Severability............................................................          42
Section 8.08. Interpretation..........................................................          42
Section 8.09. Entire Agreement........................................................          42
 
Signatures............................................................................         S-1
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Exhibits
 
    Exhibit 1................................  Asset Purchase Agreement
    Exhibit 2................................  Stockholders Agreement
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 
    AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of December 21, 1997 (the
"Agreement"), by and among MDC Communications Corporation, an Ontario
corporation ("Parent"), AGI Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation ("Newco"),
which is an indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent, and Artistic Greetings
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). Newco and the Company are
hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the "Constituent
Corporations."
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has, in light
of and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) determined that
the Merger (as defined below) is fair to the stockholders of the Company and in
the best interests of such stockholders and (ii) approved and adopted this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the transactions
contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement (as defined herein)) and resolved
to recommend approval and adoption by the stockholders of the Company of this
Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement;
 
    WHEREAS, contemporaneously herewith, the Company is entering into an Asset
Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, with Artistic Direct
Incorporated (together with any other asset purchase agreement substantially in
the form of Exhibit 1 hereto and providing for the payment of cash consideration
of at least $9 million and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (as defined
therein), the "Asset Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company has
agreed to sell (the "Asset Sale") certain assets relating to the personalized
product and catalog businesses of the Company (the "P&C Business") for the
consideration set forth therein and the assumption of certain liabilities
relating to the P&C Business, on the terms and conditions more fully described
therein; and
 
    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the shareholders of Newco have, in light
of and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, approved and
adopted this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and conditions contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
                                   ARTICLE I
                                   THE MERGER
 
    Section 1.01.  THE MERGER.  (a) In accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Act"), at the
Effective Time (as hereinafter defined), Newco shall be merged (the "Merger")
with and into the Company, and the Company shall be the surviving corporation
(hereinafter sometimes called the "Surviving Corporation") and shall continue
its corporate existence under the laws of the State of Delaware. The name of the
Surviving Corporation shall be "the Company". At the Effective Time the separate
existence of Newco shall cease.
 
    (b) The Merger shall have the effects on Newco and the Company as
constituent corporations of the Merger as provided under the Delaware Act.
 
    Section 1.02.  EFFECTIVE TIME.  The Merger shall become effective at the
time of filing of, or at such later time specified in, a certificate of merger,
in the form required by and executed in accordance with the Delaware Act, with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the
provisions of the Delaware Act (the "Certificate of Merger"). The date and time
when the Merger shall become effective is herein referred to as the "Effective
Time."
 
    Section 1.03.  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF SURVIVING
CORPORATION.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect
immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be amended as of the Effective
Time so that Article Four of such Certificate is amended to read in its entirety
as follows: "The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall
have authority to issue is 1,000 shares, all of one class of Common Stock having
a par value of $.01 per share, and each share of Common Stock shall be entitled
to one vote on all matters as to which such stock is entitled to vote.". As so
amended, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company shall be the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter
amended as provided therein or by law. The By-Laws of Newco, as in effect
<PAGE>
immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the By-Laws of the Surviving
Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein, by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by law.
 
    Section 1.04.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF SURVIVING CORPORATION.  The
directors of Newco immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the initial
directors of the Surviving Corporation, and the officers of the Company
immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the initial officers of the
Surviving Corporation, in each case until their successors are elected and
qualified.
 
    Section 1.05.  CLOSING.  (a) Unless this Agreement shall have been
terminated and the transactions herein contemplated shall have been abandoned
pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, and subject to satisfaction or
waiver of the provisions of Article V hereof, the closing (the "Closing") of
this Agreement shall take place at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett,
425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. local time as soon as
practicable but no later than the second business day after the satisfaction or
waiver of the conditions set forth in Sections 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 hereof, or at
such other place, time and date as the parties may mutually agree. The date and
time of such Closing are herein referred to as the "Closing Date." For purposes
of this Agreement "business day" shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and
any day which shall be in New York City a legal holiday or a day on which
banking institutions in New York or Toronto are authorized or required by law or
other government action to close.
 
    (b) At the Closing, Parent, Newco and the Company shall cause a Certificate
of Merger to be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware as provided in the Delaware Act, and shall take any and all other
lawful actions and do any and all other lawful things to cause the Merger to
become effective.
 
    Section 1.06.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  If, at any time after the Effective
Time, the Surviving Corporation shall consider or be advised that any deeds,
bills of sale, assignments, assurances or any other actions or things are
necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the
Surviving Corporation its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the
rights, properties or assets of either of the Constituent Corporations acquired
or to be acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection
with, the Merger or otherwise to carry out this Agreement, the officers and
directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be authorized to execute and
deliver, in the name and on behalf of each of the Constituent Corporations or
otherwise, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and to take
and do, in the name and on behalf of each of the Constituent Corporations or
otherwise, all such other actions and things as may be necessary or desirable to
vest, perfect or confirm any and all right, title and interest in, to and under
such rights, properties or assets in the Surviving Corporation or otherwise to
carry out this Agreement.
 
    Section 1.07.  CONVERSION OF SHARES.  (a) Each share (a "Share") of Common
Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (i) Shares held
in the Company's treasury, (ii) Shares held by Parent, Newco or any other
subsidiary of Parent and (iii) Dissenting Shares (as defined in Section 1.10
hereof)) shall, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any
action on the part of Newco, the Company or the holder thereof, be cancelled and
extinguished and be converted into the right to receive, pursuant to Section
1.11, $5.70 per Share in cash (the "Merger Consideration"), payable to the
holder thereof, without interest thereon, upon the surrender of the certificate
formerly representing such Share, less any required withholding of taxes;
PROVIDED that, in the event the aggregate cash consideration net of fees,
expenses and other direct costs (including any break-up or termination fee and
liquidated damages, if any) received by the Company pursuant to the Asset
Purchase Agreement exceeds $9,000,000, the Merger Consideration with respect to
each such Share shall be increased to include the pro rata portion of the amount
by which such consideration exceeds $9,000,000. At the Effective Time, each
outstanding share of the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Newco shall
be converted into a share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
Surviving Corporation.
 
                                      I-2
<PAGE>
    (b) Each Share held in the treasury of the Company and each Share held by
Parent, Newco or any subsidiary of Parent, or the Company immediately prior to
the Effective Time shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the
part of Newco, the Company or the holder thereof, be cancelled, retired and
cease to exist and no payment shall be made with respect thereto.
 
    Section 1.08.  STOCK OPTIONS.  (a) Prior to the consummation of the Merger,
the Board shall use its best efforts to cause the terms of all outstanding stock
options heretofore granted under any stock option plan of the Company
(collectively, the "Stock Plans") to be adjusted to provide that, at the
Effective Time, each stock option outstanding immediately prior to the
consummation of the Merger shall be cancelled and the holder thereof shall be
entitled to receive as soon as practicable thereafter from the Company in
consideration for such cancellation a cash payment of an amount equal to (i) the
excess, if any, of (A) the Merger Consideration over (B) the exercise price per
share of Common Stock subject to such stock option, multiplied by (ii) the
number of shares of Common Stock for which such stock option shall not
theretofore have been exercised.
 
    (b) All amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.08(a) shall be subject to any
required withholding of taxes and shall be paid without interest.
 
    (c) Prior to the consummation of the Merger, the Board of Directors (or, if
appropriate, any committee administering the Stock Plans) shall adopt such
resolutions or take such actions as are commercially reasonable, subject, if
necessary, to obtaining consents of the holders thereof, to carry out the terms
of this Section 1.08 and to provide that, on and after the Effective Time, no
officer, director or employee of the Company shall have any right to acquire any
interest in, any equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
    Section 1.09.  STOCKHOLDERS' MEETING; PROXY STATEMENT.  (a) The Company,
acting through the Board, shall in accordance with applicable law and the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws:
 
        (i) duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a special meeting of its
    stockholders (the "Special Meeting") to be held as soon as practicable
    following the date of this Agreement for the purpose of considering and
    taking action upon this Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and the
    transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
 
        (ii) subject to its fiduciary duties as determined in good faith by a
    majority of the Board, based upon the written opinion of outside counsel,
    include in the Proxy Statement (as amended or supplemented, the "Proxy
    Statement") required to be distributed to holders of Common Stock in
    connection with the Merger the recommendation of the Board that the
    stockholders of the Company vote in favor of the approval and adoption of
    this Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and the transactions
    contemplated hereby and thereby and the written opinion of PaineWebber
    Incorporated (the "Financial Adviser") that the cash consideration to be
    received by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Merger is fair,
    from a financial point of view, to such stockholders; and
 
    (b) The Company shall prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") the Proxy Statement and shall use all reasonable efforts
to respond promptly to any comments made by the SEC with respect to the Proxy
Statement and any preliminary version thereof, have the Proxy Statement cleared
by the SEC and cause the Proxy Statement to be mailed to the Company's
stockholders at the earliest practicable time. The Company shall give Parent and
its counsel the opportunity to review the Proxy Statement prior to its being
filed with the SEC and shall consult with Parent and its counsel regarding
comments made by the SEC.
 
    At such meeting, Parent, Newco and their affiliates will vote all Shares
owned by them (or with respect to which such entities exercise voting control)
in favor of approval and adoption of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby.
 
    Section 1.10.  DISSENTING SHARES.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time and held by a holder who has not voted in favor of the Merger or consented
thereto in writing and who has demanded appraisal for such Shares in
 
                                      I-3
<PAGE>
accordance with Section 262 of the Delaware Act ("Dissenting Shares") shall not
be converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration, unless such
holder fails to perfect or withdraws or loses his right to appraisal, in which
case such Shares shall be treated as if they had been converted as of the
Effective Time into a right to receive the Merger Consideration, without
interest thereon. The Company shall give Parent and Newco prompt notice of any
demands received by the Company for appraisal of Shares and, prior to the
Effective Time, Parent and Newco shall have the right to direct all negotiations
and proceedings with respect to such demands. Prior to the Effective Time, the
Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Parent or Newco,
make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such
demands.
 
    Section 1.11.  PAYMENT FOR SHARES.  (a) Prior to the Effective Time, Parent
and Newco shall designate a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the
Company to act as exchange agent in connection with the Merger (the "Exchange
Agent"). At or prior to the Effective Time, Parent or Newco will provide the
Exchange Agent with the funds necessary to make the payments contemplated by
Section 1.07(a) hereof (the "Exchange Fund"). Such funds shall be invested by
the Exchange Agent as directed by Newco or, after the Effective Time, the
Surviving Corporation, PROVIDED that such investments shall be in obligations of
or guaranteed by the United States of America, in commercial paper obligations
rated A-1 or P-1 or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard &
Poor's Corporation, respectively, or in certificates of deposit, bank repurchase
agreements or banker's acceptances of commercial banks with capital exceeding
$500 million. Any net profit resulting from, or interest or income produced by,
such investments will be payable to the Surviving Corporation or Parent, as
Parent directs.
 
    (b) Promptly after the Effective Time, the Exchange Agent shall mail to each
record holder, as of the Effective Time, of an outstanding certificate or
certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented Shares
(the "Certificates") a form letter of transmittal (which shall specify that
delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall
pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent) and
instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates for payment
therefor. Upon surrender to the Exchange Agent of a Certificate, together with a
duly executed letter of transmittal and any other required documents, the holder
of such Certificate shall receive in exchange therefor (as promptly as
practicable) the Merger Consideration, without any interest thereon, less any
required withholding of taxes, and such Certificate shall forthwith be
cancelled. If payment is to be made to a person other than the person in whose
name a Certificate so surrendered is registered, it shall be a condition of
payment that the Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed or
otherwise in proper form for transfer, that the signatures on the Certificate or
any related stock power shall be properly guaranteed and that the person
requesting such payment shall either pay any transfer or other taxes required by
reason of the payment to a person other than the registered holder of the
Certificate so surrendered or establish to the satisfaction of the Surviving
Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not applicable. Until surrendered
in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11(b), each Certificate
(other than Certificates representing Shares held in the Company's treasury or
by Parent or Newco, or by any subsidiary of Parent or Newco, and other than
Certificates representing Dissenting Shares) shall represent for all purposes
only the right to receive for each Share represented thereby the Merger
Consideration.
 
    (c) After the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the stock
transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of the Shares which were outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time,
Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation, they shall be cancelled
and exchanged for the consideration provided for, and in accordance with the
procedures set forth, in this Article I.
 
    (d) From and after the Effective Time, the holders of Certificates
evidencing ownership of Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such Shares except as
otherwise provided herein or by applicable law. Such holders shall have no
rights, after the Effective Time, with respect to such Shares except to
surrender such Certificates in exchange for cash
 
                                      I-4
<PAGE>
pursuant to this Agreement or to perfect any rights of appraisal as a holder of
Dissenting Shares that such holders may have pursuant to Section 262 of the
Delaware Act.
 
    (e) Any portion of the Exchange Fund (including the proceeds of any
investment thereof) that remains unclaimed by the stockholders of the Company
for six months after the Effective Time shall be repaid to the Surviving
Corporation. Any stockholders of the Company who have not theretofore complied
with this Article I shall thereafter look only to the Surviving Corporation
(subject to abandoned property, escheat or other similar laws) only as general
creditors for payment of their claims for the Merger Consideration for each
Share such stockholders hold, without any interest.
 
    (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.11, none of
the Exchange Agent, Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to a
holder of a Certificate formerly representing Shares for any amount properly
delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property,
escheat or similar law.
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                              OF PARENT AND NEWCO
 
    Each of Parent and Newco jointly and severally represents and warrants to
the Company as follows:
 
    Section 2.01. ORGANIZATION. Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of Ontario. Newco is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware. Newco has not engaged in any business since it was
incorporated other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. Parent owns directly or indirectly all of the outstanding capital
stock of Newco.
 
    Section 2.02. AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO THIS AGREEMENT. Each of Parent and Newco
has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and
to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby. The
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and
the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized
by the Board of Directors of each of Parent and Newco and by Parent as the sole
stockholder of Newco and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent or
Newco are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Merger or
the other transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and
validly executed and delivered by each of Parent and Newco and, assuming the due
authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Company, constitutes a valid
and binding agreement of each of Parent and Newco, enforceable against each of
them in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that its enforceability
may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by
general equitable or fiduciary principles.
 
    Section 2.03. NO VIOLATIONS, ETC. (a) Assuming that all filings, permits,
authorizations, consents and approvals have been duly made or obtained as
contemplated by this Section 2.03, the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the consummation by Parent and Newco of the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) violate any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or similar organizational document of
either Parent or Newco, (ii) assuming that all consents, approvals and
authorizations contemplated by clause (b) below have been obtained and all
filings described in such clause have been made, violate any statute, rule,
regulation, order or decree of any public body or authority by which Parent,
Newco or any of their properties is bound, or (iii) result in a violation or
breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a
default under, any license, franchise, permit, indenture, agreement or other
instrument to which Parent or Newco is a party, or by which Parent, Newco or any
of their properties is bound, excluding from the foregoing clauses (ii) and
(iii) violations, breaches and defaults which, either individually or in the
aggregate, would not materially impair the ability of Parent or Newco to
consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or have a
material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial
condition of Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
                                      I-5
<PAGE>
    (b) No filing or registration with, or authorization, consent or approval
of, or notification to any governmental entity is required by Parent or Newco in
connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation
by Parent and Newco of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated
hereby, except (i) in connection with the applicable requirements of the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR
Act"), (ii) in connection, or in compliance, with the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder (the "Securities Act") or the Exchange Act, (iii) the filing of
appropriate merger documents as required by the Delaware Act, (iv) such
consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and
filings as may be required under the corporation, takeover or blue sky laws of
various states and (v) such other consents, orders, authorizations,
registrations, declarations and filings the failure of which to be obtained or
made, either individually or in the aggregate, would not materially impair the
ability of Parent or Newco to consummate the Merger and the other transactions
contemplated hereby or have a material adverse effect on the business,
operations, assets or financial condition of Parent and its subsidiaries taken
as a whole.
 
    Section 2.04.  PROXY STATEMENT.  None of the information supplied by Parent
or Newco in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement will, at the respective
times that the Proxy Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto are
filed with the SEC and are first published or sent or given to holders of
Shares, and, at the time that it or any amendment or supplement thereto is
mailed to the Company's stockholders, at the time of the Stockholders' Meeting
or at the Effective Time, contain any statement which, at the time and in the
light of the circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with
respect to any material fact, or which omits to state any material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein not false or misleading or
necessary to correct any statement in any earlier Proxy Statement which has
become false or misleading.
 
    Section 2.05.  FINANCING.  Parent or Newco, at the Effective Time, will have
sufficient funds available to consummate the Merger.
 
    Section 2.06. BROKERS. Except for Furman Selz (a true and correct copy of
whose engagement agreement has been provided to the Company), no broker, finder
or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder's or other fee or
commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
based upon arrangements made by and on behalf of Parent or Newco.
 
                                  ARTICLE III
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company represents and warrants to Parent and Newco that, except as
disclosed in the disclosure statement (the "Disclosure Statement"), dated the
date hereof, from the Company to Parent:
 
    Section 3.01. ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION. The Company is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business
as now being conducted. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation
to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the
character of its properties owned or leased or the nature of its activities
makes such qualification necessary, except for failures to be so qualified or in
good standing which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect or prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Merger.
When used in connection with the Company, the term "Material Adverse Effect"
means any change or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially
adverse to the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of
operations of the Company. The Company is not in violation of any of the
provisions of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws. The Company
has previously delivered to Parent accurate and complete copies of the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as currently in effect.
 
                                      I-6
<PAGE>
    Section 3.02. AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO THIS AGREEMENT. The Company has full
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby. The
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and
the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Company and no other corporate proceedings on
the part of the Company are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to
consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby (other
than, with respect to the Merger and the sale of assets contemplated by the
Asset Purchase Agreement, the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock (the "Requisite Vote") at the Special Meeting or any adjournment
thereof). This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the
Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by
Parent and Newco, constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the
Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to
the extent that its enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement
of creditors' rights generally or by general equitable or fiduciary principles.
 
    Section 3.03. NO VIOLATIONS, ETC. Except for the filings of the Certificate
of Merger, filings required under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), filings required under and in
compliance with the HSR Act and as set forth on Schedule 3.03 hereto, no filing
with, notification to and no permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any
public body is necessary for the consummation by the Company of the Merger or
the other transactions contemplated hereby, excluding from the foregoing
permits, authorizations, consents, approvals and notices which (i) if not
obtained, made or given, either individually or in the aggregate, would not
materially impair the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger or the
other transactions contemplated hereby or have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii)
are required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Asset
Purchase Agreement. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the
consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby nor
compliance by the Company with any of the provisions hereof will (i) subject to
obtaining the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
at the Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof if and to the extent required
by the Delaware Act, conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of
the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, (ii) other
than as set forth on Schedule 3.03 hereto or as required in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement, result in a violation
or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or
both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation,
acceleration, redemption or repurchase or result in the loss of a material
benefit) under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any (x) note,
bond, mortgage, indenture, or deed of trust or (y) license, lease, agreement or
other instrument or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which any
of them or any of their properties or assets may be bound or (iii) violate any
order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the
Company or any of its properties or assets, excluding from the foregoing clauses
(ii) and (iii) violations, breaches or defaults which, either individually or in
the aggregate, would not materially impair the Company's ability to consummate
the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or have a Material
Adverse Effect.
 
    Section 3.04. BOARD RECOMMENDATION. The Board has approved and adopted this
Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, determined
that the consideration to be received by the holders of shares of Common Stock
pursuant to the Merger is fair to the holders of such Shares and recommended
that the holders of such Shares approve and adopt this Agreement, the Merger and
the other transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    Section 3.05. STATE ANTITAKEOVER STATUTES. The Company or the Board, as
applicable, has granted all approvals and taken all other steps necessary to
exempt the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby from the
requirements and provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware Act and any other
state antitakeover statute or regulation such that none of the provisions of
such Section 203 or any other "business combination," "moratorium," "control
share," or other state antitakeover statute or regulation
 
                                      I-7
<PAGE>
(x) prohibits or restricts the Company's ability to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or its ability to consummate the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated hereby, (y) would have the effect of invalidating or
voiding this Agreement, or (z) would subject Parent or Newco to any material
impediment or condition in connection with the exercise of any of their
respective rights under this Agreement.
 
    Section 3.06. FAIRNESS OPINION. The Company has received the opinion of the
Financial Adviser to the effect that as of the date hereof the cash
consideration to be received by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the
Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to such stockholders.
 
    Section 3.07. PROXY STATEMENT. The Proxy Statement will comply as to form in
all material respects with applicable federal securities laws, except that no
representation is made by the Company with respect to information supplied by
Newco or Parent for inclusion in the Proxy Statement. The information supplied
by the Company in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement will not, at the
respective times that the Proxy Statement or any amendments or supplements
thereto are filed with the SEC and are first published or sent or given to
holders of Shares, contain any statement which, at the time and in the light of
the circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with respect to
any material fact, or which omits to state any material fact necessary in order
to make the statements therein not false or misleading or necessary to correct
any statement in any earlier Proxy Statement which has become false or
misleading.
 
    Section 3.08. FINDERS OR BROKERS. Except for the Financial Adviser, the
Company has not employed any investment banker, broker, finder or intermediary
in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby who might be entitled to
a fee or any commission the receipt of which is conditioned upon consummation of
the Merger or the Asset Sale. The Company has heretofore furnished to Parent a
complete and correct copy of all agreements between the Company and the
Financial Adviser pursuant to which such firm would be entitled to any payment
relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    Section 3.09. SEC FILINGS. (a) The Company has filed with the SEC all
required forms, reports and documents required to be filed by it with the SEC
since December 31, 1995 (collectively, the "Company SEC Reports"), all of which
complied as to form when filed in all material respects with the applicable
provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as the case may be. None
of the Company SEC Reports (including all exhibits and schedules thereto and
documents incorporated by reference therein) contained when filed or (except to
the extent revised or superseded by a subsequent filing with the SEC) contains
any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
    (b) The Company will deliver to Parent as soon as they become available true
and complete copies of any report or statement mailed by it to its
securityholders generally or filed by it with the SEC, in each case subsequent
to the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time. As of their respective
dates, such reports and statements (excluding any information therein provided
by Parent or Newco, as to which the Company makes no representation) will not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading and will
comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of law. The
audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements of the
Company to be included or incorporated by reference in such reports and
statements will be prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved and will fairly present the financial position of the Company as of the
dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flow for the periods then
ended (subject, in the case of any unaudited interim financial statements, to
normal year-end adjustments and to the extent they may not include footnotes or
may be condensed or summary statements).
 
    Section 3.10. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The audited financial statements and
unaudited interim financial statements of the Company included or incorporated
by reference in the Company's forms, reports and documents filed with the SEC
since December 31, 1995 have been prepared in accordance with United
 
                                      I-8
<PAGE>
States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent
basis during the periods involved, and fairly present the financial position of
the Company as of the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows
for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of any unaudited interim
financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and to the extent they may
not include footnotes or may be condensed or summary statements) and such
audited financial statements have been certified as such (without exception) by
the Company's independent auditors.
 
    Section 3.11. ABSENCE OF UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. The Company has no
liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether absolute, accrued, unmatured,
contingent or otherwise, or any unsatisfied judgments or any leases of
personalty or realty or unusual or extraordinary commitments, except the
liabilities recorded on the balance sheet of the Company at December 31, 1996
and the notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996, and except for liabilities or obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice
since December 31, 1996 and those that would not individually or in the
aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section 3.12. ABSENCE OF CHANGES OR EVENTS. Since December 31, 1996:
 
        (a) there has not been any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or
    other acquisition of any shares of capital stock of the Company, or any
    declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution
    by the Company in respect of its capital stock, other than the payment made
    by the Company with respect to 500,000 shares of Common Stock put to the
    Company by Valcheck Company on June 30, 1997;
 
        (b) except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
    practice, the Company has not incurred any indebtedness for borrowed money,
    or assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or otherwise as an accommodation become
    responsible for the obligations of any other individual, firm or
    corporation, made any loans or advances to any other individual, firm or
    corporation or entered into any commitment or transaction material to the
    Company taken as a whole;
 
        (c) there has not been any material change in the accounting methods,
    principles or practices of the Company;
 
        (d) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not
    covered by insurance, except for such as would not, individually or in the
    aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
        (e) there has been no change in the business, operations, assets or
    financial condition of the Company that has had or will have a Material
    Adverse Effect;
 
        (f) there has not been any revaluation by the Company of any of its
    material assets, including but not limited to writing down the value of
    inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable, in any case, other
    than in the ordinary course of business and in connection with the
    revaluation of certain fixed assets as set forth in the Disclosure
    Statement;
 
        (g) there has not been any increase in or establishment of any bonus,
    insurance, severance, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit
    sharing, stock option (including without limitation the granting of stock
    options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards or restricted stock
    awards), stock purchase or other employee benefit plan or agreement or
    arrangement, or any other increase in the compensation payable or to become
    payable to any present or former directors, officers or key employees of the
    Company, except for increases in base compensation in the ordinary course of
    business consistent with past practice, or any employment, consulting or
    severance agreement or arrangement entered into with any such present or
    former directors, officers or key employees; or
 
        (h) there has not been any agreement by the Company to (i) do any of the
    things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (g) other than as
    expressly contemplated or provided for in this Agreement or (ii) take,
    whether in writing or otherwise, any action which, if taken prior to the
    date of this Agreement, would have made any representation or warranty in
    this Article III untrue or incorrect.
 
                                      I-9
<PAGE>
    Section 3.13.  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of the Company
consists of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock. As of the date hereof, there are
6,538,802 shares of Common Stock outstanding of which 695,396 shares of Common
Stock held in the Company's treasury. As of the date hereof, no shares of Common
Stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options and
options which may be granted under the Stock Plans of the Company, all of which
options and plans are listed and described in Schedule 3.13 hereto (the "Common
Stock Equivalents"), and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of all such
options is as previously disclosed to Parent by the Company. Except as set forth
above and except for the Common Stock Equivalents there are not outstanding any
shares of capital stock or other voting securities, any existing options,
warrants, calls, subscriptions, or other rights or other agreements or
commitments obligating the Company to issue, transfer or sell any shares of
capital stock or voting securities of the Company or any other securities
convertible into or exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for
any such shares. There are no outstanding stock appreciation rights with respect
to the capital stock of the Company. All issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free
of preemptive rights with respect thereto. The Company has no subsidiaries.
There are no outstanding obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock. The Company does not own,
directly or indirectly, any capital stock or other ownership interest in any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity which is material to the business of the Company.
 
    Section 3.14.  LITIGATION.  There is no (i) claim, action, suit,
investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened against or relating to the Company before any court or governmental
or regulatory authority or body or arbitration tribunal, or (ii) outstanding
judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree, or application, request or motion
therefor, of any court, governmental agency or arbitration tribunal in a
proceeding to which the Company or any of its assets was or is a party except,
in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, such as would not, individually or in
the aggregate, either prevent or materially delay the Company's ability to
consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or have a
Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section 3.15.  INSURANCE.  Schedule 3.15 hereto lists all material insurance
policies in force on the date hereof covering the businesses, properties and
assets of the Company and all claims against such policies. All such policies
are currently in effect and true and complete copies of all such policies have
been delivered to Parent. The Company has not received notice of the
cancellation of any of such insurance in effect on the date of this Agreement.
As of the date hereof, there are no material claims by the Company under any
such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability
or defending under a reservation of rights clause. To the Company's best
knowledge, all necessary notifications of claims have been made to insurance
carriers other than those which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section 3.16.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  The Company has not violated or failed
to comply with any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule or order of any
foreign, federal, state or local government or any other governmental department
or agency, or any judgment, decree or order of any court, applicable to its
business or operations except where any such violation or failure to comply
would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The
Company has all permits, licenses and franchises from governmental agencies
required to conduct its businesses as now being conducted, except for such
permits, licenses and franchises the absence of which would not, individually or
in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or prevent or materially delay
the consummation of the Merger.
 
    Section 3.17.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  (a) Schedule 3.17 contains a true and
complete list of each "employee benefit plan" (within the meaning of section
3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), including, without limitation, multiemployer plans within the meaning
of ERISA section 3(37)), stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment,
change-in-control, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, bonus, incentive,
deferred compensation and all other employee benefit plans, agreements,
programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, under
which any employee or former employee of the Company has any present or future
right to benefits or under which the Company has any present or future material
liability, other than any such plan
 
                                      I-10
<PAGE>
or plans that, individually or in the aggregate, do not provide for any payment
or payments or unrecorded liabilities in excess of $50,000.
 
    (b) With respect to each Company Plan, the Company has delivered or made
available to Parent a current, accurate and complete copy (or, to the extent no
such copy exists, an accurate description) thereof and, to the extent
applicable: (i) any related trust agreement or other funding instrument; (ii)
the most recent determination letter, if applicable; (iii) any summary plan
description for a Company Plan; and (iv) for the most recent year (A) the Form
5500 and attached schedules, (B) audited financial statements and (C) actuarial
valuation reports;
 
    (c) Except to the extent not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect: (i) each Company Plan has been established and administered in
accordance with its terms, and in compliance with the applicable provisions of
ERISA, the Code and other applicable laws, rules and regulations; (ii) each
Company Plan which is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Code
section 401(a) has received a favorable determination letter as to its
qualification, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act,
that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; (iii)
no event has occurred and no condition exists that would subject the Company to
any material tax, fine, lien, penalty or other liability imposed by ERISA, the
Code or other applicable laws, rules and regulations; (iv) for each Company Plan
with respect to which a Form 5500 has been filed, no material change has
occurred with respect to the matters covered by the most recent Form since the
date thereof; and (v) no "reportable event" (as such term is defined in ERISA
section 4043), "prohibited transaction" (as such term is defined in ERISA
section 406 and Code section 4975) or "accumulated funding deficiency" (as such
term is defined in ERISA section 302 and Code section 412 (whether or not
waived)) has occurred with respect to any Company Plan within the last five
years for which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in any material
liability that remains unsatisfied;
 
    (d) Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, with respect to each of
the Company Plans that is not a multiemployer plan within the meaning of section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA but is subject to Title IV of ERISA, as of the Closing Date,
the assets of each such Company Plan are at least equal in value to the present
value of the accrued benefits (vested and unvested) of the participants in such
Company Plan on a termination and projected benefit obligation basis, based on
the actuarial methods and assumptions indicated in the most recent actuarial
valuation reports;
 
    (e) Except to the extent not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect: with respect to any Company Plan, (i) no actions, suits or claims (other
than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) are pending or
threatened, (ii) no facts or circumstances exist that could give rise to any
such actions, suits or claims, and (iii) no written or oral communication has
been received from the PBGC in respect of any Company Plan subject to Title IV
of ERISA concerning the funded status of any such plan or any transfer of assets
and liabilities from any such plan in connection with the transactions
contemplated herein; and
 
    (f) Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, no Company Plan exists
that could result in the payment to any present or former employee of the
Company of any money or other property or accelerate or provide any other rights
or benefits to any present or former employee of the Company as a result of the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement, whether or not such payment would
constitute a parachute payment within the meaning of Code section 280G and
whether or not some other future event is required to trigger payment or
otherwise result in liability to the Company.
 
    Section 3.18.  TAXES.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, the
Company and any consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for tax
purposes of which the Company or any former subsidiary is or was a member has
(x) timely filed (or there have been filed on its behalf) with the appropriate
governmental authorities all Tax Returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be
filed by it on or prior to the date hereof, and (y) duly paid in full or made
provision in accordance with United States GAAP (or there has been paid or
provision has been made on its behalf) for the payment of all Taxes (as
 
                                      I-11
<PAGE>
hereinafter defined) for all periods ending through the date hereof, except for
any such filings or payments which would not, individually or in the aggregate
have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    "Taxes" shall mean any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other
assessments, including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, excise, real
or personal property, sales, withholding, social security, occupation, use,
service, service use, license, net worth, payroll, franchise, transfer and
recording taxes, fee and charges, imposed by the Service or any taxing authority
(whether domestic or foreign including, without limitation, any state, county,
local or foreign government or any subdivision or taxing agency thereof
(including a United States possession)), whether computed on a separate,
consolidated, unitary, combined or any other basis; and such term shall include
any interest whether paid or received, fines, penalties or additional amounts
attributable to, or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such taxes, charges,
fees, levies or other assessments. "Tax Return" shall mean any report, return,
document, declaration or other information or filing required to be supplied to
any taxing authority or Jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) with respect to
Taxes, including, without limitation, information returns, any documents with
respect to or accompanying payments of estimated Taxes, or with respect to or
accompanying requests for the extension of time in which to file any such
report, return, document declaration or other information.
 
    Section 3.19.  CONTRACTS.  Each note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease,
license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the
Company is a party or by which any of it or any of its properties or assets may
be bound (collectively, the "Contracts") is legally valid and binding against
the Company and, to the Company's best knowledge, each other party thereto and
in full force and effect, except where failure to be legally valid and binding
and in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect, and there are not defaults thereunder by the Company
and, to the Company's best knowledge, any other party thereto, except those
defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The
Company has previously made available for inspection by Newco or its
representatives all material Contracts listed on Schedule 3.19.
 
    Section 3.20.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.  Except as set forth in the
Disclosure Statement or in the Company SEC Documents, no director, officer,
partner, employee, "affiliate" or "associate" (as such terms are defined in Rule
12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of the Company has borrowed money from or has
outstanding any indebtedness or other similar obligations to the Company.
 
    Section 3.21.  REAL PROPERTY.  The Company has sufficient title or
leaseholds to real property to conduct its business as currently conducted with
only such exceptions as individually or in the aggregate would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section 3.22.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Except as would not result in a
Material Adverse Effect, and except as disclosed in the Disclosure Statement:
 
        (i) The Company holds all Environmental Permits (as defined below), and
    the Company is in compliance with all Environmental Laws;
 
        (ii) As of the date hereof, there are no Environmental Claims (as
    defined below) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
    against the Company;
 
       (iii) The Company is not a party to any consent decree, order or
    agreement which requires performance of any response or corrective action to
    address any Hazardous Material or any violation of Environmental Law;
 
        (iv) To the knowledge of the Company, there are no (A) underground
    storage tanks, (b) polychlorinated biphenyls, (C) friable asbestos or
    asbestos-containing materials, (D) sumps, (E) surface impoundments, (F)
    landfills, or (G) sewers or septic systems present at any facility currently
    owned or leased by the Company that is expected to give rise to liability of
    the Company under any Environmental Laws;
 
        (v) To the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or conditions,
    including without limitation the release, threatened release, emission,
    discharge, generation, treatment, storage or
 
                                      I-12
<PAGE>
    disposal of Hazardous Materials (as defined below), that would reasonably be
    expected to give rise to liability of the Company under any Environmental
    Laws;
 
        (vi) The Company has not assumed by contract any liabilities or
    obligations under any Environmental Laws; and
 
       (vii) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
    following meanings:
 
           "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any written notice, claim, demand, suit,
       complaint, proceeding or other communication by any person alleging
       liability or potential liability (including without limitation liability
       or potential liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs,
       governmental response costs, natural resource damages, property damage,
       personal injury, fines or penalties) under any Environmental Laws,
       including without limitation any liability resulting from the presence,
       discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any Hazardous
       Materials at any location, whether or not owned, leased or operated by
       the Company.
 
           "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all applicable foreign, federal, state and
       local statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, common law, orders and
       decrees relating in any manner to pollution or protection of the
       environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental
       Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Solid Waste
       Disposal Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Toxic
       Substances Control Act, the Emergency Planning and
       Community-Right-to-Know Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and
       the Safe Drinking Water Act, all as amended.
 
           "ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS" means all permits, licenses, registrations
       and other governmental authorizations required under Environmental Laws
       for the Company to conduct its operations and businesses.
 
           "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means all hazardous or toxic substances,
       wastes, materials or chemicals, petroleum (including crude oil or any
       fraction thereof) and petroleum products, asbestos and
       asbestos-containing materials, pollutants, contaminants and all other
       materials and substances regulated by any Environmental Law.
 
    Section 3.23.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  Schedule 3.23 sets forth a list of
all material registered and material unregistered Intellectual Property (as
defined below) owned by the Company and used in the conduct of its business and
all agreements granting any right to use or practice any right relating to the
Intellectual Property currently used in the conduct of the Company's business
(the "Licenses") as of the date hereof. Except as set forth in the Disclosure
Statement (i) the Company is the sole owner of all of its rights under the
Licenses free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or interests; (ii)
the Company is the sole owner of, or has a valid right to use pursuant to a
License, all patents and patent applications, registered and unregistered
trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, company names and
other source or business identifiers, including all goodwill associated
therewith, the names, likenesses and other attributes of individuals, registered
and unregistered copyrights, computer programs and databases, trade secrets,
proprietary technology, know-how, industrial designs and other confidential
information and any pending applications for any of the foregoing (collectively,
the "Intellectual Property") currently used in the conduct of the Company's
business, free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or interests; (iii)
to the Company's best knowledge, the present operations of the Company do not,
and its past operations did not, infringe upon, violate, interfere or conflict
with the rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property, and no
claim is pending or, to the Company's best knowledge, threatened, to this
effect; (iv) to the Company's best knowledge, none of the Intellectual Property
is invalid or unenforceable, or has not been used or enforced or has failed to
be used or enforced in a manner that would result in the abandonment,
cancellation or unenforceability of any of the Intellectual Property and no
claim is pending or, to the Company's best knowledge, threatened, to this
effect; (v) no License provision or any other contract, agreement or
understanding to which the Company is a party would prevent the continued use by
the Company (as currently used by the Company) of any Intellectual Property
 
                                      I-13
<PAGE>
following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (vi) to the
Company's best knowledge, no person is infringing upon or otherwise violating
any Intellectual Property or License; and (vii) there are no claims pending or,
to the Company's best knowledge, threatened in connection with any License, in
all cases in clauses (i) through (vii) of this Section 3.23 with only such
exceptions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect.
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   COVENANTS
 
    Section 4.01.  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY.  Except as set forth in
the Disclosure Statement and as expressly agreed to in writing by Parent, during
the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company
will conduct its operations according to its ordinary and usual course of
business consistent with past practice, and will use all commercially reasonable
efforts to preserve intact its business organization, to keep available the
services of its officers and employees and to maintain satisfactory
relationships with suppliers, distributors, customers and others having business
relationships with it and will take no action which would adversely affect its
ability to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Agreement or the Asset Purchase Agreement, prior to
the Effective Time, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of
Parent and except as disclosed in the Disclosure Statement:
 
        (a) amend its Restated Certificate of Incorporation (or other applicable
    charter document) or By-Laws;
 
        (b) authorize for issuance, issue, sell, deliver, grant any options for,
    or otherwise agree or commit to issue, sell or deliver any shares of any
    class of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or
    exchangeable or exercisable for shares of any class of capital stock or any
    other ownership interest (including, but not limited to, stock appreciation
    rights or phantom stock) of the Company, other than pursuant to and in
    accordance with the terms of the Common Stock Equivalents outstanding on the
    date hereof and listed on Schedule 3.13;
 
        (c) split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock,
    declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in
    cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of its
    capital stock or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its own
    capital stock;
 
        (d) (i) create, incur, assume, maintain or permit to exist any long-term
    debt or any short-term debt for borrowed money other than under existing
    lines of credit and except for short-term debt incurred in the ordinary
    course of business and consistent with past practice; (ii) assume,
    guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether
    directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other
    person; or (iii) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or
    investments in, any other person in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate
    (other than investments in marketable securities made in the ordinary course
    of business of the Company and consistent with past practice);
 
        (e) except as may be required by law, enter into, adopt or amend or
    terminate any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, severance, termination,
    stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit,
    stock equivalent, stock purchase agreement, pension, retirement, deferred
    compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreement,
    trust, plan, fund or other arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any
    current or former director, officer or employee in any manner, or (except
    for normal increases in salary or wages of employees who are not officers of
    the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice
    that, in the aggregate, do not result in a material increase in benefits or
    compensation expense to the Company, and as required under existing
    agreements) increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of
    any current or former director, officer or employee or grant any severance
    or termination pay or pay any benefit not required by any plan, agreement,
    trust, fund, policy and arrangement as in effect as of the date hereof;
 
                                      I-14
<PAGE>
        (f)  except for sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business
    and consistent with past practice, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise
    dispose of, or encumber, or agree to sell, transfer, lease, or otherwise
    dispose of or encumber, any assets, properties, real, personal or mixed not
    in excess of $50,000 individually;
 
        (g)  enter into any agreements, commitments or contracts, except
    agreements, commitments or contracts either (i) for the purchase, sale or
    lease of goods or services in the ordinary course of business and consistent
    with past practice or (ii) which do not, individually, relate to the making
    of payments or the provision of services for consideration in excess of
    $50,000 over the term of any such agreement, commitment or contract;
 
        (h)  authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to
    authorize, recommend or propose, or enter into any agreement in principle or
    an agreement with respect to, any plan of liquidation or dissolution, any
    acquisition (by merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets or securities
    or any disposition of any assets or securities) of any corporation,
    partnership or other business organization or division thereof or any change
    in its capitalization, or any entry into a material contract or any
    amendment or modification of any material contract or any release or
    relinquishment of any material contract rights not in the ordinary course of
    business and consistent with past practice or modify or amend the contracts
    between the parties referred to in paragraph 15 of the Disclosure Letter;
 
        (i)  except as previously approved by the Board of Directors of the
    Company prior to the date hereof and as identified to Parent prior to the
    date hereof, authorize or commit to make capital expenditures in any
    calendar month in excess of $100,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that amounts not
    authorized or committed in any calendar month may be carried forward to
    future calendar months;
 
        (j)  permit any material insurance policy naming the Company as a
    beneficiary or a loss payee to be cancelled, terminated or materially
    altered;
 
        (k)  maintain its books and records in a manner not in the ordinary
    course of business and consistent with past practice;
 
        (l)  enter into any hedging, option, derivative or other similar
    transaction;
 
        (m)  change any assumption underlying, or method of calculating, any bad
    debt, contingency, provision or other reserve;
 
        (n)  pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations
    (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment,
    discharge or satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business
    and consistent with past practice;
 
        (o)  except as may be required as a result of a change in law or in
    generally accepted accounting principles, change any of the accounting
    practices or principles used by it;
 
        (p)  make any material tax election or settle or compromise any material
    federal, state, local or foreign tax liability;
 
        (q)  settle or compromise any pending or threatened suit, action or
    claim which is material;
 
        (r)  collect receivables or pay payables or purchase inventory or make
    shipments to customers, other than in the ordinary course of business
    consistent with past practice;
 
        (s)  modify the amount spent on advertising for the Company as a whole
    and the allocation between each of the check business and the P&C Business
    from the schedule related thereto previously delivered by the Company to
    Parent; or
 
                                      I-15
<PAGE>
        (t)  agree to do any of the foregoing or any action which would make any
    of the representations or warranties of the Company contained in this
    Agreement untrue and incorrect as of the date when made if such action had
    then been taken.
 
    Section 4.02.  OTHER POTENTIAL BIDDERS.  (a) The Company, its affiliates and
their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents
shall immediately cease any existing discussions or negotiations, if any, with
any parties conducted heretofore with respect to any acquisition or exchange of
all or any material portion of the assets of, or any equity interest in, the
Company or any business combination with the Company other than a sale of assets
and assumption of liabilities pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement. The
Company may, directly or indirectly, furnish information and access, in each
case only in response to unsolicited requests therefor made after the date
hereof, to any corporation, partnership, person or other entity or group
pursuant to confidentiality agreements, and may participate in discussions and
negotiate with such entity or group concerning any merger, sale of assets, sale
of shares of capital stock or similar transaction involving the Company or any
division of the Company, if such entity or group has submitted a bona fide
written proposal to the Board relating to any such transaction and the Board by
a majority vote determines in its good faith judgment, based upon the written
advice of outside counsel, that failing to take such action would constitute a
breach of the Board's fiduciary duty under applicable law; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Company may furnish information and access, and participate in
discussing and negotiate, with respect to a sale of assets and assumption of
liabilities pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement. The Board shall notify
Parent immediately if any such proposal is made and shall in such notice
indicate in reasonable detail the identity of the offeror and the terms and
conditions of any proposal and shall keep Parent promptly advised of all
material developments in connection therewith. Except as set forth above,
neither the Company or any of its affiliates, nor any of its or their respective
officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents shall, directly or
indirectly, encourage, solicit, participate in or initiate discussions or
negotiations with, or provide any information to, any corporation, partnership,
person or other entity or group (other than Parent and Newco, any affiliate or
associate of Parent and Newco or any designee of Parent and Newco) concerning
any merger, sale of assets, sale of shares of capital stock or similar
transactions involving the Company or any division of the Company (other than
with respect to the assets and liabilities to be transferred pursuant to the
Asset Purchase Agreement), PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall prevent
the Board from taking, and disclosing to the Company's stockholders, a position
contemplated by Rules 14D-9 and 14e-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act with
regard to any tender offer, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Board shall not
recommend that the stockholders of the Company tender their Shares in connection
with any such tender offer unless the Board by a majority vote determines in its
good faith judgment that, based upon the written advice of outside counsel,
failing to take such action would constitute a breach of the Board's fiduciary
duty under applicable law.
 
    (b)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no action
taken by the Board, based upon the written advice of outside counsel, in the
exercise of its fiduciary duties, shall constitute a breach of any provision of
this Agreement.
 
    Section 4.03.  ACCESS TO INFORMATION.  (a) From the date of this Agreement
until the Effective Time, the Company will give Parent and Newco and their
authorized representatives (including counsel, environmental and other
consultants, accountants, auditors, and intellectual property counsel and
agents) full access during normal business hours to all facilities, personnel
and operations and to all books and records of the Company, will permit Parent
and Newco to make such inspections as they may reasonably require and will cause
its officers to furnish Parent with such financial and operating data and other
information with respect to the businesses and properties of the Company as
Parent may from time to time reasonably request.
 
    (b)  Parent will permit the Company and its agents, including its counsel
and auditors, to have access to Parent's books and records and personnel for the
purpose of conducting customary due diligence regarding the accuracy of the
Parent SEC Documents.
 
                                      I-16
<PAGE>
    (c)  Each of Parent and Newco will hold and will cause their respective
authorized representatives, including consultants and advisors, to hold in
strict confidence pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement dated October 21,
1996 between Parent and the Company (the "Confidentiality Agreement") all
documents and information concerning the Company furnished to Parent or Newco in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company
will hold and will cause its respective authorized representatives, including
consultants and advisers, to hold in strict confidence pursuant to the
Confidentiality Agreement all documents and information concerning the Parent
and Newco furnished to the Company in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
 
    Section 4.04.  COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS; OTHER ACTIONS.  Subject to
the terms and conditions herein provided, Parent, Newco and the Company shall
use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all other
actions and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or
appropriate under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make
effective as soon as practicable the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) the filing of Notification and
Report Forms under the HSR Act with the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") and
the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division")
and using all commercially reasonable efforts to respond as promptly as
practicable to all inquiries received from the FTC or the Antitrust Division for
additional information or documentation, (ii) the obtaining of all necessary
consents, approvals or waivers, and (iii) the lifting of any legal bar to the
Merger. Parent shall cause Newco to perform all of its obligations under this
Agreement and shall not take any action which would cause the Company to fail to
perform its obligations hereunder. The Company shall not take any action which
would cause Parent or Newco to fail to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
    Section 4.05.  PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS.  Before issuing any press release or
otherwise making any public statement with respect to the Merger or any of the
other transactions contemplated hereby, Parent, Newco and the Company will
consult with, and obtain the consent of, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, each other as to its form and substance and shall not issue any such
press release or make any such public statement prior to obtaining such consent,
except as may be required by law or any listing agreement with its securities
exchange.
 
    Section 4.06.  NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN MATTERS.  The Company shall give
prompt notice to Parent of any notice of, or other communication relating to, a
default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a
default, received by the Company subsequent to the date of this Agreement and
prior to the Effective Time, under any contract material to the business,
operations, assets or financial condition of the Company to which the Company is
a party or is subject. Each of the Company and Parent shall give prompt notice
to the other party of (a) any notice or other communication from any third party
alleging that the consent of such third party is or may be required in
connection with the Merger or other transactions contemplated hereby, (b) the
occurrence or existence of any event which would, or could with the passage of
time or otherwise, make any representation or warranty made by such party
contained herein untrue or (c) any failure of such party to comply with or
satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by
it hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to
this Section 4.06 shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available
hereunder to the party receiving such notice.
 
    Section 4.07.  INDEMNIFICATION.  (a) For six years after the Effective Time,
Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the present and former directors and officers of the Company,
determined as of the Effective Time, against all losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities (collectively, "Costs") (but only to the extent such
costs are not otherwise covered by insurance or are not promptly paid by
insurance) arising out of actions or omissions or alleged actions or omissions
occurring at or prior to the Effective Time to the extent permitted or required
under applicable law and the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws in effect at the date hereof (to the extent consistent with applicable
law).
 
                                      I-17
<PAGE>
    (b)  For a period of three years after the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause to be maintained in effect the
current policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance maintained by
the Company (provided that the Surviving Corporation may substitute therefor
policies of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and
conditions which are no less advantageous) with respect to claims arising from
facts or events which occurred before the Effective Time to the extent
available; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Surviving Corporation shall not be
obligated to make annual premium payments for such insurance to the extent such
premiums exceed 150% of the annual premiums paid as of the date hereof by the
Company for such insurance (which the Company represents and warrants to be not
more than $60,000).
 
    (c)  Parent hereby agrees to guarantee each and every one of the obligations
of the Surviving Corporation set forth in Sections 4.07(a) and 4.07(b).
 
    Section 4.08.  EXPENSES.  Except as set forth in Section 6.03, Parent and
Newco, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall bear their
respective expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, including, without
limitation, the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby and all fees and expenses of investment
bankers, finders, brokers, agents, representatives, counsel and accountants.
 
    Section 4.09.  RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS.  Prior to the Effective Time, the
Company shall take all commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Parent the
resignation of such directors of the Company as Parent shall specify, effective
at the Effective Time.
 
    Section 4.10.  ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  (a) The Company shall not amend
the Asset Purchase Agreement or waive any of its rights thereunder without the
prior written consent of Parent.
 
    (b)  The Company shall keep Parent reasonably informed of the status of the
financing related to the Asset Purchase Agreement.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
                        CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF
                         PARENT, NEWCO AND THE COMPANY
 
    Section 5.01.  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT, NEWCO AND THE
COMPANY.  The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall be
subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the
following conditions:
 
        (a) this Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Merger and the
    transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement shall have been
    adopted by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Company by the
    Requisite Vote;
 
        (b) any waiting period applicable to the Merger under the HSR Act shall
    have terminated or expired; and
 
        (c) there shall not have been any action taken, or any statute, rule,
    regulation, judgment, decree, order or injunction proposed, sought,
    promulgated, enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger,
    or any other action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any
    state or federal government or governmental authority or by any U.S. or
    Canadian court, that presents substantial likelihood of prohibiting or
    restricting consummation of the Merger.
 
    Section 5.02.  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT AND NEWCO.  The
obligations of Parent and Newco to effect the Merger shall be subject to the
fulfillment at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following
conditions:
 
        (a) there shall not have occurred any event or circumstances that has
    had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
    Company;
 
                                      I-18
<PAGE>
        (b) all representations and warranties of the Company under this
    Agreement which are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in
    all respects and all representations and warranties of the Company under
    this Agreement that are not qualified as to materiality shall be true and
    correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Time;
 
        (c) the Company shall have performed in all material respects all
    covenants and agreements required to be performed by it prior to the
    Effective Time;
 
        (d) Parent shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the
    Company by its chief executive officer to the effect set forth in clauses
    (b) and (c) above; and
 
        (e) all conditions under the Asset Purchase Agreement shall have been
    satisfied or waived and the transactions contemplated thereby shall have
    been consummated.
 
    Section 5.03.  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The obligations of the
Company to effect the Merger shall be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to
the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:
 
        (a) all representations and warranties of Parent and Newco under this
    Agreement which are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in
    all respects and all representations and warranties of Parent and Newco
    under this Agreement that are not qualified as to materiality shall be true
    and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Time.
 
        (b) Parent and Newco shall have performed in all material respects all
    covenants and agreements required to be performed by each of them prior to
    the Effective Time.
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
 
                         TERMINATION; AMENDMENT, WAIVER
 
    Section 6.01.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger
may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or
after stockholder approval thereof:
 
        (a) by mutual written consent of Parent, Newco and the Company;
 
        (b) by Parent and Newco or the Company if any court of competent
    jurisdiction in the United States or Canada or other United States or
    Canadian governmental body shall have issued a final order, injunction,
    decree or ruling or taken any other final action restraining, enjoining or
    otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, injunction, decree, ruling
    or other action is or shall have become nonappealable; PROVIDED that the
    right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6.01(b) shall not
    be available to any party which has not used its reasonable best efforts to
    cause any such order, injunction, decree, ruling or other action to be
    lifted;
 
        (c) by either the Parent and Newco or the Company if the stockholders of
    the Company fail to adopt and approve this Agreement, the Asset Purchase
    Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
    and the Asset Purchase Agreement at the Special Meeting and any adjournment
    thereof, by the Requisite Vote;
 
        (d) by the Company if a corporation, partnership, person or other entity
    or group shall have made a bona fide offer not solicited in violation of
    Section 4.02 that the Board by a majority vote determines in its good faith
    judgment and in the exercise of its fiduciary duties (i), based upon the
    advice of the Financial Advisor, is more favorable to the Company's
    stockholders than the Merger and (ii), based upon the written advice of
    outside counsel, must not make or must withdraw or modify its recommendation
    of the Merger in order to avoid breaching its fiduciary duties under
    applicable law; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such termination under this clause
    shall not be effective (i) unless Parent or Newco does not, within 5
    business days of receipt of the Company's notification of its intention to
 
                                      I-19
<PAGE>
    enter into a definitive agreement with respect to a superior proposal, make
    an offer that the Board by a majority vote determines in its good faith
    judgment and in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, based upon the advice
    of the Financial Advisor, is at least as favorable to the Company's
    stockholders as the superior proposal and (ii) until the Company has made
    payment of the full fee and expense reimbursement required by Section 6.03;
 
        (e) by Parent and Newco, if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
    representation or warranty on the part of the Company that is or will have a
    Material Adverse Effect on the Company or which materially adversely affects
    the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger, (ii) there shall have
    been a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company which
    is or will result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or materially
    adversely affects the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger, which
    shall not have been cured prior to the earlier of (A) 10 days following
    notice of such breach and (B) two business days prior to the Closing Date,
    (iii) the Company shall engage in negotiations with any entity or group
    (other than Parent or Newco) that has proposed a Third Party Acquisition (as
    defined below), (iv) the Board (A) shall have withdrawn or modified in a
    manner adverse to Newco its approval or recommendation of this Agreement or
    the Merger or shall have recommended another offer or transaction or shall
    have adopted any resolution to effect any of the foregoing or (B), in
    response to any tender or exchange offer for more than 20% of the
    outstanding Common Stock, shall not have recommended rejection of such
    tender offer or exchange offer within the time periods specified by
    applicable law, or shall have adopted any resolution to effect any of the
    foregoing; (v) the existing Asset Purchase Agreement shall have become
    terminable by the Company and the Company shall not have entered into a
    substitute Asset Purchase Agreement with another party within 2 Business
    Days; or (vi) the Company shall have failed to mail the Proxy Statement as
    promptly as practicable after the clearance thereof by the SEC or the
    Company has failed to include in the Proxy Statement the Board's
    recommendation of the Merger;
 
        (f) by the Company if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
    representation or warranty on the part of Parent or Newco which materially
    adversely affects (or materially delays) the consummation of the Merger or
    (ii) there shall have been a material breach of any covenant or agreement on
    the part of Parent or Newco and which materially adversely affects (or
    materially delays) the consummation of the Merger which shall not have been
    cured prior to the earliest of (A) 10 days following notice of such breach
    and (B) two business days prior to the Closing Date; or
 
        (g) by Parent and Newco or the Company if the Merger shall not have been
    consummated on or before the date that is 5 months from the date of this
    Agreement; provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
    this Section 6.01(g) shall not be available to any party which has not used
    its reasonable best efforts to cause the Merger to be consummated.
 
    Section 6.02.  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  In the event of the termination and
abandonment of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.01, this Agreement shall
forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of
any party hereto or its affiliates, directors, officers or stockholders, other
than the provision of this Section 6.02 and Section 6.03 hereof. Nothing
contained in this Section 6.02 shall relieve any party from liability for any
breach of this Agreement.
 
    Section 6.03.  CERTAIN PAYMENTS.  (a) In the event Parent and Newco
terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.01(e)(i), (ii) or (v) hereof,
Parent and Newco would suffer direct and substantial damages, which damages
cannot be determined with reasonable certainty. To compensate Parent and Newco
for such damages, the Company shall pay to Parent, as liquidated damages
immediately upon such a termination, an amount equal to the reasonable,
documented out-of-pocket third party expenses of Parent and Newco incurred in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, not to exceed
 
                                      I-20
<PAGE>
$600,000 in the aggregate. It is specifically agreed that the amount to be paid
pursuant to this Section 6.03(a) represents liquidated damages and not a
penalty.
 
    (b) If
 
        (i) Parent and Newco terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section
    6.01(e)(vi) hereof and, within 18 months thereafter the Company enters into
    an agreement with respect to a Third Party Acquisition, or a Third Party
    Acquisition occurs, involving any party (or any affiliate thereof) (x) with
    whom the Company (or its agents) had negotiations with a view to a Third
    Party Acquisition, (y) to whom the Company (or its agents) furnished
    information with a view to a Third Party Acquisition or (z) who had
    submitted a proposal or expressed an interest in a Third Party Acquisition,
    in the case of each of clauses (x), (y) and (z) after the date hereof and
    prior to such termination; or
 
        (ii) Parent and Newco terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section
    6.01(e)(iii) or (vi), and within 18 months thereafter a Third Party
    Acquisition shall occur involving a consideration for Shares (including the
    value of any stub equity) in excess of the Merger Consideration; or
 
       (iii) (A) the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to 6.01(d)
    hereof or (B) Parent and Newco or the Company terminate this Agreement
    pursuant to Section 6.01(c) hereof or (C) Parent and Newco terminate this
    Agreement pursuant to Section 6.01(e)(iv),
 
the Company shall pay to Parent and Newco either prior to termination in the
case of the event described in Section 6.03(iii)(A) or within one business day
following the execution and delivery of such agreement or such occurrence or
termination, as the case may be, in the case of the event described in Section
6.03(i), (ii), (iii)(B) or (iii)(C), a fee, in cash, of $1,300,000, plus
reasonable, documented out-of-pocket third party expenses of Parent and Newco
incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Company in no event shall be obligated to pay more than one
such $1,300,000 fee with respect to all such agreements and occurrences and such
termination.
 
    "Third Party Acquisition" means the occurrence of any of the following
events (i) the acquisition of the Company by merger or otherwise by any person
(which includes a "person" as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act) or entity other than Parent, Newco or any affiliate thereof (a
"Third Party"); (ii) the acquisition by a Third Party of more than 30% of the
total assets of the Company (other than pursuant to the Asset Purchase
Agreement); (iii) the acquisition by a Third Party of 30% of more of the
outstanding Shares; (iv) the adoption by the Company of a plan of liquidation or
the declaration or payment of an extraordinary dividend; or (v) the repurchase
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of more than 20% of the outstanding
Shares, other than a repurchase which was not approved by the Company or
publicly announced prior to the termination of this Agreement and which is not
part of a series of transactions resulting in a change of control.
 
    Section 6.04.  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended by action taken by
the Company, Parent and Newco at any time before or after approval of the Merger
by the stockholders of the Company (if required by applicable law) but, after
any such approval, no amendment shall be made which requires the approval of
such stockholders under applicable law without such approval. This Agreement may
not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the
parties hereto.
 
    Section 6.05.  EXTENSION; WAIVER.  At any time prior to the Effective Time,
each party hereto may (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations or other acts of the other party, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in any
document, certificate or writing delivered pursuant hereto or (iii) waive
compliance by the other party with any of the agreements or conditions contained
herein. Any agreement on the part of either party hereto to any such extension
or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on
behalf of such party. The failure of either party hereto to assert any of its
rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.
 
                                      I-21
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VII
 
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
    Section 7.01.  TERMS DEFINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.  The following capitalized
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed in the indicated sections.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Agreement...........................................................  First
                                                                      Paragraph
Antitrust Division..................................................  4.04
Asset Purchase Agreement............................................  1.07
Board...............................................................  Recitals
Certificates........................................................  1.11
Certificate of Merger...............................................  1.12
Closing.............................................................  1.05
Closing Date........................................................  1.05
Common Stock........................................................  Recitals
Company.............................................................  First
                                                                      Paragraph
Common Stock Equivalents............................................  3.13
Company SEC Reports.................................................  3.04
Contracts...........................................................  3.19
Confidentiality Agreement...........................................  4.02
Delaware Act........................................................  1.01
Disclosure Statement................................................  Article III
Dissenting Shares...................................................  1.10
Effective Time......................................................  1.02
ERISA...............................................................  3.17
Exchange Act........................................................  3.03
Exchange Agent......................................................  1.11
Exchange Fund.......................................................  1.11
Financial Advisor...................................................  1.09
FTC.................................................................  4.04
HSR Act.............................................................  2.03
Intellectual Property...............................................  3.23
Licenses............................................................  3.23
Material Adverse Effect.............................................  3.01
Merger..............................................................  1.01
Merger Consideration................................................  2.07
Newco...............................................................  First
                                                                      Paragraph
Parent..............................................................  First
                                                                      Paragraph
Proxy Statement.....................................................  1.09
SEC.................................................................  1.04
Securities Act......................................................  2.03
Special Meeting.....................................................  1.09
Stock Plans.........................................................  1.08
Surviving Corporation...............................................  1.01
Tax Return..........................................................  3.18
Taxes...............................................................  3.18
Third Party.........................................................  6.03
Third Party Acquisition.............................................  6.03
</TABLE>
 
                                      I-22
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII
 
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
 
    Section 8.01.  WAIVER OF COMPLIANCE; CONSENTS.  Any failure of Parent or
Newco, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, to comply with any
obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Company
or Parent or Newco, respectively, only by a written instrument signed by the
party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict
compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not
operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other
failure. Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of
any party hereto, such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent
with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth in this Section
8.01.
 
    Section 8.02.  SURVIVABILITY; INVESTIGATIONS.  The respective
representations and warranties of Parent, Newco and the Company contained herein
or in any certificates or other documents delivered prior to or at the Closing
shall not be deemed waived or otherwise affected by any investigation made by
any party hereto and shall not survive the Closing.
 
    Section 8.03.  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by next-day courier or
mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), first class
postage prepaid, or telecopied with written confirmation of receipt, to the
parties at the addresses specified below (or at such other address for a party
as shall be specified by like notice; provided, that notices of a change of
address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof). Any such notice shall be
effective upon receipt, if personally delivered or telecopied, one day after
delivery to a courier for next-day delivery, or three days after mailing, if
deposited in the U.S. mail, first class postage prepaid.
 
    (a) if to the Company, to
      One Komer Center
      P.O. Box 1999
      Elmira, NY 14902-1999
      Telephone: (607) 735-4500
      Facsimile: (607) 733-5699
      Attention: Stuart Komer
      with a copy to
      Cahill Gordon & Reindel
      80 Pine Street
      New York, NY 10005
      Telephone: (212) 701-3000
      Facsimile: (212) 269-5420
      Attention: William B. Gannett, Esq.
 
                                      I-23
<PAGE>
    (b) if to Parent, or Newco, to
45 Hazelton Avenue
      Toronto, Ontario
      Canada M5R 2E3
      Telephone: (416) 960-9000
      Attention: Miles S. Nadal
      with a copy to
      Marni J. Lerner, Esq.
      Edward J. Chung, Esq.
      Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
      425 Lexington Avenue
      New York, NY 10017
      Telephone: (212) 455-2000
      Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
 
    Section 8.04.  ASSIGNMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement and
all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but
neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder
shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent
of the other parties, except that Parent and Newco may assign all or any of
their respective rights and obligations hereunder to any direct or indirect
wholly owned subsidiary or subsidiaries of Parent, PROVIDED that no such
assignment shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder if
such assignee does not perform such obligations. This Agreement is not intended
to confer any rights or remedies hereunder upon any other person except the
parties hereto and, with respect to Section 4.07, the officers and directors of
the Company.
 
    Section 8.05.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except as the laws of the State of Delaware
are by their terms applicable, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of
the State of New York (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under
applicable New York principles of conflicts of law) as to all matters, including
but not limited to matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and
remedies.
 
    Section 8.06.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
    Section 8.07.  SEVERABILITY.  In case any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect against a party hereto, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions
contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any
party and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall only apply as to
such party in the specific jurisdiction where such judgment shall be made.
 
    Section 8.08.  INTERPRETATION.  The article and section headings contained
in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the
agreement of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the term "person"
shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a
corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any
department or agency thereof.
 
    Section 8.09.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, including the exhibits
hereto and the documents and instruments referred to herein (including the
Confidentiality Agreement and Disclosure Statement), embodies the entire
agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements and the
understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. There
are no representations, promises, warranties, covenants, or undertakings, other
than those expressly set forth or referred to herein and therein.
 
                                      I-24
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent, Newco and the Company have caused this Agreement
to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first
above written.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>
MDC COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
By:        /s/ MILES S. NADAL
           ----------------------------------------
           Name:      Miles S. Nadal
           Title:     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                      OFFICER
 
AGI ACQUISITION CO.
 
By:        /s/ PETER LEWIS
           ----------------------------------------
           Name:      Peter Lewis
           Title:
 
ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
 
By:        /s/ STUART KOMER
           ----------------------------------------
           Name:      Stuart Komer
           Title:     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                                                        ANNEX II
 
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                    BETWEEN
                        ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
                                      AND
                          ARTISTIC DIRECT INCORPORATED
 
                            ------------------------
 
                         DATED AS OF DECEMBER 21, 1997
 
                            ------------------------
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                <C>                                                                                       <C>
 
                                                       ARTICLE I
                                                   PURCHASE AND SALE
 
Section 1.1        The Asset Purchase......................................................................           1
Section 1.2        Purchase Price..........................................................................           2
Section 1.3        Assumption of Liabilities...............................................................           2
Section 1.4        Closing.................................................................................           3
Section 1.5        Further Assurances......................................................................           3
Section 1.6        FMV Schedule............................................................................           3
Section 1.7        Intellectual Property LLC...............................................................           3
Section 1.8        Purchase Price Adjustments..............................................................           3
Section 1.9        Allocation of Certain Joint Liabilities.................................................           3
 
                                                       ARTICLE II
                                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ADI
 
Section 2.1        Organization and Qualification..........................................................           3
Section 2.2        Authority...............................................................................           4
Section 2.3        No Violations, Etc......................................................................           4
Section 2.4        Brokers.................................................................................           4
Section 2.5        Financing...............................................................................           5
Section 2.6        No Other Representations or Warranties..................................................           5
 
                                                      ARTICLE III
                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ARTISTIC
 
Section 3.1        Organization and Qualification..........................................................           5
Section 3.2        Authority...............................................................................           5
Section 3.3        No Violations, Etc......................................................................           5
Section 3.4        Board Recommendation....................................................................           6
Section 3.5        Brokers.................................................................................           6
Section 3.6        No Other Representations or Warranties..................................................           6
 
                                                       ARTICLE IV
                                       COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
 
Section 4.1        Conduct of Business.....................................................................           6
Section 4.2        Other Potential Bidders.................................................................           8
Section 4.3        No Solicitation.........................................................................           9
 
                                                       ARTICLE V
                                                 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
Section 5.1        Fees and Expenses.......................................................................           9
Section 5.2        Reasonable Best Efforts.................................................................           9
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                <C>                                                                                       <C>
Section 5.3        Intentionally Omitted...................................................................          10
Section 5.4        Financing...............................................................................          10
Section 5.5        Artistic and ADI Indemnification........................................................          10
Section 5.6        Public Announcements....................................................................          12
Section 5.7        Sales and Transfer Taxes................................................................          12
Section 5.8        Access to Information...................................................................          12
Section 5.9        Risk of Loss............................................................................          13
Section 5.10       Bulk Transfer Laws......................................................................          13
Section 5.11       Transition Services Agreement, Etc......................................................          13
Section 5.12       Employee Relations and Benefits.........................................................          13
 
                                                       ARTICLE VI
                                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE ASSET PURCHASE
 
Section 6.1        Conditions to Each Party's Obligation to Effect the Asset Purchase......................          14
Section 6.2        Conditions to Obligation of Artistic to Effect the Asset Purchase.......................          15
Section 6.3        Conditions to Obligations of ADI to Effect the Asset Purchase...........................          15
 
                                                      ARTICLE VII
                                           TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
 
Section 7.1        Termination.............................................................................          16
Section 7.2        Effect of Termination...................................................................          17
Section 7.3        Certain Payments........................................................................          17
Section 7.4        Waiver..................................................................................          18
 
                                                      ARTICLE VIII
                                                 POST-CLOSING COVENANTS
 
Section 8.1        Access to Information...................................................................          18
 
                                                       ARTICLE IX
                                                   GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 9.1        Notices.................................................................................          19
Section 9.2        Interpretation..........................................................................          20
Section 9.3        Counterparts............................................................................          20
Section 9.4        Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries..........................................          20
Section 9.5        Governing Law...........................................................................          20
Section 9.6        Assignment..............................................................................          20
Section 9.7        Severability............................................................................          21
Section 9.8        Enforcement.............................................................................          21
Section 9.9        Defined Terms...........................................................................          21
Section 9.10       Consent to Jurisdiction.................................................................          21
 
Annex 1            Description of Assets and Liabilities
Annex 2            List of Assumed Contracts and Leased Property Lease Agreements
Annex 3            Description of Real Property
Annex 4            List of Assumed Liens
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                <C>                                                                                       <C>
Schedule 1.1       Assumed Balance Sheet Assets
Schedule 1.1A      Joint Assets
Schedule 1.1B      Excluded Assets
Schedule 1.3       Excluded Liabilities
Schedule 1.3A      Joint Balance Sheet Liabilities
Schedule 1.3B      Joint Employee Liabilities
Schedule 2.5       Proposal Letters
 
Exhibit A          Assumption Agreement
Exhibit B          Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit C          Advertising and Fulfillment Agreement
Exhibit D          Bill of Sale and Assignment
Exhibit E          Warranty Deed
Exhibit F          Trademark Assignment Agreement
Exhibit G          Limited Liability Company Agreement
Exhibit H          Promissory Note
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
    ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of December 21, 1997,
between ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation ("Artistic"),
and ARTISTIC DIRECT INCORPORATED, a privately-held New York corporation ("ADI").
 
    Thomas C. Wyckoff has formed ADI (an S election corporation) in order to
acquire certain assets and to assume certain liabilities described in Annex 1.
 
    Concurrently herewith, Artistic and MDC Communications Corporation, an
Ontario corporation ("MDC"), have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger
(the "Merger Agreement"), dated as of even date herewith, (the "Merger") of AGI
Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of MDC,
with and into Artistic.
 
    It is a condition to the Merger that the Asset Purchase (as defined below)
shall have been consummated.
 
    Prior to consummation of the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, Artistic shall sell to ADI certain assets, and assign to ADI
certain liabilities, of Artistic relating to its Personalized Product and
Catalog businesses (the "P&C Businesses"), including, without limitation, all
related intangible assets, going-concern value and goodwill, as well as the real
property (the "Real Property") and leased property (the "Leased Property") of
Artistic (collectively, the "Assets") (such transactions being referred to
herein as the "Asset Purchase").
 
    ADI, on the one hand, and Artistic, on the other, desires to make certain
representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the Asset Purchase
and to prescribe various conditions to the Asset Purchase.
 
    Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the representations,
warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
                                   ARTICLE I
                               THE ASSET PURCHASE
 
    Section 1.1  THE ASSET PURCHASE.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined in Section 1.4), ADI
shall purchase and acquire from Artistic, and Artistic shall convey, assign,
transfer and sell to ADI, all of Artistic's right, title and interest in and to
the Assets described in Annex 1, including the assets listed on the balance
sheet of Artistic as set forth on Schedule 1.1 (the "Assumed Balance Sheet
Assets"), and including the assets relating to both the P&C Businesses and the
businesses of Artistic other than the P&C Businesses as set forth on Schedule
1.1A (the "Joint Assets") to the extent the Joint Assets relate to the P&C
Businesses, with such additions, deletions and replacements as may have occurred
between the date hereof and the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.4) in the
ordinary course of business consistent with Section 4.1 or as the parties may
otherwise agree is necessary to make any corrections thereto (it being
understood that the Assets shall not include any assets, properties and other
rights relating to the check business of Artistic and those assets, properties
and other rights set forth in Schedule 1.1B (the "Excluded Assets")). At the
Closing, Artistic shall deliver to ADI such specific assignments, bills of sale,
endorsements, deeds and other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and
transfer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to ADI and Artistic and
their respective counsel, as shall be reasonably requested by ADI to effectively
vest in ADI title to all the Assets. Simultaneously with the delivery of such
instruments, Artistic shall transfer to ADI originals of all contracts,
agreements, commitments, books, records, files, certificates, licenses, permits,
plans and specifications and other data relating to and reasonably necessary for
the continued operation of the P&C Businesses.
 
    Section 1.2  PURCHASE PRICE.  In consideration of the transfer to ADI of the
Assets, ADI shall on the Closing Date (a) deliver to Artistic $9,000,000 (the
"Purchase Price") by wire transfer of immediately
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
available funds, into an account of Artistic designated to ADI at least two
Business Days prior to the Closing Date (provided that at the election of the
ADI, up to $250,000 of the Purchase Price may be satisfied by delivery to
Artistic of a Promissory Note substantially in the form of Exhibit H) and (b)
assume the Assumed Liabilities (as defined in Section 1.3). The Purchase Price
shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 1.8 and Section 5.5(e).
"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which banks are authorized to be closed in New York City or Toronto.
 
    Section 1.3  ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES.
 
    (a)  ASSUMED LIABILITIES.  In addition to payment of the Purchase Price, ADI
shall assume at the Closing, and subsequently in due course pay, honor and
discharge, (i) all the obligations, debts and liabilities of Artistic arising
out of or relating to the P&C Businesses or the Assets, (ii) the employment
related liabilities of Business Employees as set forth in Section 5.12, (iii)
all environmental liabilities of Artistic, (iv) the obligations, debts and
liabilities set forth on Annex 1, (v) contingent and unknown liabilities arising
out of or relating primarily to the P&C Businesses, the Real Property or the
Leased Property, accruing before, on or after the Closing Date (as defined in
Section 1.4), (vi) the liabilities listed on the balance sheet of Artistic to
the extent set forth on Annex 1(the "Assumed Balance Sheet Liabilities"), (vii)
liabilities which relate to both the P&C Businesses and the businesses of
Artistic other than the P&C Businesses (the "Joint Liabilities") to the extent
provided in Section 1.9 and as shall be set forth on Schedule 1.3A and (viii)
the allocable share of Joint Employee Liabilities set forth in Schedule 1.3B,
determined on the basis of FTE (full time employee) equivalents (collectively,
the "Assumed Liabilities"). Artistic shall retain and ADI shall not assume any
of Artistic's obligations, debts and liabilities set forth on Schedule 1.3 and
any other obligations, debts and liabilities other than the Assumed Liabilities
(the "Excluded Liabilities").
 
    (b)  THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS.  Any leases, rental agreements, insurance
policies, sales orders, insurance contracts, trust agreements, licenses,
agreements, permits, purchase orders, registered user agreements, commitments
and any and all other contracts or binding arrangements, whether written or
oral, express or implied, which are related to the P&C Businesses and the
Assets, including any entered into between the date hereof and the Closing in
the ordinary course of business, all of which shall be identified on Annex 2
except for contracts entered into between the date hereof and the Closing
(collectively, the "Assumed Contracts"), shall be assumed by ADI at the Closing
Date. To the extent that any Assumed Contract is not assignable without the
consent of another party, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or
an attempted assignment thereof if such assignment or attempted assignment would
constitute a breach thereof or of any other Assumed Contract. Artistic agrees to
use its reasonable efforts on or prior to the Closing Date to obtain the consent
of such other party to the assignment to ADI of any such Assumed Contract in all
cases in which such consent is required for such assignment. If such consent
cannot be so obtained on or prior to the Closing Date, Artistic agrees to
cooperate with ADI in any reasonable arrangement designed to provide for ADI the
benefits intended to be assigned to ADI under the relevant Assumed Contract,
including enforcement at the cost and for the account of ADI of any and all
rights of Artistic against the other party thereto arising out of the breach or
cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise (such Assumed Contracts
being the "Deferred Contracts"); provided that all losses, taxes or other items
generated by the relevant Deferred Contracts shall be for ADI's account;
provided further, that, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the
Schedules, Exhibits and Annexes hereto, Artistic shall not have any liability to
ADI arising out of such Deferred Contracts and ADI shall reimburse Artistic and
indemnify and hold Artistic harmless from all liabilities incurred or asserted
as a result of Artistic's post-Closing direct or indirect ownership of the
Deferred Contracts.
 
    (c)  ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT.  On the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.4),
ADI shall execute and deliver to Artistic the Assumption Agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
 
    Section 1.4  CLOSING.  The closing of the Asset Purchase (the "Closing")
shall take place in the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, 425 Lexington
Avenue, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m., local
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
time, on the second Business Day following the date on which all the conditions
to the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein set forth in Article
VI have been satisfied or waived, or such other time, date and place as ADI and
Artistic shall agree (such date being the "Closing Date").
 
    Section 1.5  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From and after the Closing Date, upon the
reasonable request of ADI, Artistic shall do, execute, acknowledge and deliver
all such further acts, assurances, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances
and other instruments and papers as may be reasonably required to sell, assign,
transfer, convey and deliver to and vest in ADI, and protect its right, title
and interest in and employment of, all the Assets intended to be sold, assigned,
transferred, conveyed and delivered to ADI pursuant to this Agreement
(including, with respect to any Assets that are licensed or leased to Artistic,
to cause, upon the request of ADI, the assignment of any such licenses or leases
(and any other maintenance, servicing or other agreement specifically relating
to any Asset) to ADI, the expenses of any such action to be borne equally by
Artistic and ADI, it being understood that until such assignment, ADI will
reimburse Artistic for charges and lease payments it makes after the Closing
Date (for periods after the Closing Date) in respect of such Assets under any
such licenses or leases), and as otherwise may be appropriate to carry out the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
    Section 1.6  FMV SCHEDULE.  Within 45 days after the Closing Date, ADI and
Artistic will determine the fair market value of the various classes of the
Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and the other rights and benefits conferred
hereunder and will set forth such fair market value upon an agreed schedule (the
"FMV Schedule"). The parties agree that the Purchase Price shall be allocated
for tax purposes among the Assets in a manner consistent with the FMV Schedule
and the provisions of Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code") and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The
allocation set forth on the FMV Schedule shall be made in good faith and arrived
at by arm's length negotiation, and each of the parties agrees that it will not
take, without the prior written consent of the other, any position on any
federal or state income or transfer tax return (including Form 8954, Asset
Acquisition Statement under Section 1060 of the Code) or before any governmental
agency, any position or make any allocation inconsistent with that set forth in
the FMV Schedule.
 
    Section 1.7  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LLC.  Immediately following the Closing
but prior to the Effective Time of the Merger (as defined in the Merger
Agreement), ADI and Artistic will enter into a Limited Liability Company
Agreement (the "Limited Liability Agreement") substantially in the form of
Exhibit G whereby ADI and Artistic shall contribute to a limited liability
company formed by the parties prior to the Closing Date, certain intellectual
property and other interests referred to on the schedules to the Limited
Liability Agreement, and also shall consummate the other transactions
contemplated by the Limited Liability Agreement (including the schedules
thereto).
 
    Section 1.8  PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENTS.  (a) Following the Closing, the
parties will in good faith determine the amount, if any, by which Artistic has
made capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment (other than routine
maintenance and servicing) in excess of $100,000 per calendar month during the
period from the date hereof through the Closing Date (provided that to the
extent that in any calendar month less than $100,000 is so expended, such
difference may be carried forward to future calendar months), the Purchase Price
will be increased by the amount of such excess expenditure (the "Excess"). Upon
final agreement of the parties as to the amount of the Excess, ADI shall deliver
a promissory note to Artistic in substantially the form of the Promissory Note
attached as Exhibit G with an issue price equal to the Excess.
 
    (b) At Closing, Artistic shall deliver to ADI the sum of (i) the positive
difference between (A) the Komer Severance Payment (as defined in Section 5.12
(j)) that would have been due Komer if the transactions contemplated by the
Merger Agreement had occurred prior to December 31, 1997, and (B) the Komer
Severance Payment payable at the time of the Merger and (ii) $333,333. Such
payments shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds, at
Closing, to an account designated by ADI
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
to Artistic at least two days prior to the Closing, and shall be considered an
adjustment to the Purchase Price.
 
    Section 1.9  ALLOCATION OF CERTAIN JOINT LIABILITIES.  During the period
from the date hereof through the Closing Date, ADI and Artistic shall endeavor
in good faith to allocate between Assumed Liabilities and Excluded Liabilities
the Joint Liabilities which otherwise have not been so allocated. If any Joint
Liability can not be so allocated by the parties, Artistic will be responsible
for 100% of such Joint Liability and ADI will pay to Artistic amounts necessary
to satisfy 55% of such Joint Liability (within five days of Artistic's
satisfaction of such liabilities).
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ADI
 
    ADI represents and warrants to Artistic as follows:
 
    Section 2.1  ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  ADI (i) is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
New York and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its
business as now being conducted and to own and operate the properties and assets
it now owns, and (ii) is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the
character of its business owned or held under lease or the nature of its
activities makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so
qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect on ADI or prevent or materially delay the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby. "Material Adverse Change" or "Material Adverse
Effect" means, when used with respect to ADI, Artistic or the P&C Businesses,
any change or effect that is or, is reasonably likely to be materially adverse
to the business, operations, assets, financial condition or results of
operations of ADI, Artistic or the P&C Businesses, as the case may be.
 
    Section 2.2  AUTHORITY.  ADI has all requisite power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement, the Bill of Sale and Assignment, the
Assumption Agreement and any other agreement contemplated hereby to which it is
a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate
the Asset Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby. The execution
and delivery by ADI of this Agreement and the consummation by ADI of the Asset
Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby have each been duly and
validly authorized by the Board of Directors of ADI and no other corporate
proceedings on the part of ADI are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to
consummate the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby. This
Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by ADI and, assuming
the valid authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Artistic,
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of ADI, enforceable against ADI
in accordance with its terms, except to the extent such enforceability may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
transfer or other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
the enforcement of creditors' rights and by the effect of general principles of
equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
equity or at law).
 
    Section 2.3  NO VIOLATIONS, ETC.  The execution and delivery of this
Agreement do not or will not, as the case may be, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the provisions hereof do
not or will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with
or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of
termination, cancelation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of a
material benefit under, or result in the creation of any lien, security
interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of ADI
under, any provision of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of ADI,
(ii) any loan or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or
other agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise or license applicable
to ADI, or (iii) any judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or
regulation applicable to ADI or any of its properties or assets, other than, in
the case of clauses (ii) or (iii), any such conflicts, violations, defaults,
losses, liens, security interests, charges or encumbrances that, individually or
in the aggregate,
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
would not have a Material Adverse Effect on ADI, materially impair the ability
of ADI to perform its obligations hereunder or prevent the consummation of any
of the transactions contemplated hereby. No filing or registration with, or
authorization, consent or approval of, any domestic (federal and state), foreign
or supranational court, commission, governmental body, regulatory agency,
authority or tribunal (a "Governmental Agency") is required by or with respect
to ADI in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by ADI or
is necessary for the consummation by ADI of the Asset Purchase, except for such
consents, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings, the
failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on ADI, materially impair the ability
of ADI to perform its obligations hereunder or prevent the consummation of the
transaction contemplated hereby.
 
    Section 2.4  BROKERS.  No broker, investment banker or other person is
entitled to any broker's, finder's or similar fee or commission in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements
made by or on behalf of ADI.
 
    Section 2.5.  FINANCING.  ADI has in hand binding proposal, commitment or
similar letters, which are currently in effect and true and correct copies of
which are attached hereto as Schedule 2.5, with a reputable financial
institution or institutions or Governmental Agencies to obtain, together with
commitments of equity and/or subordinated indebtedness (of no less than $1.25
million in the aggregate, excluding the $250,000 Promissory Note referred to in
Section 1.2 (the "Proposal Letters"), all funds necessary to enable ADI to
finance the Purchase Price and consummate this Agreement (the "Financing").
 
    Section 2.6.  NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES.  Except for the
representations and warranties contained in this Article II, neither ADI nor any
other person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on
behalf of ADI.
 
                                  ARTICLE III
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ARTISTIC
 
    Artistic represents and warrants to ADI as follows:
 
    Section 3.1  ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  Artistic (i) is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry
on its business as now being conducted and to own and operate the properties and
assets it now owns, and (ii) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do
business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of
its business owned or leased or the nature of its activities makes such
qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good
standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect on the P&C Businesses, or prevent or materially delay the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    Section 3.2  AUTHORITY.  Artistic has all requisite power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement, the Bill of Sale and Assignment, the
Assumption Agreement and any other agreement contemplated hereby to which it is
a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate
the Asset Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby. The execution
and delivery by Artistic of this Agreement and the consummation by Artistic of
the Asset Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby have each been
duly and validly authorized by the Board of Directors of Artistic (the "Board")
and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Artistic are necessary to
authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Asset Purchase and the other
transactions contemplated hereby (other than, with respect to the Merger and the
Asset Purchase, the receipt of the "Requisite Vote" (as defined in the Merger
Agreement)). This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by
Artistic and, assuming the valid authorization, execution and delivery of this
Agreement by ADI, constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Artistic,
enforceable against Artistic in accordance with its terms, except to the extent
such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and by the effect
of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
    Section 3.3  NO VIOLATIONS, ETC.  Subject to receipt of the Requisite Vote,
the execution and delivery of this Agreement do not or will not, as the case may
be, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance
with the provisions hereof do not or will not, conflict with, or result in any
violation of, or default (with or without notice of lapse of time, or both)
under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancelation or acceleration of
any obligation or to the loss of a material benefit under, or result in the
creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the
properties or assets of Artistic under, any provision of (i) the Certificate of
Incorporation or Bylaws of Artistic, (ii) any loan or credit agreement, note,
bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement, instrument, permit,
concession, franchise or license applicable to Artistic, or (iii) any judgment,
order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to
Artistic or any of its respective properties or assets, other than, in the case
of clauses (ii) or (iii), any such conflicts, violations, defaults, losses,
liens, security interests, charges or encumbrances that, individually or in the
aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, materially impair the
ability of Artistic to perform its obligations hereunder or prevent the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. Except for the
filings referred to in Section 3.03 and Schedule 3.03 to the Merger Agreement,
which are incorporated by reference herein, no filing or registration with, or
authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Agency is required by or
with respect to Artistic in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or the Merger Agreement by Artistic or is necessary for the
consummation by Artistic of the Merger, the Asset Purchase and the other
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for such consents, orders,
authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings, the failure of which to
be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect on Artistic, materially impair the ability of Artistic to perform
its obligations hereunder or thereunder or prevent the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
    Section 3.4  BOARD RECOMMENDATION.  The Board has approved and adopted this
Agreement, the Asset Purchase, the Merger and the other transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, determined that the
consideration to be received by the holders of shares of common stock of
Artistic pursuant to the Merger is fair to the holders of such shares and
recommended that the holders of such shares approve and adopt the Merger
Agreement, the Merger, the Asset Purchase and the other transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger Agreement.
 
    Section 3.5  BROKERS.  No broker, investment banker or other person is
entitled to any broker's, finder's or other similar fee or commission in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
arrangements made by or on behalf of Artistic.
 
    Section 3.6  NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES.  Except for the
representations and warranties contained in this Article III, neither Artistic
nor any other person makes any other express or implied representation or
warranty on behalf of Artistic.
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
                   COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
 
    Section 4.1  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  Prior to the Closing Date, Artistic shall
operate its business (including the P&C Businesses) in the ordinary course of
business and in all respects in accordance with Section 4.01 of the Merger
Agreement.
 
    Section 4.2  OTHER POTENTIAL BIDDERS.  Artistic, its affiliates and their
respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents shall
immediately cease any existing discussions or negotiations, if any, with any
parties conducted heretofore with respect to a transaction or series of
transactions involving the Assets and the Assumed Liabilities to be transferred
or assumed hereunder. Artistic, its affiliates and their respective officers,
directors, employees, representatives and agents, may, directly or indirectly,
furnish information and access, in each case only in response to unsolicited
requests therefor made after the date hereof, to any corporation, partnership,
person or other entity or group pursuant to confidentiality
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
agreements, and may participate in discussions and negotiate with such entity or
group concerning any transaction involving the Assets and the Assumed
Liabilities, if such entity or group has submitted a bona fide written proposal
to the Board relating to any such transaction and the Board by a majority vote
determines that such transaction would be on substantially the same basis as
this Agreement and would result in increased aggregate cash consideration being
available to the stockholders of Artistic. The Board shall notify ADI
immediately if any such proposal is made and shall in such notice indicate in
reasonable detail the identity of the offeror and the terms and conditions of
any proposal and shall keep ADI promptly advised of all material developments in
connection therewith. Except as set forth above, neither Artistic or any of its
affiliates, nor any of its or their respective officers, directors, employees,
representatives or agents shall, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit,
participate in or initiate discussions or negotiations with, or provide any
information to, any corporation, partnership, person or other entity or group
(other than ADI, any affiliate or associate of ADI or any designee of ADI)
concerning any transaction involving the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities.
Nothing in this Section 4.2 shall prohibit Artistic from complying with its
obligations under the Merger Agreement.
 
    Section 4.3  NO SOLICITATION.  Artistic agrees that it will not, from and
after the Closing through and including the fifth anniversary of the Closing
Date, without the prior written consent of ADI, directly or indirectly, solicit
the employment of any person who is at that time an employee, representative or
officer of the P&C Businesses and who was prior to the Closing an employee of
Artistic in connection with any of the P&C Businesses and whose compensation and
benefits were in excess of $50,000 per year; provided that in no event will this
provision limit Artistic in its normal advertising, posting or other general
employment opportunity communication activities.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
                             ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
    Section 5.1  FEES AND EXPENSES.  Whether or not the Closing occurs, all
costs and expenses (other than fees and expenses of financing sources) incurred
by Artistic in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
herein, shall be paid by Artistic, and all such costs and expenses (other than
fees and expenses of financing sources) of ADI shall be paid by Artistic at or
prior to Closing. Prior to the Closing or upon termination of this Agreement,
Artistic shall recharacterize the promissory notes, dated October 15, 1997 and
November 7, 1997, of ADI as an expense of Artistic.
 
    Section 5.2  REASONABLE BEST EFFORTS.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties shall use all
reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do,
or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other party in doing,
all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in
the most expeditious manner practicable, the Asset Purchase and the other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the prompt satisfaction of the
conditions hereto, including, without limitation, all required consents,
authorizations, orders, exemptions and approvals of any third parties,
including, without limitation, Governmental Agencies.
 
    Section 5.3  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.
 
    Section 5.4  FINANCING.  (a) ADI shall deliver to Artistic on or before the
date (which shall be no later than five Business Days after it has been cleared
by the Securities and Exchange Commission (it being understood that Artistic
will notify ADI of such clearance promptly)) (the "Mailing Date") on which the
Proxy Statement (as defined in the Merger Agreement) is scheduled to be mailed
to the stockholders of Artistic true and correct copies of each Proposal Letter
which shall be in full force and effect at such time.
 
    (b) In the event that all or any portion of the Financing provided for in
the Proposal Letters has become unavailable at or prior to the Mailing Date,
regardless of fault, ADI shall deliver to Artistic within
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
10 Business Days of the Mailing Date, proposal, commitment or similar letters
from others providing for the financing necessary for the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, on and subject to terms and conditions no less
favorable to ADI in the aggregate than provided for in the Proposal Letters.
 
    (c) During the period from the Mailing Date through the Closing Date, in the
event that all or any portion of the Financing provided for in the Proposal
Letters becomes unavailable, regardless of fault, ADI shall deliver to Artistic
within 30 days of the date that such financing became unavailable, proposal,
commitment or similar letters from others providing for the financing necessary
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, on and subject to
terms and conditions no less favorable to ADI in the aggregate than provided for
in the Proposal Letters. ADI shall keep Artistic promptly informed of all
material developments with respect to the Financing.
 
    (d) ADI intends that the terms and conditions of the Financing shall be no
less favorable taken as a whole than those previously set forth in the Proposal
Letters or any replacement letters. ADI shall use its best efforts to satisfy at
or before the Closing all conditions to the transactions constituting the
Financing and to its drawing down the cash proceeds thereunder.
 
    Section 5.5  INDEMNIFICATION.
 
    (a)  ARTISTIC INDEMNITY.  On and after the Closing Date, Artistic shall
indemnify and hold ADI and its affiliates harmless against and in respect of all
actions, claims, suits, demands, judgments, costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees of ADI) (collectively, "Damages") relating to (i) the
Excluded Liabilities, (ii) the ownership or operation of the Excluded Assets by
Artistic or any other person following the Closing Date, (iii) the Merger
(whether arising from a claim made by a stockholder of Artistic or otherwise)
(iv) the representation by Artistic regarding broker fees set forth in Section
3.5 or (v) the obligations of Artistic regarding AGI employees, including,
without limitation, employee benefit plans and employment liabilities, as set
forth in Section 5.12. The indemnification provided for in this Section 5.5(a)
shall terminate and be of no further force and effect two years from the Closing
Date. Artistic shall not be liable pursuant to this Section 5.5(a) for any
amounts which in the aggregate exceed $9,000,000.
 
    (b)  ADI INDEMNITY.  On and after the Closing Date, ADI shall indemnify and
hold Artistic and its affiliates harmless against and in respect of all Damages
relating to (i) the Assumed Liabilities, (ii) the ownership or operation of the
P&C Businesses or the Assets by ADI or any other person following the Closing
Date, (iii) the representation by ADI regarding broker's fees set forth in
Section 2.4, (iv) the Deferred Contracts to the extent provided in Section 1.3,
or (v) the obligations of ADI regarding AGI employees, including, without
limitation, employee benefit plans and employment liabilities, as set forth in
Section 5.12. ADI shall not be liable pursuant to this Section 5.5(b) for any
amounts, which in the aggregate exceed $9,000,000.
 
    (c)  INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES.  With respect to third-party claims, all
claims for indemnification by each of ADI or Artistic or their affiliates, as
the case may be (an "Indemnified Party") hereunder shall be asserted and
resolved as set forth in this Section 5.5. In the event that any written claim
or demand for which ADI or Artistic, as the case may be (an "Indemnifying
Party"), would be liable to any Indemnified Party hereunder is asserted against
or sought to be collected from any Indemnified Party by a third party (a "Third
Party Claim"), such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying
Party of such claim or demand and the amount or the estimated amount thereof to
the extent then feasible (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final
amount of such claim or demand) (the "Claim Notice"); provided that failure of
such Indemnified Party to give prompt notice as provided herein shall not
relieve the Indemnifying Party of any of its obligations hereunder, except to
the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure.
The Indemnifying Party shall have 20 days from the personal delivery or mailing
of the Claim Notice (the "Notice Period") to notify the Indemnified Party (a)
whether or not the Indemnifying Party disputes the liability of the Indemnifying
Party to the Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to such claim or demand
and (b) whether or not it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
such claim or demand. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Indemnified Party in defending such claim or demand shall be a liability of, and
shall be paid by, the Indemnifying Party. Except as hereinafter provided, in the
event that the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the
Notice Period that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such claim
or demand, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified
Party by appropriate proceedings, through counsel of its own choosing, subject
to the reasonable approval of such Indemnified Party, and shall have the sole
power to direct and control such defense. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume
the defense of a claim or demand, it shall not settle or compromise such claim
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, unless such
settlement or compromise includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by
the claimant of a release of the Indemnified Party from all liability with
respect to such claim or demand. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the
defense of a claim or demand, the fees of any separate counsel retained by the
Indemnified Party shall be borne by such Indemnified Party unless there exists a
conflict between them as to their respective legal defenses (other than one that
is of a monetary nature), in which case the Indemnified Party shall be entitled
to retain separate counsel, the reasonable fees and expenses of which shall be
reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party does not notify
the Indemnified Party within 20 days after the receipt of the Claim Notice that
it elects to undertake the defense thereof and acknowledges its obligation to
indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall have the
right to contest, settle or compromise the claim but shall not thereby waive any
right to indemnity therefor pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    (d)  NET AMOUNTS.  The amount of any indemnification payments made pursuant
to this Section 5.5 shall be computed net of any insurance proceeds received by
the Indemnified Party in connection with such payments. If the amount with
respect to which any claim is made under this Section 5.5 (an "Indemnity Claim")
gives rise to a currently realizable Tax Benefit (as defined below) to the party
making the claim, the indemnity payment shall be reduced by the amount of the
Tax Benefit available to the party making the claim. To the extent such
Indemnity Claim does not give rise to a currently realizable Tax Benefit, if the
amount with respect to which any Indemnity Claim is made gives rise to a
subsequently realized Tax Benefit to the party that made the claim, such party
shall refund to the Indemnifying Party the amount of such Tax Benefit when, as
and if realized. For the purposes of this Agreement, any subsequently realized
Tax Benefit shall be treated as though it were a reduction in the amount of the
initial Indemnity Claim, and the liabilities of the parties shall be
redetermined as though both occurred at or prior to the time of the indemnity
payment. For purposes of this Section 5.5(d), a "Tax Benefit" means an amount by
which the tax liability of the party (or group of corporations including the
party) is reduced (including, without limitation, by deduction, reduction of
income by virtue of increased tax basis or otherwise, entitlement to refund,
credit or otherwise) plus any related interest received from the relevant taxing
authority. Where a party has other losses, deductions, credits or items
available to it, the Tax Benefit from any losses, deductions, credits or items
relating to the Indemnity Claim shall be deemed to be realized proportionately
with any other losses, deductions, credits or items. For the purposes of this
Section 5.5(d), a Tax Benefit is "currently realizable" to the extent it can be
reasonably anticipated that such Tax Benefit will be realized in the current
taxable period or year or in any tax return with respect thereto (including
through a carryback to a prior taxable period) or in any taxable period or year
prior to the date of the Indemnity Claim. In the event that there should be a
determination disallowing the Tax Benefit, the Indemnifying Party shall be
liable to refund to the Indemnified Party the amount of any related reduction
previously allowed or payments previously made to the Indemnifying Party
pursuant to this Section 5.5(d). The amount of the refunded reduction or payment
shall be deemed a payment under this Section 5.5 and thus shall be paid subject
to any applicable reductions under this Section 5.5(d).
 
    (e)  ADJUSTMENT TO PURCHASE PRICE.  The parties agree that any
indemnification payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for
tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, unless otherwise required
by applicable law.
 
                                      II-9
<PAGE>
    (f)  MITIGATION.  Each Indemnified Party shall be obligated in connection
with any claim for indemnification under this Section 5.5 to use all
commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages upon and after becoming
aware of any event which could reasonably be expected to give rise to such
damages.
 
    (g)  NOTICE.  Whenever any claim for indemnification shall arise under
Section 5.5 other than a Third Party Claim (a "Claim"), the party seeking
indemnification (the "Indemnitee") shall notify in writing the party from which
indemnification is sought (the "Indemnitor") of the Claim within 60 days after
the Indemnitee becomes aware of the Claim's existence, with such notice to
contain the factual basis for the Claim and the amount or an estimate (if known
or reasonably determinable) of the liability that may arise therefrom, provided
that the failure to provide such notice shall not affect the Indemnitor's right
to indemnification hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnitor is
materially prejudiced by such failure.
 
    (h)  LIMITATION OF DAMAGES.  Neither party hereto nor any affiliate of
either of them shall be liable for any consequential, punitive or special
damages pursuant to this Agreement or any of the agreements contemplated hereby.
 
    (i)  SURVIVAL.  The indemnities provided in this Section 5.5 shall survive
the Closing.
 
    Section 5.6  PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS.  Before issuing any press release or
otherwise making any public statement with respect to the Asset Purchase or any
of the other transactions contemplated hereby, ADI and Artistic will consult
with, and obtain the consent of, each other (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld) as to the form and substance of such release or statement
and shall not issue any such release or make any such statement prior to
obtaining such consent, except as may be required by law or the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange
or national quotation system.
 
    Section 5.7  SALES AND TRANSFER TAXES.  Each of ADI and Artistic shall pay
one-half of any and all domestic and foreign sales, use, excise, documentary,
stamp duties, motor vehicle registration, value added and/or transfer or similar
taxes and filing or recording expenses or fees due with respect to the Asset
Purchase or otherwise required to be paid in connection with the transfer of the
Assets; provided that each party shall be responsible for any interest charge,
penalty or addition to tax applicable to it under applicable law with respect
thereto.
 
    Section 5.8  ACCESS TO INFORMATION.  (a) Artistic shall afford to ADI, and
to ADI's accountants, counsel, financial advisers and other representatives,
reasonable access during normal business hours and permit them to make such
inspections during normal business hours as they may reasonably require during
the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing Date to all
books, contracts, commitments and records relating to the P&C Businesses and the
Real Property and, during such period, Artistic shall furnish to ADI (i) access
to each report, schedule, registration statement and other document filed by
Artistic during such period pursuant to the requirements of federal or state
laws relating to the P&C Businesses and the Real Property and (ii) all other
information concerning the P&C Businesses and the Real Property as ADI may
reasonably request. Except as required by law, ADI will hold, and will cause its
affiliates, associates and representatives to hold, any non-public information
in confidence until such time as such information otherwise becomes publicly
available and shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that such
affiliates, associates and representatives do not disclose such information to
others without the prior written consent of Artistic. In the event of
termination of this Agreement for any reason, ADI shall promptly return or
destroy all non-public documents so obtained from Artistic and any copies made
of such documents for ADI. ADI shall not, and shall cause its affiliates,
associates and representatives not to, use any non-public information regarding
Artistic in any way detrimental to Artistic.
 
    (b) No investigation pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall affect any
representation or warranty in this Agreement of any party hereto or any
condition to the obligations of the parties hereto.
 
                                     II-10
<PAGE>
    Section 5.9  RISK OF LOSS.  All risk of loss to the Assets, including,
without limitation, the Real Property and Leased Assets, shall remain in
Artistic until the transfer of the Assets on the Closing Date. In the event of
any casualty or loss to the Assets prior to the Closing and ADI elects to
consummate this transaction, ADI may, at ADI's option, require Artistic at
Closing to assign by specific assignment to ADI all of its claims under and the
proceeds of any and all insurance policies (including proceeds received by
Artistic prior to Closing) as well as claims against any third parties relating
to such casualty or loss on the property subject thereto.
 
    Section 5.10  BULK TRANSFER LAWS.  Artistic shall comply with the provisions
of any so-called "bulk transfer" or similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction
concerning the Asset Purchase, and ADI shall reasonably cooperate with Artistic
in connection therewith.
 
    Section 5.11  TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT, ETC.  On the date hereof,
Artistic and ADI shall enter into each of a Transition Services Agreement (the
"Transition Services Agreement") and Advertising and Fulfillment Agreement (the
"Advertising and Fulfillment Agreement"), substantially in the form of Exhibit B
and C, respectively.
 
    Section 5.12  EMPLOYEE RELATIONS AND BENEFITS.
 
    (a)  BUSINESS EMPLOYEES.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Business
Employees" shall mean all employees of Artistic (other than Komer and Joseph
Calabro) as of the Closing Date.
 
    (b)  CONTINUITY OF EMPLOYMENT.  The parties hereto intend that there shall
be continuity of employment with respect to the Business Employees. ADI shall
offer employment, commencing on the Closing Date, to each Business Employee
(including those on vacation, layoff, leave, short-term or long-term disability
or other permitted absence of employment) with comparable compensation
(including salary, fringe benefits, job responsibility and location) as that
provided to such employees by Artistic prior to Closing. Nothing in this
Agreement, including this Section 5.12 (b) confers upon any person any right to
continued employment by Artistic or ADI as of and after the Closing Date.
 
    (c)  EMPLOYMENT LIABILITIES.  On and after the Closing Date, ADI shall be
responsible and liable for all liabilities and obligations (including under any
benefit plans) in connection with the employment before, on or after Closing (or
termination of employment) of the Business Employees hired by ADI including the
assumption of any employment agreements with respect to such Business Employees.
 
    (d)  SERVICE CREDIT.  With respect to the Business Employees hired by ADI,
ADI shall give credit for all service with Artistic for all purposes under the
401(k) plans assumed by ADI, but only to the same extent credit had been given
under the 401(k) plans assumed by ADI prior to the Closing Date.
 
    (e)  WELFARE PLANS.  With respect to any ADI plan that is a "welfare benefit
plan" (as defined in Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")), or would be a "welfare benefit plan", if such
plan were subject to ERISA, for the benefit of Business Employees on and after
the Closing Date, ADI shall (i) not exclude any Business Employee previously
covered by a similar welfare benefit plan maintained by Artistic from inclusion
in any such plan on the basis of any pre-existing condition limitations and (ii)
give effect, in determining any deductible and maximum out-of-pocket
limitations, to claims incurred and amounts paid by, and amounts reimbursed to,
its employees with respect to the welfare benefit plans as maintained by
Artistic immediately prior to Closing.
 
    (f)  401(K) PLANS.  With respect to any 401(k) benefit plan maintained by
Artistic for the benefit of the Business Employees or of former employees of
Artistic (collectively, the "401(k) Plans"), ADI shall assume all the rights,
obligations, duties and sponsorship of Artistic under the 401(k) Plans. Artistic
and ADI shall cooperate to amend all agreements and documents necessary to
permit ADI to assume all such rights, obligations, duties and sponsorship.
 
    (g)  ACCRUED VACATION.  With respect to any accrued but unused vacation time
to which any Business Employees hired by ADI are entitled, Artistic shall remain
responsible for payments to such Business
 
                                     II-11
<PAGE>
Employees relating to such accrued vacation time up through Closing, and ADI
shall assume responsibility for payments for any such accrued vacation time of
such Business Employees thereafter.
 
    (h)  BONUSES.  With respect to any compensation bonuses to which any
Business Employees hired by ADI are entitled, Artistic shall remain responsible
for such bonuses arising out of employment up through January 1, 1998, and ADI
shall assume responsibility for bonus payments arising out of employment of such
Business Employees thereafter.
 
    (i)  POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS.  To the extent that Business Employees hired
by ADI receive (or are eligible to receive) any Post-Retirement Benefits from
Artistic immediately prior to the Closing Date, such employees shall receive (or
be eligible to receive) the same Post-Retirement Benefits from ADI following
Closing to the same extent that Artistic would have been obligated therefor, and
on and after the Closing Date, no such Business Employee shall be eligible to
receive "Post-Retirement Benefits" from Artistic (including, but not limited to,
retiree medical benefits).
 
    (j)  SEVERANCE OF KOMER AND LIFE INSURANCE POLICY.  ADI shall assume the
obligation to pay the severance and other payments and reimbursement obligations
to which Komer is entitled under the Executive Employment Agreement between
Artistic and Komer dated August 3, 1993, (the "Komer Severance Payment"). With
respect to the life insurance policies referred to on Annex 2-G insuring
Artistic in the event of the death of Komer (the "Komer Policies"), ADI shall
acquire the right to receive payment under the Komer Policies in the amount of
their aggregate cash surrender value thereof (the "Artistic Cash Surrender Value
Payment"). In addition, Artistic shall make the payments to ADI at Closing as
set forth in Section 1.8(b).
 
    (k)  WARN ACT.  To the extent applicable to such party, each party shall
provide any required notice under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Notification Act ("WARN") and any other similar applicable law and to otherwise
comply with any such statute with respect to any "plant closing" or "mass
layoff" (as defined in WARN) or similar event affecting their respective
employees and occurring on or after Closing or arising as a result of the
transactions contemplated hereby.
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
                   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE ASSET PURCHASE
 
    Section 6.1  CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATION TO EFFECT THE ASSET
PURCHASE.  The respective obligations of each party to effect the Asset Purchase
are subject to the fulfillment or written waiver at or prior to the Closing Date
of the condition that no Governmental Entity or court of competent jurisdiction
shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, rule,
regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or other order (whether
temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is then in effect and has the effect
of prohibiting the Asset Purchase or any of the other transactions contemplated
hereby; provided that, in the case of any such decree, injunction or other
order, each of the parties shall have used reasonable best efforts to prevent
the entry of any such injunction or other order and to appeal as promptly as
practicable any decree, injunction or other order that may be entered.
 
    Section 6.2  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF ARTISTIC TO EFFECT THE ASSET
PURCHASE.  The obligation of Artistic to effect the Asset Purchase is subject to
the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following additional
conditions; provided that Artistic may waive in writing any of such conditions
in its sole discretion:
 
        (a)  PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  ADI
    shall have performed in all material respects each of its agreements
    contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or prior to the
    Closing, and each of the representations and warranties of ADI contained in
    this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date as if
    made on and as of such date.
 
                                     II-12
<PAGE>
        (b)  OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE.  ADI shall have furnished to Artistic a
    certificate, dated the Closing, signed by the appropriate officers of ADI,
    certifying to the effect that to their best knowledge, the conditions set
    forth in Section 6.2 (a) have been satisfied.
 
        (c)  DELIVERY OF PURCHASE PRICE.  ADI shall have made delivery of the
    Purchase Price as provided in Section 1.2 of this Agreement.
 
        (d)  ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT.  ADI shall have executed and delivered the
    Assumption Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit A, covering the
    Assumed Liabilities.
 
        (e)  MERGER AGREEMENT.  All conditions precedent to the consummation of
    the Merger (or any merger pursuant to any successor merger agreement) shall
    have been satisfied or waived and the parties thereto are ready, willing and
    able to consummate such transaction immediately after the consummation of
    the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    Section 6.3  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF ADI TO EFFECT THE ASSET
PURCHASE.  The obligation of ADI to effect the Asset Purchase is subject to the
fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following additional conditions,
provided that ADI may waive in writing any such conditions in its sole
discretion:
 
        (a)  PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS; REPRESENTATIONS AND
    WARRANTIES.  Artistic shall have performed in all material respects each of
    its agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or
    prior to the Closing and each of the representations and warranties of
    Artistic contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of
    the Closing as if made on and as of such date.
 
        (b)  OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE.  Artistic shall have furnished to ADI a
    certificate, dated the Closing, signed by the appropriate officers of
    Artistic, certifying to the best of their knowledge, the conditions set
    forth in Section 6.3 (a) have been satisfied.
 
        (c)  ABSENCE OF CHANGES.  There shall not have occurred any Material
    Adverse Change with respect to the P&C Businesses between the date hereof
    and the Closing Date.
 
        (d)  BILL OF SALE AND ASSIGNMENT.  Artistic shall have executed and
    delivered the Bill of Sale and Assignment, in the form attached hereto as
    Exhibit D, covering the Assets set forth on Annex 1 and the Assumed
    Contracts and Leased Property Lease Agreements set forth on Annex 2.
 
        (e)  WARRANTY DEED.  Artistic shall have executed and delivered the
    Warranty Deed covering the Real Property in the form attached hereto as
    Exhibit E (or such other form as may be required in the State of New York
    for a general warranty deed) relating to the Real Property.
 
        (f)  LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT.  Artistic shall have executed
    and delivered the Limited Liability Company Agreement, in the form attached
    as Exhibit G, conveying the trademarks and other intellectual property
    rights to be conveyed as described in the schedules thereto.
 
        (g)  TITLE INSURANCE.  ADI shall have obtained title commitments for
    title insurance on the Real Property.
 
        (h)  TITLES.  Artistic shall have endorsed and delivered the title
    certificates to the Assets described in Annex 1.
 
        (i)  TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT.  Artistic shall have executed and
    delivered the Trademark Assignment Agreement, in the form attached as
    Exhibit F, conveying the trademarks to be conveyed as described on Annex 1.
 
                                     II-13
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VII
                       TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
 
    Section 7.1  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time
prior to the Closing Date as follows:
 
        (a) by the mutual written consent of Artistic and ADI;
 
        (b) by Artistic or ADI if any court of competent jurisdiction in the
    United States or other United States governmental body shall have issued a
    final order, injunction, decree or ruling or taken any other final action
    restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions
    contemplated hereby, and such order, injunction, decree, ruling or other
    action is or shall have become nonappealable; provided that the right to
    terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall not be
    available to any party which has not used its reasonable best efforts to
    cause any such order, injunction, decree, ruling or other action to be
    lifted;
 
        (c) by either Artistic or ADI if the stockholders of Artistic fail to
    adopt and approve this Agreement and the Merger Agreement and the
    transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger Agreement at the
    special meeting contemplated by the Merger Agreement by the Requisite Vote;
 
        (d) by Artistic if a corporation, partnership, person or other entity or
    group shall have made a bona fide offer not solicited in violation of
    Section 4.2 that the Board by a majority vote determines in its good faith
    judgment and in the exercise of its fiduciary duties is more favorable to
    Artistic's stockholders than the transactions contemplated hereby; provided,
    however, that such termination under this clause shall not be effective
    until Artistic has made payment to ADI of the full fee and expense
    reimbursement required by Section 7.3;
 
        (e) by ADI, if (i) there shall have been a breach of any representation
    or warranty on the part of Artistic that is or will have a Material Adverse
    Effect on the P&C Businesses or which materially adversely affects the
    ability of Artistic to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or
    (ii) there shall have been a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part
    of Artistic which is or will result in a Material Adverse Effect on Artistic
    or the P&C Businesses or materially adversely affects the ability of
    Artistic to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, which shall not
    have been cured prior to the earlier of (A) 10 days following notice of such
    breach and (B) two Business Days prior to the Closing Date or (iii) the
    Board shall have withdrawn or modified in a manner adverse to ADI its
    approval or recommendation of this Agreement, or shall have adopted any
    resolution to effect the foregoing;
 
        (f) by Artistic if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
    representation or warranty on the part of ADI which materially adversely
    affects (or materially delays) the consummation of the transaction
    contemplated hereby or (ii) there shall have been a material breach of any
    covenant or agreement on the part of ADI and which materially adversely
    affects (or materially delays) the consummation of the transaction
    contemplated hereby which shall not have been cured prior to the earliest of
    (A) 10 days following notice of such breach and (B) two Business Days prior
    to the Closing Date; or
 
        (g) by Artistic or ADI if the Merger Agreement shall have been
    terminated unless Artistic shall have entered into another merger agreement
    substantially in the form of the Merger Agreement and approved by the Board
    of Directors of Artistic.
 
    Section 7.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  In the event of the termination and
abandonment of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1, this Agreement shall
forthwith become null and void and have no further force and effect, without any
liability on the part of any party hereto or its affiliates, directors, officers
or stockholders, other than the provisions of Sections 5.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 9.10,
and the third sentence
 
                                     II-14
<PAGE>
of Section 5.8 (a), all of which shall survive such termination. Nothing
contained in this Section 7.2 shall relieve any party from liability for any
material and willful breach of this Agreement.
 
    Section 7.3  CERTAIN PAYMENTS.  If:
 
        (i) ADI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(iii) hereof
    and, within 12 months thereafter Artistic enters into an agreement with
    respect to a Third Party Acquisition, or a Third Party Acquisition occurs,
    involving any party (or any affiliate thereof) (x) with whom Artistic (or
    its agents) had negotiations with a view to a Third Party Acquisition, (y)
    to whom Artistic (or its agents) furnished information with a view to a
    Third Party Acquisition or (z) who had submitted a proposal or expressed an
    interest in a Third Party Acquisition, in the case of each of clauses (x),
    (y) and (z) after the date hereof and prior to such termination; or
 
        (ii) ADI terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(iii), and
    within 18 months thereafter a Third Party Acquisition shall occur involving
    a consideration in excess of the Purchase Price; or
 
        (iii) Artistic terminates this Agreement pursuant to 7.1(d) hereof,
 
Artistic shall pay to ADI either prior to termination in the case of the event
described in clause (iii) above or within one Business Day following the
execution and delivery of such agreement or such occurrence or termination, as
the case may be, in the case of an event described in Section 7.3(i) or (ii),
$360,000 plus the unreimbursed, reasonable documented out-of-pocket third party
expenses of ADI incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement as liquidated damages immediately upon such termination (the
"Termination Fee"), in cash; provided, however, that Artistic in no event shall
be obligated to pay more than one such Termination Fee with respect to all such
agreements and occurrences.
 
    "Third Party Acquisition" means the acquisition by any person (which
includes a "person" as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or entity other than ADI of all or a material
portion of the Assets or the P&C Businesses.
 
    Section 7.4  WAIVER.  At any time prior the Closing Date, the parties hereto
may (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other
acts of the other parties hereto; (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered
pursuant hereto; and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or
conditions contained herein which may legally be waived. Any agreement on the
part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if
set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. The
failure of either party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not
constitute a waiver of such rights.
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             POST CLOSING COVENANTS
 
    Section 8.1 ACCESS TO INFORMATION.
 
    (a) Artistic agrees that it will (i) maintain the pre-closing financial
records of the P&C Businesses in the offices of Artistic in Baltimore, Maryland
following the Closing Date and (ii) permit ADI and its respective financial and
tax advisors access to such records during normal business hours on two-days'
prior written notice to Artistic, as set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.
 
                                     II-15
<PAGE>
    (b) If at any time it is necessary that a party be furnished with additional
information, documents or records relating to the Assets or the P&C Businesses
in order properly to prepare or support its tax returns or other documents or
reports required to be filed with governmental authorities or any securities
exchanges or otherwise for any purpose in connection with the performance or
discharge by the parties of their obligations hereunder, and such information,
documents or records are in the possession or control of another party, such
other party agrees to use all reasonable efforts to furnish or make available
such information, documents or records (or copies thereof).
 
    (c) Each party to this Agreement hereby agrees that it shall cooperate with
the other by executing and/or filing or causing to be executed and/or filed any
required documents (including any real property transfer tax returns required to
be filed with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any
forms or reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code, the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or any provisions of state or local
law) and by making available to the other, without limitation, all work papers,
records and notes of any kind, at all reasonable times, for the purpose of
allowing the appropriate party to complete tax returns, forms and reports,
respond to audits, obtain refunds, make any determination required under this
Agreement, verify issues and negotiate settlements with tax authorities or
defend or prosecute tax claims. In the case of income taxes relating to the P&C
Businesses, Artistic shall be exclusively responsible for handling the
compliance and audits for income taxes for periods prior to and including the
Closing Date and ADI shall be exclusively responsible for handling the
compliance and audits for income taxes for periods after the Closing Date.
 
                                   ARTICLE IX
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
    Section 9.1  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, sent by
overnight courier or telecopied (with a confirmatory copy sent by overnight
courier) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for
a party as shall be specified by like notice):
 
    (a) If to ADI, to:
 
        Artistic Direct Incorporated
      One Komer Center
      PO Box 1999
      Elmira, NY 14902
      Attention: Thomas C. Wyckoff
      Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
      Facsimile: (607) 733-5782
      Telephone: (607) 735-4555
 
        with copies to:
 
        Roberts, Sheridan & Kotel
      Tower 49
      12 East 49th Street
      New York, NY 10017
      Attention: Rory M. Deutsch, Esq., and
      Ira L. Kotel, Esq.
      Facsimile (212) 299-8686
      Telephone: (212) 299-8600
 
                                     II-16
<PAGE>
    (b) If to Artistic:
 
        Artistic Greetings Incorporated
      One Komer Center
      P.O. Box 1999
      Elmira, NY 14902
      Attention: Joseph A. Calabro
      Title: President
      Facsimile: (607) 733-5699
      Telephone: (607) 735-4508
 
        with copies to:
 
        Cahill Gordon & Reindel
      80 Pine Street
      New York, NY 10005-1702
      Attention: William B. Gannett, Esq.
      Facsimile: (212) 269-5420
      Telephone: (212) 701-3000
 
        and
 
        Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
      425 Lexington Avenue
      New York, NY 10017
      Attention: Marni I. Lerner, Esq., and Edward J. Chung, Esq.
      Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
      Telephone: (212) 455-2000.
 
    Section 9.2  INTERPRETATION.  When a reference is made in this Agreement of
a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated, and the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and
similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires. The table of
contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes
only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement. Whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in
this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without
limitation."
 
    Section 9.3  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become
effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties
and delivered to the other parties.
 
    Section 9.4  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This
Agreement, and the Transition Services Agreement, the Joint Marketing Services
Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Trademark Assignment Agreement and the
other agreements, documents and instruments referred to herein, (i) constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and (ii) are not intended to confer upon
any person (including, without limitation, any employees of Artistic) other than
the parties any rights or remedies hereunder; provided, however, that legal
counsel for the parties hereto may rely upon the representations and warranties
contained herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant to Sections 6.2 (b)
and 6.3 (b).
 
    Section 9.5  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of
the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of
laws thereof.
 
                                     II-17
<PAGE>
    Section 9.6  ASSIGNMENT.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by operation of law or
otherwise by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other
party in its sole and absolute discretion, and any such purported assignment
without the express prior written consent of the other party shall be void ab
initio. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon,
inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective
successors and assigns.
 
    Section 9.7  SEVERABILITY.  If any term or other provision of this Agreement
is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public
policy, all other conditions and provisions of this agreement shall nevertheless
remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of
the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially
adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision
is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties shall negotiate
in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect he original intent of the
parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the
transactions be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent
possible.
 
    Section 9.8  ENFORCEMENT.  The parties agree that if all the conditions set
forth in Article VI are satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date, and this
Agreement shall not have otherwise been terminated, and Artistic shall breach
its obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including,
without limitation, the provisions of Article I, that irreparable damages would
occur to ADI, that money damages would not be an adequate remedy at law, and,
accordingly, that ADI shall be entitled to specifically enforce the terms and
provisions of this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction in the
United States or any state thereof or any place that the Assets are located, in
addition to any other right or remedy to which it is entitled at law or in
equity. Artistic shall not assert, and hereby knowingly waives any defense in
any such action that money damages would be an adequate remedy at law.
 
    Section 9.9  DEFINED TERMS.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term:
 
        (a) "affiliate" of a person means a person that directly or indirectly,
    through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
    common control with, the first mentioned person; and
 
        (b) "person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, association,
    trust, unincorporated organization, other entity or group (as defined in
    Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act).
 
    Section 9.10  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  In the event that any legal
proceedings are commenced in any court with respect to any matter arising under
this Agreement, the parties hereto specifically consent and agree that the
courts of the State of New York and/or the Federal Courts located in the State
of New York shall have jurisdiction over each of the parties hereto and over the
subject matter of any such proceedings, and the venue of any such action shall
be in New York County, New York and/or the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York.
 
                                     II-18
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ADI and Artistic have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.
 
                                          ARTISTIC DIRECT INCORPORATED
 
                                          By: /s/ THOMAS C. WYCKOFF
 
                                          --------------------------------------
 
                                             Name: Thomas C. Wyckoff
 
                                             Title:  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
                                          PRESIDENT
 
                                          ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
 
                                          By: /s/ JOSEPH A. CALABRO
 
                                          --------------------------------------
 
                                             Name: Joseph A. Calabro
 
                                             Title:  PRESIDENT
 
                                     II-19
<PAGE>
                                                                       ANNEX III
 
    STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT dated as of December 21, 1997 among MDC
COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, an Ontario corporation ("PARENT"), and the
undersigned holders (each a "STOCKHOLDER" and, collectively, the "STOCKHOLDERS")
of shares of common stock, par value $.10 per share (the "COMMON STOCK"), of
ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY").
 
    WHEREAS, Parent, AGI Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly
owned subsidiary of Parent ("SUB"), and the Company, propose to enter into an
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be
amended or supplemented, the "MERGER AGREEMENT"; capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement)
providing for the merger of Sub with and into the Company (the "MERGER"), upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;
 
    WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the
Company and Artistic Direct Incorporated, a New York corporation ("ADI"),
propose to enter into an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof
(as the same may be amended or supplemented and together with any other asset
purchase agreement substantially in the form thereof and providing for the
payment of cash consideration of at least $9 million, the "ASSET PURCHASE
AGREEMENT") providing for ADI to purchase certain of the assets, and assume
certain of the liabilities, of the Company (the "ASSET PURCHASE");
 
    WHEREAS, each Stockholder owns the number of shares of Common Stock set
forth opposite its or his name on the signature page of this Agreement (such
shares of Common Stock, the "EXISTING SHARES" and, together with any other
shares of capital stock of the Company acquired by such Stockholder after the
date hereof and during the term of this Agreement, and other than 40,000 shares
of Common Stock which Mr. Komer has transferred, or may transfer, to one or more
charitable entities, being collectively referred to herein as the "SUBJECT
SHARES"); and
 
    WHEREAS, as a condition to its willingness to enter into the Merger
Agreement, Parent has requested that each Stockholder enter into this Agreement;
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, to induce Parent to enter into, and in consideration of its
entering into, the Merger Agreement, and in consideration of the premises and
the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, the parties
agree as follows:
 
    1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDER. Each Stockholder
hereby, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Parent as of the
date hereof in respect of himself or itself as follows:
 
        (a) AUTHORITY. The Stockholder has all requisite legal capacity, power
    and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the
    transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly authorized,
    executed and delivered by the Stockholder and constitutes a valid and
    binding obligation of the Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its
    terms. The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the
    terms hereof will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or
    default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under any
    provision of, any trust agreement, organizational documents, standstill
    agreement, loan or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease
    or other agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license,
    judgment, order, notice, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation
    applicable to the Stockholder or to the Stockholder's property or assets. If
    the Stockholder is married and the Stockholder's Subject Shares constitute
    community property or otherwise need spousal or other approval to be legal,
    valid and binding, this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
    delivered by, and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of, the
    Stockholder's spouse, enforceable against such spouse in accordance with its
    terms. No trust of which such Stockholder is a trustee requires the consent
    of any beneficiary to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or to the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
<PAGE>
        (b) THE SUBJECT SHARES. Such Stockholder is the record holder or
    beneficial owner of the number of the Existing Shares as is set forth
    opposite such Stockholder's name on the signature page hereto. On the date
    hereof, the Existing Shares set forth opposite such Stockholder's name on
    the signature page hereto constitute all of the outstanding shares of Common
    Stock owned of record or beneficially by such Stockholder. Such Stockholder
    does not have record or beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock
    not set forth on signature page hereto. Such Stockholder has sole power of
    disposition with respect to all of the Existing Shares set forth opposite
    such Stockholder's name on the signature page hereto and sole voting power
    with respect to the matters set forth in Section 6 hereof and sole power to
    demand dissenter's or appraisal rights, in each case with respect to all of
    the Existing Shares set forth opposite such Stockholder's name on the
    signature page hereto, with no restrictions on such rights, subject to
    applicable federal securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. Such
    Stockholder will have sole power of disposition with respect to Subject
    Shares other than Existing Shares, if any, which become beneficially owned
    by such Stockholder and will have sole voting power with respect to the
    matters set forth in Section 3 hereof and sole power to demand dissenter's
    or appraisal rights, in each case with respect to all Subject Shares other
    than Existing Shares, if any, which become beneficially owned by such
    Stockholder with no restrictions on such rights, subject to applicable
    federal securities laws and the terms of this Agreement.
 
        (c) Such Stockholder's Subject Shares and the certificates representing
    such Subject Shares are now and at all times during the term hereof will be
    held by such Stockholder, or by a nominee or custodian for the benefit of
    such Stockholder, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests,
    proxies, voting trusts or agreements, understandings or arrangements or any
    other encumbrances whatsoever, except for any such encumbrances or proxies
    arising hereunder.
 
        (d) No broker, investment banker, financial adviser or other person is
    entitled to any broker's, finder's, financial adviser's or other similar fee
    or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based
    upon arrangements made by or on behalf of such Stockholder in his or her
    capacity as such.
 
        (e) Such Stockholder understands and acknowledges that Parent and Sub
    are entering into the Merger Agreement in reliance upon such Stockholder's
    execution and delivery of this Agreement with Parent.
 
    2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT. Parent hereby represents and
warrants to each Stockholder that Parent has all requisite corporate power and
authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent, and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent. This
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and constitutes a valid
and binding obligation of Parent enforceable in accordance with its terms. The
execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the terms hereof will not,
conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice
or lapse of time or both) under any provision of, the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws of Parent, any trust agreement, loan or credit
agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement,
instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, notice,
decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Parent or to
Parent's property or assets.
 
    3. COVENANTS OF EACH STOCKHOLDER. From and after the date hereof and until
the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 8, each
Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees as follows:
 
        (a) At any meeting of stockholders of the Company called to vote upon
    the Merger, the Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase or the Asset Purchase
    Agreement or at any adjournment thereof or in any other circumstances upon
    which a vote, consent or other approval with respect to the Merger, the
    Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase or the Asset Purchase Agreement is
    sought, such Stockholder
 
                                     III-2
<PAGE>
    shall vote (or cause to be voted) the Subject Shares in favor of the Merger
    and the Asset Purchase, the adoption by the Company of the Merger Agreement
    and the Asset Purchase Agreement and the approval of the terms thereof and
    each of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the
    Asset Purchase Agreement.
 
        (b) At any meeting of stockholders of the Company or at any adjournment
    thereof or in any other circumstances upon which the Stockholder's vote,
    consent or other approval is sought, the Stockholder shall vote (or cause to
    be voted) the Subject Shares against (i) any merger agreement or merger
    (other than the Merger Agreement and the Merger), consolidation,
    combination, sale of a material amount of assets (other than the Asset
    Purchase Agreement and the Asset Purchase), reorganization,
    recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of or by the
    Company or any other takeover proposal (collectively, "TAKEOVER PROPOSAL"),
    (ii) any action or agreement that would result in a breach of any covenant,
    representation or warranty or any other obligation or agreement of the
    Company under the Merger Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement or this
    Agreement or (iii) (x) any material amendment of the Company's certificate
    of incorporation or by-laws, (y) any change in a majority of the persons who
    constitute the Board of Directors of the Company or (z) any other proposal
    or transaction involving the Company, which is intended or could reasonably
    be expected to impede, frustrate, prevent, delay or nullify (A) the ability
    of the Company to consummate the Merger or the Asset Purchase or (B) any of
    the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Asset Purchase
    Agreement or the Merger Agreement. The Stockholder further agrees not to
    commit or agree to take any action inconsistent with the foregoing.
 
        (c) Each Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees not to (i) offer
    to sell, sell, transfer, encumber, pledge, assign or otherwise dispose of
    (including by gift) (collectively, "TRANSFER"), or enter into any contract,
    option or other arrangement with respect to or consent to the Transfer of,
    the Subject Shares or any interest therein to any person other than pursuant
    to the terms of the Merger, (ii) except as contemplated hereby, grant any
    proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Subject Shares, deposit
    any Subject Shares into a voting trust or enter into any voting arrangement
    with respect to the Subject Shares, or any interest in the foregoing, except
    with Parent or Sub, (iii) take any action that would make any representation
    or warranty of such Stockholder contained herein untrue or incorrect or have
    the effect of preventing or disabling the Stockholder from performing such
    Stockholder's obligations under this Agreement or (iv) commit or agree to
    take any of the foregoing actions.
 
        (d) Each Stockholder hereby irrevocably waives any rights of appraisal
    or rights to dissent from the Merger that the Stockholder may have.
 
        (e) Each Stockholder agrees with, and covenants to, Parent that the
    Stockholder shall not request that the Company register the transfer
    (book-entry or otherwise) of any certificate or uncertificated interest
    representing any of the Subject Shares, unless such transfer is made in
    compliance with this Agreement. In the event of a stock dividend or
    distribution, or any change in the Common Stock by reason of any stock
    dividend or distribution, or any change in the Common Stock by reason of any
    stock dividend, split-up, recapitalization, combination, exchange of shares
    or the like, the term "Subject Shares" shall be deemed to refer to and
    include the Subject Shares as well as all such stock dividends and
    distributions and any shares into which or for which any or all of the
    Subject Shares may be changed or exchanged and the Purchase Price (as
    defined herein) shall be accordingly adjusted. Each Stockholder shall be
    entitled to receive any cash dividend paid by the Company during the term of
    this Agreement until the Subject Shares are cancelled in the Merger or
    purchased hereunder.
 
        (f) Each Stockholder, severally and not jointly, shall not, nor shall it
    authorize or permit any partner, officer, director or employee of, or any
    investment banker, attorney or other advisor or representative of, such
    Stockholder to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate or encourage
    the
 
                                     III-3
<PAGE>
    submission of any Takeover Proposal or (ii) participate in any discussions,
    conversations, negotiations or other communications regarding, or furnish to
    any person any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any
    way, assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage any effort or attempt
    by any other person or entity, to seek to do any of the foregoing or take
    any other action to facilitate any inquiries or the making of any proposal
    that constitutes, or is likely to lead to, any Takeover Proposal; provided,
    however, that the foregoing shall not restrict a Stockholder who is also a
    director of the Company from taking actions in such Stockholder's capacity
    as a director to the extent and in the circumstances permitted by Section
    4.02 of the Merger Agreement. Each Stockholder, in its capacity as such,
    will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing activities,
    discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted heretofore with
    respect to any of the foregoing.
 
        (g) THE STOCKHOLDER HEREBY GRANTS TO, AND APPOINTS SUB AND ANY DESIGNEE
    OF SUB, EACH OF THEM INDIVIDUALLY, STOCKHOLDER'S IRREVOCABLE (UNTIL THE
    TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT) PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT WITH FULL POWER OF
    SUBSTITUTION) TO VOTE THE SUBJECT SHARES OF STOCKHOLDER AS INDICATED IN
    SECTION 3(A) AND 3(B) ABOVE. THE STOCKHOLDER INTENDS THIS PROXY TO BE
    IRREVOCABLE (UNTIL THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT) AND COUPLED WITH AN
    INTEREST AND WILL TAKE SUCH FURTHER ACTION AND HEREBY REVOKES ANY PROXY
    PREVIOUSLY GRANTED BY STOCKHOLDER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER'S SUBJECT
    SHARES.
 
    4. FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS. If, after termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 7 hereof, Stockholder receives any cash or
non-cash consideration in respect of the Subject Shares in connection with a
Third Party Business Combination (as defined below) during the period commencing
on the date of such termination and ending on the first anniversary thereof (the
"SALE PERIOD"), Stockholder shall promptly pay over to Parent one half of the
excess, if any, of such consideration over the product of the Merger
Consideration and the number of Subject Shares with respect to which such
consideration is received by such Stockholder in connection with such Third
Party Business Combination (the "EXCESS CONSIDERATION"); PROVIDED that, (i) if
the consideration received by such Stockholder shall be securities listed on a
national securities exchange or traded on the NASDAQ National Market ("NASDAQ"),
the per share value of such consideration shall be equal to the closing price
per share listed on such national securities exchange or NASDAQ on the date such
transaction is consummated and (ii) if the consideration received by such
Stockholder shall be in a form other than securities, the per share value shall
be determined in good faith as of the date such transaction is consummated by
Parent and the Stockholders, or, if Parent and the Stockholders cannot reach
agreement, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm reasonably
acceptable to the parties. The term "THIRD PARTY BUSINESS COMBINATION" of the
Company means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) the Company is
acquired by merger or otherwise by any person or group, including Parent or any
affiliate thereof (a "THIRD PARTY"); (B) the Company enters into an agreement
with a Third Party which contemplates the acquisition of 20% or more of the
total assets of the Company; (C) the Company or Parent enters into a merger or
other agreement with a Third Party which contemplates the acquisition of more
than 20% of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock; or (D) a
Third Party acquires more than 20% of the total assets of the Company. If during
the Sale Period, any Stockholder Transfers his or its Subject Shares to any
other person (other than in connection with a Third Party Business Combination
described above) and such other person receives any consideration for any
Subject Shares in connection with a Third Party Business Combination within the
Sale Period, such Stockholder shall continue to be bound by the provisions of
this Section 4 with respect to the payment to Parent of the Excess Consideration
as if such Stockholder received such consideration for the Subject Shares in
such Third Party Business Combination.
 
    5. FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Stockholder will, from time to time, execute and
deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or further
consents, documents and other instruments as Parent
 
                                     III-4
<PAGE>
may reasonably request for the purpose of effectively carrying out the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
    6. ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or
obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties without the prior
written consent of the other parties, except that Parent may assign, in its sole
discretion, any or all of its rights, interests and obligations hereunder to any
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Subject to the preceding
sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
 
    7. TERMINATION. Except for Stockholder's obligations pursuant to Section 4,
this Agreement shall terminate, and no party shall have any rights or
obligations hereunder and this Agreement shall become null and void and have no
further effect upon the earliest of (a) the Effective Time, and (b) the date on
which the Merger Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.01 thereof.
Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve any party of liability for breach of
this Agreement.
 
    8. COSTS AND EXPENSES. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses.
 
    9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
 
        (a) AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be amended except by an
    instrument in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.
 
        (b) NOTICE. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
    writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or sent by
    overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) to Parent in accordance with
    Section 9.03 of the Merger Agreement and to each Stockholder at its or his
    set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or at such other address
    for a party as shall be specified by like notice).
 
        (c) INTERPRETATION. When a reference is made in this Agreement to
    Sections, such reference shall be to a Section to this Agreement unless
    otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for
    reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
    interpretation of this Agreement. Wherever the words "include", "includes"
    or "including" are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be
    followed by the words "without limitation".
 
        (d) SEVERABILITY. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is
    invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or
    public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall
    nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or
    legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in
    any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any
    term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced,
    the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so
    as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a
    mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated
    hereby may be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent
    possible.
 
        (e) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
    counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement,
    and shall become effective when one or more of the counterparts have been
    signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being
    understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.
 
        (f) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement
    (including the documents and instruments referred to herein) (i) constitutes
    the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings,
    both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter
    hereof and (ii) is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the
    parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.
 
                                     III-5
<PAGE>
        (g) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
    accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware regardless of the laws
    that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law
    thereof.
 
    10. STOCKHOLDER CAPACITY. No person executing this Agreement who is or
becomes during the term hereof a director or officer of the Company makes any
agreement or understanding herein in his capacity as such director or officer.
The Stockholder signs solely in his capacity as the record holder or beneficial
owner of, or the trustee of a trust whose beneficiaries are the beneficial
owners of, such Stockholder's Subject Shares and nothing herein shall limit or
affect any actions taken by a Stockholder in his capacity as an officer or
director of the Company to the extent specifically permitted by the Merger
Agreement.
 
    11. ENFORCEMENT. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in
the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is
accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or
injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically
the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of the United States
located in the State of Delaware or in a Delaware state court, this being in
addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In
addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit such party to the
personal jurisdiction of any Federal court located in the State of Delaware or
any Delaware state court in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement
or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that such party will
not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other
request for leave from any such court; (iii) agrees that such party will not
bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby in any court other than a Federal court sitting in the state of Delaware
or a Delaware state court and (iv) waives any right to trial by jury with
respect to any claim or proceeding related to or arising out of this Agreement
or any of the transactions contemplated hereby. All rights, powers and remedies
provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or
in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of any
thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of
any other such right, power or remedy by such party.
 
                                     III-6
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has caused this Agreement to be signed by its
officer thereunto duly authorized and each Stockholder has signed this
Agreement, all as of the date first written above.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                              MDC COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                                              By:        /s/ PETER LEWIS
                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                         Name:      Peter M. Lewis
                                                         Title:     EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
                                                                    CORPORATE DEVELOPMENT
 
Number of Subject Shares:                     STOCKHOLDER:
 
2,250,000                                     AMERICAN GREETINGS CORPORATION
 
                                              By:        /s/ MORRY WEISS
                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                         Name:      Morry Weiss
                                                         Title:     CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                                                    OFFICER
                                                         Address:   One American Road
                                                                    Cleveland, Ohio 44144
 
Number of Subject Shares:                     STOCKHOLDER:
 
411,786
                                                         /s/ STUART KOMER
                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                         Name:      Stuart Komer
                                                         Address:   850 Euclid Avenue
                                                                    Elmira, New York 14901
</TABLE>
 
                                     III-7
<PAGE>
                                                                        ANNEX IV
 
   
        , 1998
    
 
CONFIDENTIAL
 
The Special Committee of the Board of Directors
Artistic Greetings Incorporated
One Komer Center
Elmira, NY 14902
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    Artistic Greetings Incorporated (the "Company") has entered into an
Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Agreement") with AGI Acquisition Co.
("Newco") and MDC Communications Corp. ("Parent") dated December 21, 1997,
pursuant to which Newco shall be merged with and into the Company (the
"Merger"). At the Effective Time (as defined in the Agreement) of the Merger,
each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.10 per share of the Company
(the "Company Common Stock"), other than shares held in the Company's treasury,
will be converted into the right to receive $5.70 in cash (the "Merger
Consideration").
 
    You have asked us whether or not, in our opinion, the proposed Merger
Consideration to be received by the unaffiliated shareholders of the Company is
fair to the unaffiliated shareholders of the Company from a financial point of
view. For the purposes of this opinion, "unaffiliated shareholders" means all of
the shareholders of the Company other than American Greetings Corporation,
Stuart Komer, Morry Weiss and Thomas C. Wycoff.
 
    In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other things:
 
    (1) Reviewed the Company's Annual Reports, Forms 10-K and related financial
       information for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, the
       Company's Forms 10-Q and the related unaudited financial information for
       the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1997;
 
    (2) Reviewed certain information, including financial forecasts, relating to
       the business, earnings, cash flow, assets and prospects of the Company
       which were furnished to us by the Company;
 
    (3) Conducted discussions with members of senior management of the Company
       concerning its businesses and prospects;
 
    (4) Reviewed the historical market prices and trading activity for the
       Company Common Stock and compared them with that of certain other
       publicly traded companies which we deemed to be relevant;
 
    (5) Compared the results of operations of the Company with that of certain
       other companies which we deemed to be relevant;
 
    (6) Reviewed the Merger Consideration premium to the historical market
       prices of the Company Common Stock and compared them to historical
       transaction stock premiums paid by acquirors in transactions of similar
       value;
 
    (7) Reviewed the Agreement; and
 
    (8) Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and performed such
       other investigations and took into account such other matters as we
       deemed necessary, including our assessment of general economic, market
       and monetary conditions.
 
    In preparing our opinion, we have relied on the accuracy and completeness of
all information that was publicly available, supplied or otherwise communicated
to us by or on behalf of the Company, and we have not assumed any responsibility
to independently verify such information. With respect to the financial
<PAGE>
forecasts (the "Projections") examined by us, we have assumed, with your
consent, that they were reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best
available estimates and good faith judgments of the Company's management as to
the future performance of the Company at the time of such preparation.
PaineWebber Incorporated noted that the Projections provided by the Company's
management (i) for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997 were significantly
higher than the actual results for the twelve month period ended September 30,
1997; (ii) had been prepared approximately eight months prior to delivery of the
Opinion; and (iii) had not been updated since that time. We have not undertaken,
and have not been provided with, an independent evaluation or appraisal of the
assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Company and have assumed
that (i) the purchase method of accounting will be used, and (ii) all material
assets and liabilities (contingent or otherwise, known or unknown) of the
Company are as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.
 
    Our Opinion is directed to the Special Committee of the Board of Directors
of the Company and does not constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of
the Company as to how any such shareholder should vote on the Merger. This
opinion does not address the relative merits of the Merger and any other
transactions or business strategies that may have been discussed by the Special
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company as alternatives to the Merger
or the decision of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company to proceed with the Merger. In addition, we were not requested to, and
have not, expressed any opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of
view, of that sale of certain assets and liabilities of the non-check businesses
of the Company. Our opinion is based on economic, monetary and market conditions
on the date hereof.
 
    In rendering this opinion, we have only been engaged to act as an agent or
fiduciary of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
    In the ordinary course of its business, PainWebber Incorporated may trade
the securities of the Company and Parent for its own account and for the
accounts of customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or short
positions in such securities.
 
    PaineWebber Incorporated is currently acting as financial advisor to the
Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company in connection with
the Merger and will receive a fee in connection with rendering of this opinion
and upon the consummation of the Merger.
 
    On the basis of, and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that,
as of the date hereof, the proposed Merger Consideration to be received by the
unaffiliated shareholders of the Company pursuant to the Merger is fair to the
unaffiliated shareholders of the Company from a financial point of view.
 
    This opinion has been prepared at the request of and for the information of
the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company in connection
with the Merger and shall not be reproduced, summarized, described or referred
to, provided to any person or otherwise made public or used for any other
purpose without the prior written consent of PaineWebber Incorporated; provided,
however, that this letter may be reproduced in full in the Proxy Statement
relating to the Merger.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
 
                                      IV-2
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX V
 
                           TEXT OF SECTION 262 OF THE
                GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
 
SECTION 262, APPRAISAL RIGHTS.
 
    (a)  Any stockholder of a corporation of this State who holds shares of
stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to subsection (d) of this
section with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through
the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied
with subsection (d) of this section and who has neither voted in favor of the
merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing pursuant to Section 228
of this title shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of the
fair value of the stockholder's shares of stock under the circumstances
described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section. As used in this section,
the word "stockholder" means a holder of record of stock in a stock corporation
and also a member of record of a nonstock corporation; the words "stock" and
"share" mean and include what is ordinarily meant by those words and also
membership or membership interest of a member of a nonstock corporation; and the
words "depository receipt" mean a receipt or other instrument issued by a
depository representing an interest in one or more shares, or fractions thereof,
solely of stock of a corporation, which stock is deposited with the depository.
 
    (b)  Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or
series of stock of a constituent corporation in a merger or consolidation to be
effected pursuant to Section 251 (other than a merger effected pursuant to
Section 251(g) of this title), Section 252, Section 254, Section 257, Section
258, Section 263 or Section 264 of this title:
 
        (1)  Provided, however, that no appraisal rights under this section
    shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which
    stock, or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed
    to determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at
    the meeting of stockholders to act upon the agreement of merger or
    consolidation, were either (i) listed on a national securities exchange or
    designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation
    system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or (ii) held
    of record by more than 2,000 holders; and further provided that no appraisal
    rights shall be available for any shares of stock of the constituent
    corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its
    approval the vote of the stockholders of the surviving corporation as
    provided in subsection (f) of Section 251 of this title.
 
        (2)  Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this subsection, appraisal rights
    under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series
    of stock of a constituent corporation if the holders thereof are required by
    the terms of an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to Sections
    251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 and 264 of this title to accept for such stock
    anything except:
 
           a. Shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from
       such merger or consolidation, or depository receipts in respect thereof;
 
           b. Shares of stock of any other corporation, or depository receipts
       in respect thereof, which shares of stock (OR DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS IN
       RESPECT THEREOF) or depository receipts at the effective date of the
       merger or consolidation will be either listed on a national securities
       exchange or designated as a national market system security on an
       interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities
       Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000 holders;
 
           c. Cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository
       receipts described in the foregoing subparagraphs a. and b. of this
       paragraph; or
 
           d. Any combination of the shares of stock, depository receipts and
       cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts
       described in the foregoing subparagraphs a., b. and c. of this paragraph.
<PAGE>
        (3)  In the event all of the stock of a subsidiary Delaware corporation
    party to a merger effected under Section 253 of this title is not owned by
    the parent corporation immediately prior to the merger, appraisal rights
    shall be available for the shares of the subsidiary Delaware corporation.
 
    (c) Any corporation may provide in its certificate of incorporation that
appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any
class or series of its stock as a result of an amendment to its certificate of
incorporation, any merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a
constituent corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of
the corporation. If the certificate of incorporation contains such a provision,
the procedures of this section, including those set forth in subsections (d) and
(e) of this section, shall apply as nearly as is practicable.
 
    (d) Appraisal rights shall be perfected as follows:
 
        (1)  If a proposed merger or consolidation for which appraisal rights
    are provided under this section is to be submitted for approval at a meeting
    of stockholders, the corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the
    meeting, shall notify each of its stockholders who was such on the record
    date for such meeting with respect to shares for which appraisal rights are
    available pursuant to subsections (b) or (c) hereof that appraisal rights
    are available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporations,
    and shall include in such notice a copy of this section. Each stockholder
    electing to demand the appraisal of his shares shall deliver to the
    corporation, before the taking of the vote on the merger or consolidation, a
    written demand for appraisal of his shares. Such demand will be sufficient
    if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder
    and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of his
    shares. A proxy or vote against the merger or consolidation shall not
    constitute such a demand. A stockholder electing to take such action must do
    so by a separate written demand as herein provided. Within 10 days after the
    effective date of such merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting
    corporation shall notify each stockholder of each constituent corporation
    who has complied with this subsection and has not voted in favor of or
    consented to the merger or consolidation of the date that the merger or
    consolidation has become effective; or
 
        (2)  If the merger or consolidation was approved pursuant to Section 228
    or Section 253 of this title, each constituent corporation, either before
    the effective date of the merger or consolidation or within ten days
    thereafter, shall notify each of the holders of any class or series of stock
    of such constituent corporation who are entitled to appraisal rights of the
    approval of the merger or consolidation and that appraisal rights are
    available for any or all shares of such class or series of stock of such
    constituent corporation, and shall include in such notice a copy of this
    section; provided that, if the notice is given on or after the effective
    date of the merger or consolidation, such notice shall be given by the
    surviving or resulting corporation to all such holders of any class or
    series of stock of a constituent corporation that are entitled to appraisal
    rights. Such notice may, and, if given on or after the effective date of the
    merger or consolidation, shall, also notify such stockholders of the
    effective date of the merger or consolidation. Any stockholder entitled to
    appraisal rights may, within 20 days after the date of mailing of such
    notice, demand in writing from the surviving or resulting corporation the
    appraisal of such holder's shares. Such demand will be sufficient if it
    reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder and
    that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of such
    holder's shares. If such notice did not notify stockholders of the effective
    date of the merger or consolidation, either (i) each such constituent
    corporation shall send a second notice before the effective date of the
    merger or consolidation notifying each of the holders of any class or series
    of stock of such constituent corporation that are entitled to appraisal
    rights of the effective date of the merger or consolidation or (ii) the
    surviving or resulting corporation shall send such a second notice to all
    such holders on or within 10 days after such effective date; provided,
    however, that if such second notice is sent more than 20 days following the
    sending of the first notice, such second notice need only be sent to each
    stockholder who is entitled to appraisal rights and who has demanded
    appraisal of such holder's shares in accordance with this subsection. An
    affidavit of the secretary or
 
                                      V-2
<PAGE>
    assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that is
    required to give either notice that such notice has been given shall, in the
    absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. For
    purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive either notice,
    each constituent corporation may fix, in advance, a record date that shall
    be not more than 10 days prior to the date the notice is given, provided
    that if the notice is given on or after the effective date of the merger or
    consolidation, the record date shall be such effective date. If no record
    date is fixed and the notice is given prior to the effective date, the
    record date shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day
    on which the notice is given.
 
    (e) Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation,
the surviving or resulting corporation or any stockholder who has complied with
subsections (a) and (d) hereof and who is otherwise entitled to appraisal
rights, may file a petition in the Court of Chancery demanding a determination
of the value of the stock of all such stockholders. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, at any time within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or
consolidation, any stockholder shall have the right to withdraw his demand for
appraisal and to accept the terms offered upon the merger or consolidation.
Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, any
stockholder who has complied with the requirements of subsections (a) and (d)
hereof, upon written request, shall be entitled to receive from the corporation
surviving the merger or resulting from the consolidation a statement setting
forth the aggregate number of shares not voted in favor of the merger or
consolidation and with respect to which demands for appraisal have been received
and the aggregate number of holders of such shares. Such written statement shall
be mailed to the stockholder within 10 days after his written request for such a
statement is received by the surviving or resulting corporation or within 10
days after expiration of the period for delivery of demands for appraisal under
subsection (d) hereof, whichever is later.
 
    (f) Upon the filing of any such petition by a stockholder, service of a copy
thereof shall be made upon the surviving or resulting corporation, which shall
within 20 days after such service file in the office of the Register in Chancery
in which the petition was filed a duly verified list containing the names and
addresses of all stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and
with whom agreements as to the value of their shares have not been reached by
the surviving or resulting corporation. If the petition shall be filed by the
surviving or resulting corporation, the petition shall be accompanied by such a
duly verified list. The Register in Chancery, if so ordered by the Court, shall
give notice of the time and place fixed for the hearing of such petition by
registered or certified mail to the surviving or resulting corporation and to
the stockholders shown on the list at the addresses therein stated. Such notice
shall also be given by 1 or more publications at least 1 week before the day of
the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation published in the City of
Wilmington, Delaware or such publication as the Court deems advisable. The forms
of the notices by mail and by publication shall be approved by the Court, and
the costs thereof shall be borne by the surviving or resulting corporation.
 
    (g) At the hearing on such petition, the Court shall determine the
stockholders who have complied with this section and who have become entitled to
appraisal rights. The Court may require the stockholders who have demanded an
appraisal for their shares and who hold stock represented by certificates to
submit their certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery for notation
thereon of the pendency of the appraisal proceedings; and if any stockholder
fails to comply with such direction, the Court may dismiss the proceedings as to
such stockholder.
 
    (h) After determining the stockholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court
shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any element
of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger or
consolidation, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid upon
the amount determined to be the fair value. In determining such fair value, the
Court shall take into account all relevant factors. In determining the fair rate
of interest, the Court may consider all relevant factors, including the rate of
interest which the surviving or resulting corporation would have had to pay to
borrow money during the pendency of the proceeding. Upon application by the
surviving or resulting corporation or by any stockholder entitled to participate
in the appraisal proceeding, the Court may, in its discretion,
 
                                      V-3
<PAGE>
permit discovery or other pretrial proceedings and may proceed to trial upon the
appraisal prior to the final determination of the stockholder entitled to an
appraisal. Any stockholder whose name appears on the list filed by the surviving
or resulting corporation pursuant to subsection (f) of this section and who has
submitted his certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery, if such is
required, may participate fully in all proceedings until it is finally
determined that he is not entitled to appraisal rights under this section.
 
    (i) The Court shall direct the payment of the fair value of the shares,
together with interest, if any, by the surviving or resulting corporation to the
stockholders entitled thereto. Interest may be simple or compound, as the Court
may direct. Payment shall be so made to each such stockholder, in the case of
holders of uncertificated stock forthwith, and the case of holders of shares
represented by certificates upon the surrender to the corporation of the
certificates representing such stock. The Court's decree may be enforced as
other decrees in the Court of Chancery may be enforced, whether such surviving
or resulting corporation be a corporation of this State or of any state.
 
    (j) The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the Court and taxed
upon the parties as the Court deems equitable in the circumstances. Upon
application of a stockholder, the Court may order all or a portion of the
expenses incurred by any stockholder in connection with the appraisal
proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and the
fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all
the shares entitled to an appraisal.
 
    (k) From and after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, no
stockholder who has demanded his appraisal rights as provided in subsection (d)
of this section shall be entitled to vote such stock for any purpose or to
receive payment of dividends or other distributions on the stock (except
dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date
which is prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation); provided,
however, that if no petition for an appraisal shall be filed within the time
provided in subsection (e) of this section, or if such stockholder shall deliver
to the surviving or resulting corporation a written withdrawal of his demand for
an appraisal and an acceptance of the merger or consolidation, either within 60
days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation as provided in
subsection (e) of this section or thereafter with the written approval of the
corporation, then the right of such stockholder to an appraisal shall cease.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no appraisal proceeding in the Court of Chancery
shall be dismissed as to any stockholder without the approval of the Court, and
such approval may be conditioned upon such terms as the Court deems just.
 
    (l) The shares of the surviving or resulting corporation to which the shares
of such objecting stockholders would have been converted had they assented to
the merger or consolidation shall have the status of authorized and unissued
shares of the surviving or resulting corporation.
 
                                      V-4
<PAGE>
   
                                                                        ANNEX VI
    
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
(MARK ONE)
 
  /X/    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
                                       OR
 
  / /    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-7513
 
                        ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
 
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                                      16-0909929
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
              or organization)
</TABLE>
 
                                ONE KOMER CENTER
                             ELMIRA, NEW YORK 14902
                                 (607) 733-5541
      (Address of principal executive offices, including telephone number)
 
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: none
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
                     COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.10 PER SHARE
                                (Title of Class)
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
/X/ Yes    / / No
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. /X/
 
    The aggregate market value of the Registrant's voting stock held by
non-affiliates was approximately $17,368,103 on March 2, 1998.
 
    As of March 2, 1998, the Registrant had 5,843,406 shares of its common stock
issued and outstanding.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.
 
    CERTAIN OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM 10-K, INCLUDING THE
DISCUSSION WHICH FOLLOWS IN THIS ITEM 1 OF THE COMPANY'S PLANS AND STRATEGIES
FOR ITS BUSINESS AND RELATED FINANCING AND THE MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ("MD&A") FOUND IN ITEM
7 OF THIS REPORT, CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FOR A DISCUSSION OF
IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, PLEASE CAREFULLY REVIEW THE DISCUSSION OF RISK
FACTORS CONTAINED IN THIS ITEM 1, AS WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS REPORT AND IN THE COMPANY'S PERIODIC REPORTS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE "SEC" OR "COMMISSION").
 
GENERAL
 
    Artistic Greetings Incorporated ("Artistic" or the "Company") sells, markets
and manufactures domestically a broad range of personalized products focused on
three core business lines (i) personalized bank checks ("Checks"), (ii) name and
address products ("Personalized Products") and (iii) gift items (some of which
are personalized), greeting cards, apparel and household consumable items
("Catalog Items"). The merchandise is sold via free standing newspaper inserts
("FSIs"), co-op mailing programs ("Co-ops" and, together with FSIs, "Mass
Media") and catalogs throughout the United States. The Company also generates
revenues from personalized product and catalog fulfillment services
("Fulfillment Services"), package insert programs ("PI Programs") and mailing
list rentals to other concerns ("List Rentals"). Additionally, the Company
conducts an advertising and sales campaign over the Internet where its
interactive, order-capable home page can be found at www.artisticgreetings.com.
The Company also markets certain of its merchandise internationally in countries
which include Canada, the United Kingdom (the "U.K.") and Australia.
 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    On January 26, 1998, the Company filed with the Commission a preliminary
Proxy Statement (the "Preliminary Proxy Statement") on Schedule 14A and a Rule
13e-3 Transaction Statement (the "Schedule 13E-3") relating to a proposed merger
and the asset sale by the Company. On March 13, 1998, the Company filed a
revised Proxy Statement (the "Revised Proxy Statement") and an amendment to the
Schedule 13E-3 (the "Amendment No. 1 to the Schedule 13E-3") whereby the
stockholders of the Company (the "Stockholders") are asked to vote upon the
following proposals, which have been unanimously approved by the Board of
Directors (the "Board").
 
        1.  Consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Merger Proposal") to approve
    and adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"),
    attached as Annex I to the Revised Proxy Statement, dated as of December 21,
    1997, among MDC Communications, an Ontario, Canada corporation ("MDC"), AGI
    Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC
    ("Newco"), and the Company, and to approve consummation of the merger of
    Newco with and into the Company (the "Merger"), pursuant to which (a) the
    Company will be the surviving corporation and will become a wholly-owned
    subsidiary of MDC and (b) each outstanding share of common stock, par value
    $0.10 per share (the "Shares"), of the Company (other than stock of the
    Company owned by the Company, MDC or any of their respective subsidiaries)
    will be converted into the right to receive $5.70 in cash (the "Merger
    Consideration"), without interest. Consummation of the transactions
    contemplated by the Merger Agreement is conditioned upon consummation of the
    Asset Sale described below.
 
        2.  Consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Asset Sale Proposal") to
    approve and adopt the Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Asset Purchase
    Agreement"), attached as Annex II to the Revised Proxy Statement, dated as
    of December 21, 1997, between Artistic Direct Incorporated, a New York
    corporation ("ADI"), and the Company, and to approve the sale (the "Asset
    Sale") of certain assets
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    relating to the Personalized Product and Catalog Businesses of the Company
    (the "P&C Businesses") for the consideration set forth therein and the
    assumption of certain liabilities relating to the P&C Businesses, on the
    terms and conditions more fully described therein. Consummation of the
    transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement is conditioned
    upon consummation of the Merger.
 
        3.  Consider a proposal to adjourn the Special Meeting if necessary to
    permit further solicitation of proxies in the event there are not sufficient
    votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve and adopt the Merger
    Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and to approve the Merger and the
    Asset Sale.
 
        4.  Transact such other business as may properly come before the Special
    Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
 
    In the event the Stockholders of the Company (i) vote in favor of the
proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and approve consummation of
the Merger but vote against the proposal to approve and adopt the Asset Purchase
Agreement and approve consummation of the Asset Sale or (ii) vote in favor of
the proposal to approve and adopt the Asset Purchase Agreement and approve
consummation of the Asset Sale but vote against the proposal to approve and
adopt the Merger Agreement and approve consummation of the Merger, neither
transaction will be consummated. Subject to certain conditions, holders of
approximately 45% of the Shares of the Company have agreed with MDC to vote
their Shares in favor of approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement, the
Merger, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Asset Sale.
 
    The items of business to be considered at the Special Meeting are more fully
described in the Proxy Statement. Details of the Merger Agreement, the Merger,
the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Asset Sale and other important information
concerning the Company appear in the Proxy Statement.
 
    For the reasons set forth in the Proxy Statement, the Board based upon the
unanimous recommendation of the two non-interested directors and of a special
committee of the Board, has approved the Merger Agreement and the Asset Purchase
Agreement and consummation of the Merger and the Asset Sale and has determined
that the Merger is fair and in the best interests of the Company and its
unaffiliated Stockholders and has recommended a vote by the Stockholders of the
Company for approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Asset Purchase
Agreement and approval of consummation of the Merger and the Asset Sale.
Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is
conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale.
 
MARKETING AND PROMOTION
 
    The Company's advertising efforts for its Checks and Personalized Products
are focused primarily on Mass Media. An exclusive agreement with Valassis
Communications, Inc. ("Valassis") provides the Company with a right of first
refusal to participate in Valassis FSI media publications distributed through
Sunday newspapers in approximately 55 million homes across the country at least
48 weeks each year (the "Advertising Agreement"). The Company considers this
exclusive access to its customers crucial to geographically and demographically
targeting, and profitably managing, its customer solicitation efforts. In
particular, the Advertising Agreement enables the Company to target its
advertising and measure response from customers in regions which have
historically produced the highest response rates for specific products, as well
as determine which regions are less suitable for the Company's solicitation
efforts.
 
    Since the early 1980's, Artistic has also participated in nationwide Co-op
mailing programs in order to enhance its domestic market penetration. Under
these programs, printed inserts advertising the Company's products are
distributed through the mail along with inserts of other participating
marketers. Additionally, the Company has been advertising in Co-op mailings in
Canada and Australia since 1993 and 1997, respectively, and PI Programs in the
U.K. since the late 1980's.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    The Company also distributes its catalog, The Personal
Touch-Registered Trademark-, through the mail and in the Company's PI Program.
The Personal Touch Catalog-Registered Trademark- is a digest-size catalog of low
to middle-priced consumer products that mails monthly, with four distinct
seasonally thematic merchandise groupings (Spring, Summer, Fall and Holiday).
More than 90% of the 400,000 Personal Touch Catalog-Registered Trademark-
customers who have purchased merchandise from the catalog in the last 12 months
are middle to upper income bracket (average income above $50,000), educated
females between 25 and 55 years old. The catalog features personalized and
decorative labels, stationery, greeting cards, gifts, apparel and creative
accessories. The three major product groupings sold in the catalog are: (i)
utilitarian paper, labels, home/office paper and productivity tools, (ii)
licensed character items and (iii) natural-decoratively themed items such as
flowers, angels and animals.
 
    The Company began to advertise its Checks on the World Wide Web in August
1994. The web pages have had the advantage of showing substantially all
available Artistic Check designs, and the Company has recently completed the
next step in an ongoing initiative to expand its Internet presence to include
Personalized Products, with an order-capable Internet server displaying a home
page at www.artisticgreetings.com.
 
CHECKS
 
    GENERAL.  Artistic Checks-Registered Trademark-, the Company's Check product
line, was initiated in August 1993 and was expanded in May 1995 through the
acquisition from Valassis of the assets of its direct-mail check operation, The
Valcheck Company (the "Valcheck Acquisition"), which, like the Company, had been
engaged in the direct-mail check distribution channel (the "Direct-Mail
Channel"). The Valcheck Acquisition added significantly to the Company's check
sales and added nearly one million names to its customer list. Check sales
represented 46% of the Company's 1997 net sales, compared with 44% and 39% in
1996 and 1995, respectively. Artistic subcontracts its check printing through an
arrangement with the John H. Harland Company ("Harland") at a
contractually-determined price per box of checks printed. For a further
description of this arrangement, see "Manufacturing--Checks."
 
    MARKETPLACE.  Management believes that the domestic market for personalized
bank checks in 1997 was approximately $2 billion in sales with checks being sold
through financial institutions (the "Bank Channel") representing 85% or $1.7
billion and the Direct-Mail Channel representing 15% or $300 million of the
total. The Company believes that the total market for checks in the United
States is growing at a 2% to 3% rate annually, which, management believes,
represents a diminishing per capita usage of checks as electronic banking and
debit card usage increases, offset by the growth in population of the United
States. The slow growth of the total check market does not, however, reflect
negatively on the Direct-Mail Channel which has seen growth rates averaging
10%-12% per year over the past five years, as consumers continue to recognize
the significant favorable price differential, convenience, variety of design and
high quality of checks offered through the Direct-Mail Channel.
 
    The Direct-Mail Channel is fragmented with a trend toward consolidation
similar to that evidenced over the past five to seven years in the Bank Channel,
where regional-check marketers and manufacturers took advantage of economies of
scale by merging with larger companies like Deluxe Corporation ("Deluxe"),
Harland and Clarke American ("Clarke American"). Management believes that the
high solicitation costs of new customers in the Direct-Mail Channel favors
established, direct-mail check purveyors like Artistic over the long-term. This
advantage results from the costs of acquiring new customers being financed by
higher-margin check reorders for which the Company incurs virtually no
advertising expense, thereby increasing profitability and supporting the ongoing
expense of advertising campaigns for first-time customers. The largest
direct-mail check producer in the Direct-Mail Channel is Current, Inc., owned by
Deluxe, with an estimated 40% share of the Direct-Mail Channel in 1997. The
Company believes that its sales are approaching those of its nearest size
competitor, Checks In The Mail, a subsidiary of Clarke-American, and that both
companies are vying for the number two position in the Direct-Mail Channel, with
another approximate 33% share of the Direct-Mail Channel between them in
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
1997. Management believes that the remaining share of the Direct-Mail Channel is
represented by numerous other smaller companies.
 
    STRATEGY.  In the Check business, management expects regular and predictable
growth to occur in initial customer orders as advertising continues at levels
similar to those experienced in 1997 and 1996, with higher growth in revenue
from the check-reorder stream as customers acquired previously return to
Artistic to replenish their check supplies at the Company's low-reorder prices.
 
    BUSINESS CHECKS.  The Company began a campaign in 1997 for the sale of
three-to-a-page business and desk checks ("Desk Checks") in its Mass Media
advertising vehicles. The Company believes that the sale of Desk Checks
represent 8% of the total check market and that such percentage will continue to
grow as consumers recognize Desk Checks as a convenient and efficient
alternative to the traditional pocket check.
 
PERSONALIZED PRODUCTS
 
    GENERAL.  Personalized Products consist primarily of labels, miniprinters,
stamps and other lower-price point items, personalized in high volume for
millions of the Company's customers. The shipment of these approximately 3
million units in 1997 has the additional benefit to the Company of providing
"ride-along" opportunities for the Company's own advertising material, including
its catalog, as well as the sale of the space in those packages to third parties
in the Company's PI Program. See "--PI Program." Personalized Products sales
represented 33% of the Company's 1997 net sales, compared with 37% and 45% in
1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
    Personalized Products include labels, pens, pencils, stationery, calling
cards, self-inking stampers, other stamps, memo pads, keychains, nameplates,
letter openers, hand embossers, luggage tags and greeting cards. The Company
also markets Personalized Products with images such as Looney Toons-TM- and Star
Trek-TM- licensed from Warner Brothers and Viacom Consumer Products,
respectively, among others.
 
    MARKETPLACE.  Management believes that the approximate domestic market size
for this segment in 1997 was approximately $250 million in sales. Artistic's
1997 sales of $34 million in this segment represented an approximate 13% market
share, making it a major competitor along with Current and Concepts Direct,
Inc., among others, in this category. Management believes that the Personalized
Products market has growth potential of approximately 3%-5% per annum, which
would tend to minimize the entrance of new participants. There exists severe
price competition in this product line as the customers' primary focus in their
purchase decision for these highly consumable products is price.
 
    Success in this segment is driven partially by the ability to utilize
existing printing technologies and Mass Media marketing techniques to access new
market segments, by leveraging database expertise and by targeting new customers
and repeat buyers. The Company has redesigned the management of its database
with the assistance of a third-party partner whose expertise and advice the
Company believes should enable it to more scientifically determine, among other
things, Artistic's "best" customers across its name lists and allow the Company
to cross-sell and more carefully deliver its product offerings to such proven
buyers. See "--List Rentals."
 
    STRATEGY.  In the P&C Businesses, management expects to maintain sales at
traditional levels in the United States, while continuing to test the
international marketplaces in such areas as the U.K. and Australia. The
Company's strategy is to attempt to replicate abroad its domestic success with
the Personalized Products line by focusing on new customers who do not have
readily available access to the simplicity and convenience of labels,
miniprinters and other Personalized Products, which the Company can manufacture
and ship quickly and efficiently. An added benefit of the international
marketplace is the Company's ability to introduce and market its Personalized
Products at higher price points than are available domestically, potentially
improving overall Company margins.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
CATALOG
 
    GENERAL.  More than ten years ago, the Company began a catalog solicitation
program as a tool to market the Company's Personalized Products and broaden the
number of products sold, as well as to attract a more upscale market with
higher-margin merchandise and to increase its mail-order customer base. The
Company distributes its catalog through direct mailings to its own customers, to
customers whose names are rented from mailing lists and by inclusion of its
catalog in each of the millions of boxes shipped in the Company's PI Programs
each year, as well as in orders shipped by other catalog and merchandise
mailers. In 1997 Artistic shipped more than 23 million catalogs and expects to
distribute 3% less in 1998. Catalog sales represented 18% of the Company's 1997
net sales, compared with 15% and 10% in 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
    MARKETPLACE.  Management believes that the direct mail, comparable Catalog
Items market has annual sales in excess of $800 million. With an approximate 2%
market share, the Company is a relatively small competitor and believes it has
significant growth opportunities in this market. Management believes that gift
and merchandise companies compete in three distinct demographic income segments:
low-middle; upper-middle; and upper. Artistic's PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-Registered Trademark- targets primarily upper-middle level income
customers, defined as those with household incomes higher than $50,000.
 
    STRATEGY.  In the Catalog Items business the Company is expecting sales
growth and improved margins from its newly refocused PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-Registered Trademark-. The Company has redesigned the layout of the
PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- and has refined its product
offerings to further appeal to its upper-middle income and primarily female
customers. The Company is furthering its plan to build the circulation and sales
performance of the PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- by
systematically accentuating the most successful products and eliminating those
evidencing the poorest performance. Concurrently, management has determined to
leverage its fixed expenses of this well-established franchise by offering to
provide marketing and manufacturing fulfillment services to other catalog
merchants--primarily in the nonprofit sector--where the economies of developing
new catalog programs are somewhat more favorable than in the "for-profit"
sector. For a further description of these efforts, see "Fulfillment
Services--HSUS."
 
    While the Check and Personalized Product businesses employ more aggressive
pricing to attract customers, the Catalog Items market relies more on the
novelty, variety and quality of merchandise to secure orders. Sales tend to be
more seasonal with a large percentage of sales occurring during the October
through December period. However, with the strategic development of the breadth
of product in the PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark- described above,
management expects to mitigate the historically cyclical nature of this
business.
 
FULFILLMENT SERVICES
 
    GENERAL.  The Company has a highly efficient, well-established marketing and
manufacturing infrastructure which it maintains to service its three core
business lines. This infrastructure is flexible, scaleable and lends itself to
providing additional capacity in a low-cost manner. The Company has contracted
to produce for Harland stampers and miniprinters ("Stamps") sold through
Harland's network of financial institutions (the "Harland Stamp Program") and
has completed the first year of a five-year arrangement with The Humane Society
of the United States ("HSUS") to market, merchandise and fulfill orders for its
HSUS catalog program (the "HSUS Catalog Program").
 
    HARLAND STAMP PROGRAM.  In furtherance of the Company's relationship with
Harland as described under "Manufacturing--Checks," Harland has contracted to
have the Company produce its requirements for "Slim Stamps" and for a high
percentage of Harland's requirements for the production of other Stamp products.
Harland receives orders for Stamps from its customers, processes the orders and
electronically transmits the personalized information directly to the Company's
manufacturing facility where the Stamps are produced and shipped, generally
within a twenty-four hour period. Although the revenue derived from
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
the Harland Stamp Program, which began in September of 1996, does not represent
a significant portion of the Company's sales, management believes that, because
of the success of the program, additional opportunities exist to produce more
Stamps and other products for Harland and other third parties.
 
    HSUS CATALOG PROGRAM.  The HSUS is an international, non-profit organization
devoted to the promotion, protection and the humane treatment of animals.
Artistic and the HSUS have agreed to a five-year program in which Artistic
provides its catalog expertise to create, design, merchandise and fulfill orders
in keeping with the mission-related activity of the HSUS. The Company is a
"turnkey" provider of these services to the HSUS. The services provided to the
HSUS have been developed with limited additional cost as the Company is
utilizing its existing capabilities for marketing, production and fulfillment of
its PERSONAL TOUCH CATALOG-Registered Trademark-.
 
PI PROGRAMS
 
    The Company's PI Program is an important element in the continuing
development of its ability to access, service and solicit orders from its
established customer base of over 7 million buyers. The PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- and other Artistic advertising material is
inserted in each package that is shipped to the Company's customers and provides
an inexpensive means of targeted solicitation to proven Artistic buyers that
results in favorable response rates. As the Company's customer base continues to
grow through general sales activity, the PI Program becomes a more powerful
marketing asset of the Company. The Company also derives revenue from the
marketing of the space in its outgoing packages to other direct-mail
participants for their advertising to "ride-along" with the Company's shipments.
 
LIST RENTALS
 
    Artistic has approximately 400,000 PERSONAL TOUCH
CATALOG-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- customers who have purchased Catalog Items from
the Company in the past 12 months, 3 million direct-to-consumer check customers,
and 3.5 million customers of other P&C Businesses advertised in Mass Media
(collectively, the "Artistic Names"). As of January 1, 1997, the Company
contracted with Brigar Computer Services, Inc. and Direct Marketing
Technologies, Inc. ("BDT") for the management and maintenance of the Artistic
Names. With support, training and advisement of the BDT consultants, Artistic
has been able to more effectively utilize its catalog database management,
statistical modeling and other file management techniques such as
recency-frequency-monetary file segmentation. As a result of the proven success
of sales through Artistic's in-house PI Program, management will continue to
focus on building package insert opportunities or the "back end," to leverage
the Artistic Names as that list continues to grow. Additionally, management is
focusing on cross-selling between the Artistic Names and the names of the
partners for whom it will conduct catalog fulfillment and other services. The
Company has also historically generated revenue from the rental and exchange of
the Artistic Names to and with other direct-mail companies. Management expects
that with its renewed focus on the maintenance of the Artistic Names, the
Company should derive additional revenue from such list rental activities as it
becomes easier to market the Artistic Names to other direct mailers who would
benefit from the characteristics of the Artistic customers represented by the
Artistic Names.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    In 1996 the Company began an extensive effort to overhaul its entire
information systems infrastructure following a full-scale review of the
Company's system capabilities. The study determined that the Company was
enduring substantive capacity and reliability problems with its proprietary
software and hardware. After the completion of the systems assessment in July of
1996, a strategic information systems plan was developed and a software package
systems selection made. The following improvements have been accomplished in
1997:
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    - Aging proprietary enterprise hardware was replaced with an open systems
      architecture relying on common HP 9000 hardware and the UNIX operating
      system, which has been networked with client/ server enterprise
      applications and PC based office automation tools.
 
    - Proprietary financial and inventory systems were replaced with Lawson
      Insight, a client/server based enterprise software package.
 
    - Existing PICK operating system-based order processing protocol was
      converted to run under the UNIX operating system on the new HP 9000
      hardware.
 
    - Use of stand-alone PC's was consolidated to a modern PC network running
      standard Microsoft Office tools with e-mail and on-line calendaring and
      scheduling systems for office automation.
 
    From this enterprise-wide effort, the Company experienced enhanced access to
financial and operational information for decision making and control in terms
of both order content and timeliness of production and delivery, as well as a
flexible information system architecture that can be easily scaled upward to
support growth of the Company's business.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    CATALOG ITEMS AND PERSONALIZED PRODUCTS.  The Company personalizes
approximately 90% of the products that it sells, while other items are
manufactured by outside vendors, "pick-packed and shipped" at Artistic Plaza or
"drop-shipped" directly from the vendor. The Company has completed renovation of
Artistic Plaza, a 142,000 square foot facility, which provides the necessary
space for all current manufacturing operations of the Company. Management
believes that housing all manufacturing under one roof has decreased the cost of
material movement and increased productivity through more efficient utilization
of its personnel.
 
    Manufacturing operations utilize some of the newest technology available for
production of the Company's products. Activities are monitored to provide
up-to-the-minute order tracking and training programs assure a qualified group
of employees. Quality assurance is maintained to provide the Company's customers
with the highest degree of accuracy of product received.
 
    The Company maintains a wide variety of paper inventory to meet the demand
for its customers' orders. The Company has been better able to plan its
inventory replenishment cycle which reduces the commitment of large amounts of
working capital to inventory. These improvements have been accomplished through
major programs such as supplier partnerships, replenishment, just-in-time
material management, consigned supply and inventory concepts, and strict quality
management practices. These approaches have resulted in reduced supply freight
costs and scrap costs, and more efficient reporting and tracking procedures and
controls. The warehouse operations utilize efficient storage location and
handling methods to ensure security of materials, reduced loss and damage, and
ease of movement. These concepts add to a more efficient and low-cost operation.
 
    CHECKS.  On August 29, 1996, the Company contracted with Harland for the
production of the Company's requirements for checks for a period of seven years
(the "Harland Contract"). All orders for Check products are received by the
Company, processed and electronically transferred to a Harland production
facility in Denver, Colorado. Harland imprints the customers' checks and ships
the orders directly from its facilities for a contractually determined price per
box. The Harland Contract is a valuable asset to the Company as it provides for
virtually unlimited check production capacity with no significant limitations or
capital expenditure requirements which would otherwise be associated with the
growth of the Check-product line. As a part of the Harland Contract, the Company
sold its check-production equipment to Harland at net book value resulting in no
gain or loss being recognized. The Company believes that its relationship with
Harland is positive.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    BACKLOG/POSTAGE.  The Company's backlog of orders is generally small in
relation to total sales and is not material to an understanding of the Company's
business. Additionally, rapid order fulfillment is one means by which the
Company can distinguish itself from its competition. Once a product is available
for shipment, the mode of transportation can be U.S. bulk mail, priority mail or
Federal Express. Because the Company is heavily involved in direct-mail
solicitations and shipping of orders, increases in U.S. Postal Service ("USPS")
rates affect its cost of doing business to a degree. Each time the USPS raises
postage rates, the Company evaluates the classes of postage affected, the rates
of increase and the potential impact on Company profits before it passes those
increases on to its customers. The Company ships 2% of its products through
private shipping providers such as Federal Express pursuant to contractual
arrangements. The cost of such shipping is, generally, passed on to the customer
and the Company is therefore not detrimentally affected by changes in price
structure under such contracts.
 
    DATA ENTRY/ORDER PROCESSING.  Over 6.9 million incoming orders were handled
in the Company's order processing department in 1997. Approximately 85% of the
Company's orders are received through the mail, with the remainder being
accepted via the telephones. The orders received through the mail are opened,
processed and batched for data entry usually within four hours of receipt from
the post office.
 
    Two data entry sites, one at Artistic Plaza and the other in Binghamton, New
York, key and verify each order. Networked computers utilizing post-relational
database technology, along with fully integrated scanning devices, assist data
entry clerks in the entry of personalized and other information related to each
order. The speed and accuracy consistently exhibited by this department
contributes to a high level of customer satisfaction, as well as the retention
and growth of repeat customers.
 
    THE CALL CENTER.  An increasing percentage of the Company's revenue is being
generated through its call center. In 1997, over 2.4 million telephone calls
were answered as compared to 3.2 million calls in 1996. Though the volume of
calls has decreased, the overall revenue from the phone center has increased.
This is a direct reflection of the reduction of customer service related phone
calls. With a base of over 12 million customers, along with a direct link to the
manufacturing floor, the customer service/call center representatives are able
to recall detailed order history, facilitating customer inquiries, reorders or
problem resolution. The use of cross-selling and "up-selling" techniques results
in the average order from the Company being 20-30% higher when placed over the
telephone versus when it is received through the mail.
 
    RAW MATERIALS.  The raw materials necessary for the Company's business are
principally paper, paper products and printing supplies. While increases in the
prices of these commodities affect the Company's cost of goods sold, such
increases likewise affect the Company's competition; thus, it is not uniquely
vulnerable to such changes. The Company historically has found the necessary
materials readily available in sufficient quantities.
 
    EMPLOYEES.  As of March 2, 1998, the Company had approximately 549
employees, including 477 hourly and 72 salaried workers. The Company maintains
strong employee relations which has helped to build a cohesive organization that
is focused, innovative and highly motivated. To enhance its workforce, Artistic
has established ongoing programs for employee training, safety and
communications. The Company believes its employee relations to be good. Artistic
has never experienced a work stoppage and its employees are not represented by a
labor union.
 
RISK FACTORS
 
    RECENT LOSSES; POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS.  Although the
Company has for many years experienced year-to-year revenue growth, it has
incurred net losses of $9.9 million and $.4 million in 1995 and 1994,
respectively, as well as a net loss in 1997 of $1.1 million. There can be no
assurance the Company will achieve profitability in the future.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    The Company's operating results have fluctuated in the past and may
fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are
outside of the Company's control, including general economic conditions,
specific economic conditions in the retail trade industry, the mix of products
sold, the cost and types of advertising through which they are sold, and prices
charged by suppliers, among others.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON EFFECTIVE INFORMATION SYSTEMS.  To complete orders, the
Company must record and process customer data quickly and accurately. While the
Company has significantly upgraded its management information system, there can
be no assurance that the new system will continue to deliver the full range of
data processing functionality demonstrated to date.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's success depends to a significant
degree upon the continued contributions of its core management team. While the
Company has employment agreements with three of its key executives, they still
have the ability to voluntarily terminate their employment with the Company at
any time, as do the Company's other executives and employees. Competition for
qualified personnel in the Company's segment of the industry is relatively
intense and, from time to time, there are a limited number of persons with
knowledge of, and experience in, particular sectors of the Company's business.
The Company's success also will depend on its ability to attract and retain
qualified management, marketing, technical and other executives and personnel.
The loss of the services of key personnel, or the inability to attract
additional qualified personnel, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations, development efforts and ability to expand.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting and
retaining such executives and personnel.
 
    POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  The market price of the Company's
Common Stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile. See the discussion
under Item 6 of this Report, "Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
Stockholder Matters." Factors such as variations in the Company's revenue,
earnings and cash flow, the difference between the Company's actual results and
the results expected by investors and analysts, and announcements of new product
offerings, marketing plans or price reductions by the Company or its competitors
could cause the market price of the Company's Common Stock to fluctuate.
 
    CONTROL BY PRESENT STOCKHOLDERS.  In the aggregate, Stuart Komer and
American Greetings Corporation ("AGC"), control approximately 45% of the
Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock. Accordingly, to the extent these
stockholders act together in the voting of their shares, they will have the
ability to determine the outcome of most matters put before the Company's
stockholders.
 
    NON-CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER AND/OR THE ASSET SALE.  The consummation of
the Merger and the Asset Sale require Stockholder consent. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in receiving such Stockholder
consent for the Merger and the Asset Sale at the Special Meeting. Further, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is
conditioned upon consummation of the Asset Sale and consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement is conditioned upon
consummation of the Merger. If the conditions to either of the Merger Agreement
or the Asset Purchase Agreement are not met, then it is probable that both the
Merger and the Asset Sale would not be consummated. If the Merger and Asset Sale
were not consummated, the Company, under the terms of the Merger Agreement and
the Asset Sale Agreement, would be responsible for substantial fees, expenses
and other costs in connection with the proposed transaction. The payment of such
amounts would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial
position of the Company.
 
    WAIVER OF COVENANTS UNDER REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.  In March 1996, the
Company obtained a line of credit with Marine Midland Bank ("Marine") (the
"Revolver"). The Revolver contains a number of financial and operating covenants
requiring, among other things, the maintenance of certain financial ratios,
including minimum net worth, leverage and working capital requirements. As of
March 20, 1998, the Company had requested and received from Marine a waiver (the
"Waiver") of the covenants pertaining to the minimum tangible net worth and the
cash flow ratio for the period ending December 31,
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
1997. If the Waiver had not been received, the Company would have been in
technical default of its obligation under the Revolver.
 
    GOING CONCERN MATTERS.  As described in note 17 of the accompanying Notes to
the Financial Statements, the Company incurred a net loss of $1,064 for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This factor, among others, may indicate that the
Company may be unable to continue as a going concern. The Company's continuation
as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash
flow to meet its obligations on a timely basis, to comply with the terms of the
Revolver, to obtain additional financing or refinancing as may be required, and
ultimately to obtain profitability. In light of the Company's projected earnings
and cash flow, management believes the Company has sufficient financial
resources to maintain its current level of operations. However, cash generated
from operations alone may not be sufficient to repay the Revolver in the event
of future covenant violations, which would give the lender the right to call the
obligation. There can be no assurance that the Company will not have covenant
violations in future periods. In addition, based on the projected earnings, it
is substantially likely that the Company will be in technical violation of the
minimum tangible net worth covenant for the first quarter of 1998. There can be
no assurance that the lender will not call the Revolver or if such obligation is
called, that the Company will be in a financial position to repay such
obligations in such event.
 
    SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF
1995  The statements contained herein which are not historical facts may
constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and are subject to the safe harbors created thereby.
These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including, but
not limited to, those discussed in this "Risk Factors" section.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
 
    Artistic's corporate headquarters is located at The Komer Center, 146 West
Water Street, Elmira, New York, approximately 240 miles northwest of New York
City. All of the Company's facilities are in good condition and have been
regularly maintained. The table below summarizes the Company's locations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FACILITY                                                OWNERSHIP    SQ. FT.                   USE
- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>        <C>
Artistic Plaza.......................................       Owned     142,000  Manufacturing
The Komer Center.....................................       Owned      49,000  Corporate Headquarters
110-112 North Main...................................       Owned      21,000  Retail Store/Human Resources
401-409 William......................................       Owned      30,000  Vacant
308 William..........................................       Owned      28,000  Leased to third party
1576 Lake Street.....................................       Owned     7 acres  Vacant Land (adjacent to Plaza)
Binghamton...........................................      Leased       3,500  Data Entry/Retail Store
</TABLE>
 
    Each of the Company's properties (except its leased facilities in
Binghamton) reside in an economic development zone within the City of Elmira and
are easily accessible to regional transportation centers. Artistic also leases
office space in Binghamton, New York, which is used as a data entry satellite
facility.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
    There were no material legal proceedings involving the Company pending at
December 31, 1997.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF STOCKHOLDERS.
 
    No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders during the
fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
      STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
 
    The following represents the range of quarterly high and low sales prices
for the Company's common stock for 1997 and 1996 as provided by the NASDAQ.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        1997                    1996
               ----------------------  ----------------------
<S>            <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
    QUARTER       HIGH         LOW       HIGH         LOW
- -------------     -----        ---     ---------      ---
          1             5       4 1/4  3               2 3/8
          2        5 3/16       3 7/8     4 1/16       2 3/4
          3        4 7/16       3 3/8      5 7/8       3 3/8
          4         5 3/8      4 7/16    5 15/16       4 1/4
</TABLE>
 
    On March 2, 1998, the closing price on the Company's common stock was $5.44
per share, as quoted by NASDAQ-NMS and published in The Wall Street Journal.
 
    The number of holders of record of the Company's common stock on March 2,
1998 was in excess of 539, as supplied by the Company's transfer agent.
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE YEAR
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                              1993       1994       1995       1996        1997
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales.................................................  $  78,442  $  91,121  $  97,042  $  98,911  $  101,499
Net income (loss).........................................      1,163       (426)    (9,952)     2,675      (1,064)
Per common share:
  Net income (loss).......................................       0.20      (0.07)     (1.57)      0.42       (0.17)
Cash flows from operations................................      2,697     (1,902)    (4,275)    11,500       1,655
 
AT YEAR END
 
Total assets..............................................  $  31,733  $  37,909  $  38,654  $  28,998  $   31,858
Current liabilities.......................................      9,198     16,852     16,998     12,915      15,041
Long-term debt............................................      1,848      1,559      9,593      1,069       5,285
Stockholders' equity......................................     20,295     19,308      9,548     12,288      11,249
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
  1997 VS. 1996
 
SALES
 
    In 1997, the Company's sales increased 2.6% to $101,499 compared to $98,911
in 1996, as it continued its efforts to develop its Check business, increase
volume in its Catalog business, and service new business from its HSUS
fulfillment program. Sales volume decreased in the Company's Personalized
Products business by an aggregate of 7.1% from $36,539 in 1996 to $33,957 in
1997. As in 1996, these reductions resulted from discontinuing marginally
profitable products and advertising initiatives. Check sales increased by 7.5%
from $43,217 in 1996 to $46,325 in 1997. This growth was primarily the result of
additional mass media circulation in the Fall. Catalog sales increased 15.0%
from $14,556 in 1996 to $16,733 in 1997, as more catalogs were produced and
mailed. This category also benefited from the inclusion of a larger mix of
higher priced items.
 
COST OF SALES
 
    The major components of cost of goods sold are materials, which consist
primarily of paper and gift items; direct labor; and manufacturing overhead.
 
    The cost of materials in 1997 increased 23.9% from $21,973 in 1996 to
$27,229 in 1997. Cost of catalog materials increased as a result of the HSUS
Catalog Program and the addition of new catalog items with higher material cost
than in 1996. In addition, the cost attributable to Checks increased year to
year as the increased variable costs to manufacture checks under the Harland
Agreement were recorded for the full year of 1997 as compared to only a quarter
year of such increased cost in 1996 when the Harland Agreement was initiated.
 
    Direct labor decreased 20.7% from $6,928 in 1996 to $5,496 in 1997, a
decrease of 1.4% as a component of sales. Despite higher overall sales volume,
factors including attention to improving manufacturing efficiencies and savings
realized from the subcontracting of the Company's Check production to Harland
for the entire year, resulted in less direct labor required for manufacturing.
 
    Manufacturing overhead increased 4.7% from $11,764 in 1996 to $12,313 in
1997, and such increase represented a .5% increase as a component of net sales
during that period. Manufacturing overhead represented by indirect labor
increased as the manufacturing support for quality and management infrastructure
were strengthened. Outside services and telephone expenses increased in 1997,
primarily as a result of an outsourcing agreement with The Product Line ("TPL")
for the overflow capacity of the Company's call center in the third and fourth
quarters. As a result of the costs of the program, the agreement with TPL was
terminated in accordance with its terms by the Company in January of 1998.
 
SELLING, ADVERTISING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  (SG&A)
 
    The three largest components of SG&A expenses are advertising, postage and
labor.
 
    Advertising expense remained relatively flat at $37,835 in 1997 compared to
$37,809 in 1996, indicating that the Company's advertising strategies were more
efficient in 1997 than in 1996. Personalized Products advertising decreased $476
from $18,193 in 1996 to $17,717 in 1997, as the Company withdrew from certain
programs as a result of higher costs of such programs. Catalog advertising was
increased $1,516 from $6,002 in 1996 to $7,518 in 1997 in an effort to pursue
higher-margin growth through
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
increased circulation and the initiation of an additional Christmas card catalog
program. International advertising decreased $508 from $929 in 1996 to $421 in
1997, as marginally profitable Canadian circulation was eliminated.
Additionally, expenses amortized by the Company in 1997 in connection with the
Advertising Agreement were $500 lower than in 1996 as a result of a reduction in
an annual required payment to Valassis under the Advertising Agreement.
 
    Postage and shipping expense in 1997 increased 8.1% from $8,876 in 1996 to
$9,594, which represents an approximate increase of .7% as a component of sales.
This increase resulted from the mailing of more catalogs and the shipment of
more catalog product in 1997, as well as from the shipment of a higher number of
check boxes which are heavier and more expensive to mail than Personalized
Products.
 
    Other administrative expense increased 13.9% from $7,797 in 1996 to $8,882
in 1997. This increase was primarily the result of expenses incurred in relation
to the Merger and the Asset Sale, as well as severance costs relating to a
management restructuring in 1997.
 
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
    The Company incurred other expense of $666 in 1997 compared to of $414 in
1996. Interest expense decreased to $380 in 1997 compared to $848 in 1996, which
represents a decrease of .5% as a component of sales. The decrease in interest
expense was due to minimal borrowing in the first half of the year. Under the
Company's revolving credit agreement with its bank (the "Revolver") and the
subsequent increase in borrowing beginning in June to fund payments to Valassis
of $2,500 and $2,000 for payment in exchange for the put to the Company by
Valassis of 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock and in connection with
the Advertising Agreement, respectively. The Company also recorded a charge of
$897 resulting from the writedown of fixed assets determined to be necessary
following a fixed-asset inventory.
 
TAX PROVISION
 
    The Company recorded a net tax expense of $253 in 1997 related to an
increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets recorded in the
prior year net of investment tax credits realized in 1997. The $317 tax benefit
recorded in 1996 was substantially the result of the recognition of tax assets
for which a valuation allowance was previously recorded. As the Company
demonstrated profitability through 1996, a portion of the net operating loss
carryforward was utilized. The tax benefit of this carryforward was not fully
recorded in 1995.
 
NET LOSS
 
    For reasons discussed above, the Company's 1997 net loss was $1,064 or $.17
per share, compared to 1996 net income of $2,675 or $.42 per share.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
  1996 VS. 1995
 
SALES
 
    In 1996, the Company's sales increased 1.9% to $98,911 compared to $97,042
in 1995. Sales volume decreased in the Personalized Product category by an
aggregate of 17.3%, from $44,196 in 1995 to $36,539 in 1996. These reductions
resulted from discontinuing marginally profitable products and advertising
initiatives. Check sales increased by 14.0% from $37,806 in 1995 to $43,217 in
1996. This growth was primarily the result of the full-year effect in 1996 of
the Valcheck Acquisition in 1995, combined with the growth of higher-margin
check reorders. Catalog sales increased by 49.4%, from $9,828 to $14,679, on
greater circulation and strong customer response to licensed products.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
COST OF SALES
 
    The major components of cost of goods sold are materials, which consist
primarily of paper and gift items; direct labor; and manufacturing overhead.
 
    The cost of materials in 1996 decreased 3.6% from $22,802 in 1995 to $21,973
in 1996. Lower sales volume in Personalized Products partially offset
volume-related increases in material costs for Checks and Catalogs. Costs of
materials for Personalized Products, Checks and Catalogs decreased as a result
of savings from additional management focus on manufacturing efficiencies in
these areas. Material costs decreased 1.3% as a component of sales between years
due to the effect of the Harland Agreement in the fourth quarter.
 
    Direct labor was down 19.4% from $8,595 in 1995 to $6,928 in 1996, a
decrease of 1.9% as a component of sales. Overall sales volume was higher, as
discussed above. More than offsetting this factor in the production areas,
however, was the effect of continued management attention to improving
manufacturing efficiencies, combined with increased subcontracting of Check
production to Harland, as discussed above. Labor to receive incoming orders was
higher resulting from the increased mix of Check reorders and Catalog volume, as
well as customer-service difficulties caused in late 1995 and early 1996, which
caused higher call volume.
 
    Manufacturing overhead increased 6.0% from $11,101 in 1995 to $11,764 in
1996, and such increase represented a .5% increase as a component of sales
during that period. Manufacturing overhead represented by indirect labor
increased as the manufacturing support and management infrastructure were
strengthened. Employee benefits expense increased in 1996 primarily as a result
of the prior conversion of long-term temporary personnel to full-time status in
the third quarter of 1995.
 
SELLING, ADVERTISING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  (SG&A)
 
    The three largest components of SG&A expenses are advertising, postage and
labor.
 
    Advertising expense decreased 22.8% from $48,978 in 1995 to $37,809 in 1996,
which represents a decrease of 12.3% as a component of sales. Personalized
Products advertising decreased $9,010 from 1995 as marginal programs were
reduced or eliminated. Catalog advertising increased $2,476 in an effort to
pursue higher-margin growth through increased circulation. Check advertising
decreased $4,705 due to a lower level of FSI circulation, mostly in the third
and fourth quarters of 1996 as compared to 1995, in an effort to achieve
targeted advertising with higher margin potential. An additional factor in Check
advertising which partially offset the lower FSI circulation was the increased
amortization expense, for all of 1996 as compared to the second half of 1995,
for annual payments related to the Advertising Agreement. Postage and shipping
expense in 1996 decreased 4.6% to $8,876 from $9,300 in 1995, which represents a
decrease of .6% as a component of sales. This decrease in postage and shipping
expense occurred despite higher production volumes and was attributable
primarily to a significant reduction in exchanges resulting from improved
product and process quality.
 
    Other administrative expense was reduced by 2.7% to $7,797 in 1996 from
$8,010 in 1995, representing a reduction of .4% as a component of sales. This
reduction is substantially the result of decreases in utilities and depreciation
partially offset by increases in expenses for consulting, legal and other
outside advisors to the Company.
 
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
    The Company incurred other expense of $414 in 1996 compared to expense of
$919 in 1995. Interest expense decreased to $536 in 1996 from $881 in 1995,
which represents a decrease of .4% as a component of sales. The decrease in
interest expense was due to reductions in both long- and short-term borrowing as
the Company applied its strong cash flow from operations to debt reduction.
Accruals for employee
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
incentive compensation and contributions to the Company profit-sharing plan were
$992 in 1996, as compared to zero in 1995.
 
TAX PROVISION
 
    The Company's effective tax benefit rate for 1995 was 21.4%. In 1995, the
Company was not able to recognize, in its tax provision, the full benefit for
its 1995 loss and credits generated. The Company's tax benefits were reduced
through the application of FAS 109. FAS 109 requires that the Company assess the
value of the deferred tax assets on its balance sheet. The Company was required
to establish a valuation allowance in 1995 for the deferred tax assets to reduce
the value of these assets to a level that was more likely than not to be
realized. The effect of recording a valuation allowance related to the Company's
1995 deferred tax assets was to reduce the 1995 tax benefit from the statutory
rate. The $317 tax benefit recorded in 1996 is substantially the result of the
recognition of tax assets for which a valuation allowance was previously
recorded. As the Company demonstrated profitability through 1996, a portion the
net operating loss carryforward was utilized. The tax benefit of this
carryforward was not fully recorded in 1995 due to the valuation allowance
described above. Additionally, based upon the 1996 profitability and the
profitability expected in the future, the Company has recorded benefits for the
remaining net operating loss and credit carryforwards.
 
NET INCOME
 
    For the reasons discussed above, the Company's 1996 net income was $2,675 or
$0.42 per share, compared to 1995's net loss of $9,952 or $1.57 per share.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company has historically met its cash requirements primarily from
operating activities. Although the Company's liquidity was decreased in 1997 by
the year's loss, the operating activities of the Company sufficiently provided
for the Company's cash-operating requirements.
 
    As described in Note 17 of the accompanying Notes to the Financial
Statements, the Company incurred a net loss of $1,064 for the year ended
December 31, 1997. This factor, among others, may indicate that the Company may
be unable to continue as a going concern. The Company's continuation as a going
concern is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet
its obligations on a timely basis, to comply with the terms of the Revolver, to
obtain additional financing or refinancing as may be required, and ultimately to
obtain profitability. In light of the Company's projected earnings and cash
flow, management believes the Company has sufficient financial resources to
maintain its current level of operations. However, cash generated from
operations alone may not be sufficient to repay the outstanding line of credit
in the event of future covenant violations, which would give the lender the
right to call the obligation. There can be no assurance that the Company will
not have covenant violations in future periods. In addition, based on the
projected earnings, it is substantially likely that the Company will violate the
minimum tangible net worth covenant for the first quarter of 1998. There can be
no assurance that the lender will not call the Revolver or if such obligation is
called, that the Company will be in a financial position to repay such
obligations in such event.
 
    The Company's balance sheet at year end reflected the impact of the year's
loss and of substantial payments made to Valassis as described in "Results of
Operations 1997 vs. 1996--Other."
 
    Working capital remained negative at December 31, 1997, the year's loss and
the reclassification of the outstanding balance on the Revolver from long term
debt to current liabilities serving to increase the working capital deficit to
$8,212 in 1997 from $2,830 in 1996. Marketable securities, cash and cash
equivalents were $2,021 at year end 1997 and $2,999 at year end 1996. A $2,500
payment was made to Valassis on June 30, 1997, upon the exercise of a put
option, in addition to a $2,000 contractual obligation also paid in June under
the Advertising Agreement. These payments, and the year's loss, were funded by
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
drawings of $4,349 under the Revolver and a reduction in marketable securities
of $1,039. Accounts receivable, which are generated principally from List Rental
and the sale of various direct mail services, increased by $1,091 on the success
of the Company's efforts to further develop these revenue sources. The increase
in inventories of $248 and prepaid advertising of $428 both reflect the
Company's commitment to grow it's Catalog business. Although inventory remained
consistent relative to sales, as evidenced by inventory turns remaining steady
at 20 days, an improvement in the Company's inventory management practice was
offset by an increase in higher-cost items associated with the Catalog business.
Similarly, the higher prepaid advertising costs at year end result from the
greater accumulation of costs associated with creating catalogs prior to
distribution.
 
    The Company had total availability under the Revolver of $6,500 as of year
end, which is subject to a borrowing base formula and certain other conditions.
As of March 18, 1998, the Company had $4,475 outstanding under the Revolver and,
based upon the borrowing base formula, had the entire remaining balance, or
$2,025, available to it thereunder. For additional information concerning the
terms of the Revolver, see Note 8 to the Notes to the Financial Statements
contained herein.
 
    Management believes that the operating activities of the Company, together
with the availability under the Revolver, will substantially support its cash
requirements for the next twelve months and that sufficient capital resources
are available to the Company to provide adequate liquidity overall. As of March
20, 1998, the Company had requested and received from Marine a waiver of the
covenants pertaining to the minimum tangible net worth and cash flow ratio of
the Company for the period ending December 31, 1997. If the waiver were
withdrawn or did not become effective, the company could be in default of its
obligation under the Revolver. Management is of the opinion that inflation will
not have a material effect on the operations of the Company.
 
    The Company has evaluated its information technology infrastructure to
ensure that computer systems and software will recognize and process the year
2000 and beyond with no effect on customers or disruptions to business
operations. The Company does not expect the cost of modifying its information
technology infrastructure for Year 2000 compliance to be material to its
financial condition or results of operations. The Company does not anticipate
any material disruption in its operations as a result of any failure by the
Company to be in compliance.
 
SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS
 
    On December 21, 1997, the Company entered into the Agreement and Plan of
Merger with MDC and Newco whereby Newco will merge with and into the Company,
pursuant to which the Company will be the surviving corporation and will become
a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC and each outstanding share of common stock, par
value $0.10 per share, of the Company (other than stock of par value $0.10 per
share, of the Company (other than stock of the Company owned by the Company, MDC
or any of their respective subsidiaries) will be converted into the right to
receive $5.70 in cash, without interest. Contemporaneously therewith and
pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 21, 1997, between the
Company and ADI, the Company will sell certain assets relating to the P&C
Businesses to ADI. For a further description of these agreements see
"Business--Subsequent Events."
 
    In 1996, the Company entered into the Harland Agreement under which Harland
agreed to manufacture and ship all Check orders received by the Company at a
contractually-determined price per box together with related shipping and
handling fees. The Harland Agreement is for an initial term of seven years and
provides the Company with access to virtually unlimited Check-production
capacity without the capital expenditure requirements or inventory costs that
the Company would otherwise have to incur in connection with the growth of its
check product line. The Harland Agreement provides that, in the event either
party wishes to terminate the Agreement, such party must provide one year's
notice of such intention to terminate prior to its effectiveness. The Harland
Agreement also provided for Harland's
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
purchase of the Company's Check-production equipment at net book value resulting
in no gain or loss being recognized.
 
    In 1995, the Company entered into the Advertising Agreement, under which, in
return for the payment of an annual fee to Valassis, the Company obtained an
exclusive right of first refusal to place its weekly newspaper FSI advertising
at competitive rates in all circulation in which Valassis has contracts for the
placement of such advertising. The Company has committed to pay $10 million over
the term of the Agreement which expires in May 2000. As of December 31, 1997,
the remaining commitment under the contract was $3,000, payable in installments
of $2,000 in May 1998 and the final installment of $1,000 due in May 1999.
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
       RISK.
 
    Not applicable.
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED:
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Artistic Greetings
Incorporated (a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 17 to the
financial statements, the Company experienced a net loss in 1997 and was in
technical default of certain financial convenants in connection with its line of
credit which have been waived by the lender as of December 31, 1997. These
factors among others may indicate that the Company may be unable to continue as
a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also
described in Note 17. The financial statements do not include any adjustments
that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
Rochester, New York
  February 20, 1998, except for
  the matter described in the
  last paragraph of Note 8,
  as to which the date is
  March 20, 1998
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          --------------------
                                                                                            1997       1996
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
                                                                                              (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                           THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                              SHARE DATA)
                                                    ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................................................  $     160  $      99
  Marketable securities:
    Trading, at market (cost $1,230 in 1997 and $2,699 in 1996).........................      1,403      2,881
    Available for sale, at market (cost $409 in 1997 and $11 in 1996)...................        458         19
  Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $271 and $112 in 1997 and
    1996, respectively).................................................................      2,343      1,252
  Income taxes receivable...............................................................        420     --
  Inventories...........................................................................      2,518      2,270
  Prepaid advertising...................................................................      3,492      3,064
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............................................        384        500
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total current assets..............................................................     11,178     10,085
 
Deferred advertising....................................................................      3,683      2,113
Property, plant and equipment, net......................................................     16,301     16,237
Cash surrender value of life insurance (net of policy loans of $0 and $127 in 1997 and
  1996, respectively)...................................................................        629        433
Other assets............................................................................         67        130
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total assets......................................................................  $  31,858  $  28,998
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt.....................................................  $   4,494  $     153
  Accounts payable, trade (includes checks-in-transit of $2,485 in 1997 and $243 in
    1996)...............................................................................     12,804      9,847
  Accrued liabilities...................................................................      1,521      2,351
  Customer advances.....................................................................        571        451
  Income taxes payable..................................................................     --            113
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total current liabilities.........................................................     19,390     12,915
 
Long-term debt..........................................................................        936      1,069
Other liabilities.......................................................................        283        383
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total liabilities.................................................................  $  20,609  $  14,367
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
Commitments and contingencies
Common stock, subject to put option--500,000 shares.....................................     --          2,343
Stockholders' Equity:
  Common stock, par value $0.10:
    Authorized:10,000,000 shares;
    Issued:6,538,520 shares in 1997 and 6,037,720 in 1996...............................        654        604
  Additional paid-in capital............................................................     11,055     11,042
  Unrealized gains on marketable securities held as available for sale, net of tax
    effect..............................................................................     --              1
  Retained earnings.....................................................................        462      1,526
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                             12,171     13,173
  Less: Treasury stock, at cost (695,356 and 200,356 shares in 1997 and 1996,
    respectively).......................................................................       (922)      (885)
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total stockholders' equity..........................................................     11,249     12,288
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..........................................  $  31,858  $  28,998
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                balance sheets.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------
                                                                               1997        1996        1995
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                       SHARE DATA)
NET SALES.................................................................  $  101,499  $   98,911  $   97,042
Cost of sales.............................................................      45,038      40,665      42,498
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
GROSS PROFIT..............................................................      56,461      58,246      54,544
Selling, advertising, general and administrative expenses.................      56,607      55,474      66,287
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
 
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS.............................................        (146)      2,772     (11,743)
Other income (expense):
  Interest and dividend income............................................          84         158         278
  Net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities.....................          32         (34)        230
  Net realized gains (losses) on marketable securities....................         340         328        (161)
  Loss on disposition of fixed assets.....................................        (897)     --          --
  Interest expense........................................................        (280)       (536)       (881)
  Other...................................................................          56        (330)       (385)
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES.........................................        (811)      2,358     (12,662)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes.................................         253        (317)     (2,710)
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
NET INCOME (LOSS).........................................................  $   (1,064) $    2,675  $   (9,952)
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Basic and diluted earnings per share......................................  $    (0.17) $     0.42  $    (1.57)
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding.............................................................   6,090,023   6,349,318   6,331,688
                                                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL
                                                  -----------------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED     TREASURY
                                                    SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL     EARNINGS       STOCK       OTHER
                                                  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994.......................   6,036,820   $     604    $  11,031    $   8,803    $    (945)  $    (185)
Exercise of stock options by employees..........         900      --                2       --           --          --
Stock grants to directors/employees.............      --          --               (5)      --                9      --
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable
  securities....................................      --          --           --           --           --             186
Net loss........................................      --          --           --           (9,952)      --          --
                                                  ----------       -----   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1995.......................   6,037,720         604       11,028       (1,149)        (936)          1
Stock grant to directors/employees..............      --          --               14       --               51      --
Net income......................................      --          --           --            2,675       --          --
                                                  ----------       -----   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1996.......................   6,037,720         604       11,042        1,526         (885)          1
Exercise of stock options by employees..........         800      --                3       --           --          --
Stock grant to directors/employees..............      --          --               10       --               13      --
Exercise of put option..........................     500,000          50       --           --              (50)     --
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable
  securities....................................      --          --           --           --           --              (1)
Net loss........................................      --          --           --           (1,064)      --          --
                                                  ----------       -----   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1997.......................   6,538,520   $     654    $  11,055    $     462    $    (922)  $  --
                                                  ----------       -----   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                    TOTAL
                                                  ---------
<S>                                               <C>
 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994.......................  $  19,308
Exercise of stock options by employees..........          2
Stock grants to directors/employees.............          4
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable
  securities....................................        186
Net loss........................................     (9,952)
                                                  ---------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1995.......................      9,548
Stock grant to directors/employees..............         65
Net income......................................      2,675
                                                  ---------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1996.......................     12,288
Exercise of stock options by employees..........          3
Stock grant to directors/employees..............         23
Exercise of put option..........................     --
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable
  securities....................................         (1)
Net loss........................................     (1,064)
                                                  ---------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1997.......................  $  11,249
                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -------------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                              SHARE DATA)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss).................................................................  $  (1,064) $   2,675  $  (9,952)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...................................................      2,118      2,379      2,544
  Loss on disposal of fixed assets................................................        897     --         --
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.................................................        159         (1)       113
  Net unrealized losses (gains) on trading securities.............................        (33)        40       (230)
  Net realized losses (gains) on marketable securities............................       (340)      (328)       161
  Purchase of trading securities..................................................     (2,278)    (4,891)    (1,922)
  Proceeds from sale of trading securities                                              3,938      4,858      1,268
  Amortization of interest grant..................................................       (100)    --         --
  Accretion of common stock subject to a put option...............................        157        311        157
  Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance..............................       (196)      (125)       (66)
  Decrease (increase) in assets:
      Trade receivables...........................................................     (1,250)       552       (360)
      Income taxes receivable.....................................................       (420)       900         14
      Inventories.................................................................       (248)     3,579        341
      Prepaid advertising, prepaid expenses and other.............................       (721)     3,058     (2,772)
      Deferred advertising........................................................     (1,570)     1,424      3,180
      Deferred income taxes.......................................................        472       (472)    --
  Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
      Checks-in-transit...........................................................      2,242     (1,195)       507
      Accounts payable, trade.....................................................        715     (2,951)     4,895
      Accrued liabilities.........................................................       (830)     1,360       (241)
      Customer advances...........................................................        120        214         54
      Deferred income taxes.......................................................     --         --         (1,966)
      Income taxes payable........................................................       (113)       113     --
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.....................      1,655     11,500     (4,275)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment.......................................     (3,079)    (5,388)    (6,101)
  Proceeds from sale of equipment.................................................     --          3,641     --
  Purchase of marketable securities...............................................       (498)    --         (1,595)
  Proceeds from sale of marketable securities.....................................        249     --          7,215
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
          Net cash used in investing activities...................................     (3,328)    (1,747)      (481)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from the line of credit................................................     31,304     20,349     40,757
  Repayment of borrowings from the line of credit.................................    (26,955)   (25,311)   (40,663)
  Proceeds from long-term debt....................................................     --         --          5,036
  Repayment of long-term debt.....................................................       (141)    (5,286)    --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock, treasury stock and options exercised....         26         65          6
  Payment for exercise of put options.............................................     (2,500)    --         --
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.....................      1,734    (10,183)     5,136
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
          Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................         61       (430)       380
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year....................................         99        529        149
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year..........................................  $     160  $      99  $     529
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid (received) during the year for:
  Interest........................................................................  $     208  $     527  $     735
  Income taxes, net of refunds received...........................................        314       (858)      (771)
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    The Company is engaged primarily in the direct-mail order marketing and sale
of personalized checks, personalized name and address products, stationery and
gift items, and performing services such as package insertion and mailing list
rental. Artistic sells its products through Sunday newspaper supplements,
magazines, co-operative mailings, direct mailings, its catalogs and through its
retail store. Sales are predominately to individuals throughout the United
States. Corporate headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in
Elmira, New York. Artistic processes its orders in several locations in Elmira
and the surrounding area.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers liquid investments with a maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents, which are reflected at their approximate fair
value.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost or
market, based upon the lower of replacement cost or estimated realizable value.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation and
amortization is provided principally by the straight-line method over the
following estimated useful lives of the assets:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Transportation equipment......................................       5 years
Furniture and fixtures........................................     5-7 years
Machinery and equipment.......................................    5-12 years
Buildings.....................................................   18-31 years
</TABLE>
 
    Betterments, renewals and extraordinary repairs that extend the life of the
assets are capitalized. Other repairs and maintenance are expensed. When sold,
the cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets retired are removed
from the accounts, and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in income.
 
    During 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 121 ("SFAS No. 121"), "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that
long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an
entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such
events or changes in circumstances are present, a loss is recognized to the
extent the carrying value of the asset is in excess of the sum of the
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its
eventual disposition.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
PREPAID ADVERTISING AND DEFERRED ADVERTISING
 
    The Company capitalizes costs for direct response advertising and amortizes
the costs over the period of expected future benefit. All other advertising
costs are expensed the first time the advertisement takes place. Direct response
advertising consists of prepaid advertising costs and deferred advertising
costs.
 
    Prepaid advertising costs consist principally of the materials and labor
incurred in developing the advertising materials, including sales literature and
catalogs. These costs are accumulated until the materials are used or
distributed to a customer at which time they are transferred to deferred
advertising costs.
 
    Deferred advertising includes the costs previously described and the costs
associated with distributing advertisements to customers, such as insertion and
mailing costs. Advertising is amortized over a period not to exceed one year
following the date the literature or catalog is mailed or inserted into a
newspaper or co-op mailing. The amortization period corresponds to the expected
sales cycle of the advertising material, based on actual advertising responses.
Check advertising is amortized over a period not to exceed twelve months based
upon the original sales order and one corresponding reorder. These amortization
periods are in compliance with American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 93-7, "Reporting on Advertising Costs."
 
    At December 31, 1997 and 1996, $7,175 and $5,177, respectively, of
advertising costs, was reported as assets. Advertising expense for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $37,835, $37,809 and $48,978,
respectively. The expense in 1995 includes a charge of $2,229 to writedown
deferred advertising to its net realizable value. The expense for 1997, 1996 and
1995 includes approximately $13,400, $12,500 and $8,500, respectively, in
advertising placements related to the Advertising Agreement described in Note 13
to the Financial Statements.
 
CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE
 
    Face value of the policies is approximately $1,841, with $1,341 being key
man life insurance.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company uses the liability method of accounting for deferred income
taxes. The liability method accounts for deferred income taxes by applying
statutory rates to the difference between the financial reporting and the tax
bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred federal and state income taxes result
from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for income
tax and financial statement purposes. Such differences arise principally from
depreciation, tax credit carryforwards and promotional costs. Tax credits are
applied as a reduction to the provision for federal and state income taxes using
the flow-through method.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    For direct-mail products, the Company recognizes revenue when merchandise is
shipped. Name list rental income is recognized upon delivery, and fulfillment
income upon performance of the service.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Net income or loss per common and common equivalent share is based on the
weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares (stock options
determined under the treasury stock method) outstanding during the period. The
Company accounts for net income per common and common equivalent share in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principle Board Opinion No. 15 (APB
No. 15). In March 1997, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128
(SFAS No. 128), "Earning Per Share" was issued. SFAS No. 128 replaces primary
Earnings Per Share (EPS) with basic EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing
reported earnings available to common stockholders by weighted average shares
outstanding. No dilution for common share equivalents is included. Fully diluted
EPS, now called diluted EPS, is required to be presented. The Company adopted
SFAS No. 128 retroactively for all periods presented. Early adoption is not
permitted. Accordingly, the Company has restated its previously presented EPS
amounts. The weighted average number of shares outstanding is computed as
follows:
 
    (The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of basic and
diluted earnings per share).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                              INCOME         SHARES       PER SHARE
                                                                            (NUMERATOR)   (DENOMINATOR)    AMOUNT
                                                                           -------------  -------------  -----------
BASIC EPS
Net income applicable to common stock....................................    $   2,675       6,328,207    $    0.42
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock options............................................................       --              21,111       --
                                                                                ------    -------------       -----
DILUTED EPS
Net income applicable to common stock....................................    $   2,675       6,349,318    $    0.42
                                                                                ------    -------------       -----
                                                                                ------    -------------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    No reconciliation is provided for 1997 and 1995 as the effect would be
anti-dilutive. All share information noted above represents the weighted-average
number of shares during the period.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, accrued
liabilities and other current liabilities, other than long-term debt, are
reflected in the financial statements at fair value because of the short-term
maturity of those instruments.
 
    The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ----------------------------------------------
                                                                1997                    1996
                                                       ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                        CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                                         AMOUNT       VALUE      AMOUNT       VALUE
                                                       -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Marketable securities................................   $   1,861   $   1,861   $   2,900   $   2,900
Long-term debt, including current portion............   $   5,430   $   5,042   $   1,222   $     812
</TABLE>
 
    The fair values of the Company's financial instruments were determined as
follows:
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    Marketable securities: The fair value is based on quoted market prices for
these or similar instruments. Accordingly, the carrying amount of marketable
securities approximates fair value.
 
    Long-term debt including current portion: The fair value of the long-term
debt is estimated based upon interest rates available to the Company for
issuance of similar debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.
 
MANAGEMENT'S USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain amounts in the 1996 and 1995 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.
 
NOTE 2 MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with SFAS No. 115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."
 
    The Company has classified its securities into two categories, available for
sale and trading securities. The value of the investment accounts is stated at
market value based on quoted market prices. The cost of investments sold is
determined on a specific identification basis. Gains and losses from these
securities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                --------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>
                                                                                  1997       1996
                                                                                ---------  ---------
Securities available for sale
  Realized loss...............................................................  $       6  $  --
  Net unrealized gain.........................................................         49          8
Trading securities
  Realized gain...............................................................        346        358
  Realized loss...............................................................     --             30
  Net unrealized gain.........................................................        173        182
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 3 INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories include cost of materials, labor and overhead and are comprised
of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Finished goods.............................................................  $     582  $     652
Work-in-process............................................................        100        561
Raw materials and supplies.................................................      1,836      1,057
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total......................................................................  $   2,518  $   2,270
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
                                                                            1997       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Land....................................................................  $     387  $     385
Buildings...............................................................      9,170      9,160
Machinery and equipment.................................................     12,481     15,203
Furniture and fixtures..................................................      1,301      1,667
Transportation equipment................................................        149        194
                                                                          ---------  ---------
  Subtotal..............................................................     23,488     26,609
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................      7,187     10,372
                                                                          ---------  ---------
  Net...................................................................  $  16,301  $  16,237
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense charged to operations amounted to
$2,118, $2,379 and $2,434 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
NOTE 5 ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
    Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Accrued executive bonuses..................................................  $      70  $     691
Accrued employee profit sharing............................................     --            301
Accrued and deferred compensation..........................................        220        406
Accrued vacation...........................................................        456        396
Miscellaneous accrued liabilities..........................................        775        557
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total......................................................................  $   1,521  $   2,351
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 6 INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." The provision for (benefit from) income taxes is
comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    -------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Currently payable:
  Federal.........................................................  $    (231) $     134  $    (757)
  State...........................................................         12         21         13
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Total current.....................................................       (219)       155       (744)
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Net loss carryforward...........................................       (284)       786       (917)
  Receivable reserve..............................................        (20)       (41)    --
  Depreciation....................................................         43       (108)       293
  Promotional costs...............................................        503       (752)    (1,361)
  Deferred compensation...........................................     --         --             35
  Vacation expense................................................        (14)         2         (3)
  Insurance liability.............................................        (79)      (122)    --
  Investment losses and carryforwards.............................         10        (14)       154
  Contribution carryforward.......................................        440       (281)       172
  Inventory reserve...............................................        (42)       219       (348)
  Investment credits..............................................       (174)    --            270
  Other...........................................................         89       (161)      (261)
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Total deferred....................................................        472       (472)    (1,966)
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Total.............................................................  $     253  $    (317) $  (2,710)
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following is a reconciliation of the expected federal tax at statutory
rates to the effective rates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Expected tax.....................................................  $    (276) $     802  $  (4,305)
State tax effect.................................................         (4)        19        (30)
Interest and dividend exclusion..................................         (6)        (5)       (49)
Investment credit................................................       (219)    --         --
Nondeductible interest...........................................         53        106     --
Adjustment of prior years' accruals..............................     --             53     --
Contributions....................................................     --           (125)    --
Federal valuation allowance......................................        472     (1,144)     1,381
Merger Costs.....................................................        203     --         --
Other............................................................         18     --         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Federal tax......................................................     --           (261)    (2,798)
State tax........................................................         12        (56)        88
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Total............................................................  $     253  $    (317) $  (2,710)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 6 INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The contribution amount is the tax benefit related to certain inventory
donated to various charities which qualify for a tax deduction in excess of cost
under the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Depreciation...............................................................  $     816  $     773
Promotional costs..........................................................      1,290        781
Marketable securities......................................................         78         68
                                                                             ---------  ---------
  Gross deferred tax liabilities...........................................      2,184      1,622
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Promotional costs..........................................................       (416)      (410)
Vacation expense...........................................................       (160)      (146)
Contribution carryforward..................................................       (611)      (579)
Net loss carryforward......................................................       (958)      (674)
Alternate minimum tax credits..............................................       (218)      (307)
Inventory reserve..........................................................        (94)       (52)
Receivable reserve.........................................................        (61)       (41)
Insurance liability........................................................       (201)      (122)
Credit carryforwards.......................................................     (1,176)    (1,002)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
  Gross deferred tax assets................................................     (3,895)    (3,333)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance....................................      1,711      1,239
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total net deferred taxes                                                     $  --      $    (472)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $1,711 and $1,239, in
1997 and 1996, respectively, and relates primarily to the realizability of the
contribution carryforward and the uncertainty of realizing the tax benefit of
certain state tax credits.
 
    The Company has New York State Investment Tax Credits and Economic
Development Zone Credits that will provide tax benefit in future years. The
Company has available investment tax credits of approximately $100 with varying
expiration dates through 2002. The Company also has available Economic
Development Zone Credits of approximately $900 which may be carried forward
indefinitely.
 
NOTE 7 LEASES
 
    During 1997, the Company leased a portion of its manufacturing and office
space from an officer who is a substantial stockholder of the Company. Rental
expense under these arrangements amounted to $42, $42 and $91 in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively. Other rental expense amounted to $70, $90 and $255 in 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 8 DEBT
 
MARINE REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
 
    In March 1996, the Company refinanced a demand discretionary line of credit
with Marine Midland Bank ("Marine") under which it can borrow up to $6,500, with
a revolving line of credit that is committed to the Company until January 1,
1999, (the "Revolver"). The Company may borrow and repay at its option, and
issue letters of credit, up to an aggregate of $6,500 under the Revolver at
either Marine's quoted Prime Rate or the Money Market Rate as quoted by Marine
at the time of borrowing. Additionally, Marine has provided letters of credit to
secure workers' compensation obligations of the Company in the amount of
approximately $107, which expire on March 31, 1999. The amount of borrowings
available to the Company under the Revolver is dependent upon the amount of
accounts receivable and inventory, and the value of certain intangibles of the
Company (collectively, the "Collateral"), determined at the time as such
borrowing base is calculated quarterly. The Revolver is secured by the
Collateral. The Revolver contains a restriction on the payment of dividends as
well as financial and operating covenants requiring, among other things, the
maintenance of certain financial ratios, including minimum net worth, leverage
and working capital requirements. Various modifications, including working
capital covenants, maturity date and valuation of collateral were made effective
May 30, 1996; November 30, 1996; December 31, 1996; March 31, 1997 and June 30,
1997. The Revolver can be prepaid by the Company at any time without penalty. As
of March 20, 1998, the Company had requested and received from Marine a waiver
of the covenants pertaining to the minimum tangible net worth and the cash flow
ratio for the period ending December 31, 1997. As of December 31, 1997, the
Company was not in compliance with its minimum tangible net worth and cash flow
ratio covenants. As of March 20, 1998, the Company had requested and received
from Marine a waiver of these covenants as of December 31, 1997.
 
NEW YORK STATE URBAN DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LOAN
 
    In October 1995, the Company executed a mortgage loan agreement (the "UDC
Mortgage") with the New York State Urban Development Corporation under which it
borrowed $400, the proceeds of which were used to finance expenses incurred in
the purchase and buildout of Artistic Plaza. The UDC Mortgage is secured by
Artistic Plaza, does not incur interest and requires amortization for four years
with the principal amount thereunder due to be repaid in November 1999. The UDC
Mortgage can be prepaid by the Company at any time without penalty.
 
CITY OF ELMIRA MORTGAGE
 
    In April 1991, the Company executed a Sales and Development Agreement with
the City of Elmira (the "City of Elmira Mortgage"). As part of this agreement,
the Company acquired two office buildings located in the City of Elmira. This
agreement provided financing for the purchase of these buildings evidenced by a
promissory note for $920 at one percent per annum using the simple interest
method over 25 years. Both the principal and interest payments were deferred
until May 1996. Interest accrued on the principal balance during this period at
one percent per annum using the simple interest method. After such time, both
the accrued interest and principal were reamortized over the remaining 20 years
by making equal quarterly payments of principal and interest. The note also
provides that the Company will have the right to prepay any part of, or all of,
the outstanding principal and accrued interest at any time without penalty. This
agreement is secured by a first mortgage on these buildings.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 8 DEBT (CONTINUED)
LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,                                                                   1997       1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Marine Revolver............................................................  $   4,349  $  --
UDC Mortgage...............................................................        192        300
City of Elmira Mortgage....................................................        889        922
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total long-term debt.......................................................      5,430      1,222
Less: Current portion......................................................      4,494        153
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total......................................................................  $     936  $   1,069
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Minimum debt repayments under long-term obligations for the next five years
and thereafter are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
1998................................................  $   4,494
1999................................................        137
2000................................................         46
2001................................................         46
2002................................................         46
Thereafter..........................................        661
</TABLE>
 
    The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1997       1996       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Money-market line.......................................................       7.23%      6.82%      7.36%
Regular line............................................................       8.50       8.25       8.78
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION SAVINGS PLAN
 
    The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under which employees
with one year of service, who have worked 1,000 hours and attained 21 years of
age, are eligible for participation. In 1997 the Company matched 50% of the
first 4% contributed by each participating employee annually. The Company's
matching contributions were $105, $39 and $35 during 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. Eligible employees enrolled and active at December 31 are eligible
for employer contributions and may make voluntary contributions subject to
certain limitations. Company profit sharing contributions are discretionary. The
profit-sharing contribution was $0, $301 and $0, for 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
NOTE 10 STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The Company has an Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") under
which Incentive Stock Options ("ISOs") to purchase, and/or Stock Incentive
Rights ("SIRs") to receive, a total of 1,800,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock may be awarded.
 
    In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". The Statement encourages, but
does not require, a fair value based method of accounting for an employee stock
option or similar equity instrument. The Company accounts for its stock options
under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
to
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 10 STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Employees". Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the
options. Had compensation cost for these options been determined based on the
fair value at the grant dates of the awards, consistent with SFAS 123, the
Company's pro forma amounts for net income and earnings per share would have
been as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1997       1996
                                                                            ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Net income (loss)
    As reported...........................................................  $  (1,064) $   2,675
    Pro forma.............................................................     (1,153)     2,604
Net income (loss) per common and common equivalent share
    As reported...........................................................      (0.17)      0.42
    Pro forma.............................................................      (0.19)      0.41
</TABLE>
 
    SFAS No. 123 has only been applied to options granted after January 1, 1995.
As a result, the pro forma compensation expense may not be representative of
that to be expected in future years.
 
    The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each
option on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model
include:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Risk-free interest rate..................................................       6.59%      6.37%
Expected life............................................................    5 years    5 years
Expected volatility......................................................       48.2%      51.1%
Expected dividends.......................................................         --         --
Weighted average fair value of options granted...........................  $    2.44  $    2.24
</TABLE>
 
    ISOs are granted at not less than fair value on the date of grant, expire no
later than ten years from the date of grant and are exercisable over variable
periods from three to five years. The following table
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 10 STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
summarizes the changes in ISOs outstanding and related price ranges for shares
of the Company's common stock under the Plan.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NUMBER OF SHARES             PRICE RANGE
                                                         -----------------  -------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>        <C>        <C>
Outstanding at January 1, 1995.........................         635,530     $    3.20     to      $   11.75
  Granted..............................................          15,000          3.12     to           3.50
  Exercised............................................            (900)         2.62     to           2.62
  Canceled.............................................        (148,730)         4.00     to           9.50
                                                               --------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995.......................         500,900          3.12     to          10.31
                                                               --------                   -----------------
Exercisable at December 31, 1995.......................         272,908     $    3.12     to      $   10.31
                                                               --------                   -----------------
Outstanding at January 1, 1996.........................         500,900     $    3.12     to          10.31
  Granted..............................................         147,000          2.62     to           5.00
  Exercised............................................         --             --         to         --
  Canceled.............................................        (259,490)         3.20     to           9.38
                                                               --------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996.......................         388,410          2.62     to          10.31
                                                               --------                   -----------------
Exercisable at December 31, 1996.......................         139,700     $    2.62     to      $   10.31
                                                               --------                   -----------------
Outstanding at January 1, 1997.........................         388,410     $    2.62     to      $   10.31
  Granted..............................................          62,500          4.81     to           4.81
  Exercised............................................            (800)         3.56     to           3.56
  Canceled.............................................         (37,200)         6.06     to           8.12
                                                               --------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997.......................         412,910          2.62     to          10.31
                                                               --------                   -----------------
Exercisable at December 31, 1997.......................         258,410     $    2.62     to      $   10.31
                                                               --------                   -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    SIRs are rights to receive shares of the Company's common stock without any
cash payment to the Company, conditioned only on continued employment with the
Company over a specified four-year incentive period. During that incentive
period, the recipient of a SIR award would receive "dividend-equivalent"
payments on the number of shares covered by his/her SIR award, but would not
have any other rights, e.g., voting rights, etc., with respect to such shares
until they were issued to him/her under the terms of the award. To date, no SIRs
have been granted under the Plan.
 
    The following table represents additional information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                WEIGHTED-
                                 AVERAGE                   OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
   RANGE OF                     REMAINING        WEIGHTED-                     WEIGHTED-
   EXERCISE       NUMBER       CONTRACTUAL        AVERAGE        NUMBER         AVERAGE
    PRICES      OUTSTANDING       LIFE        EXERCISE PRICE   EXERCISABLE  EXERCISE PRICE
- --------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>             <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
  $2.62-$ 5.00     250,200       3.5 Years       $    4.44        100,700      $    4.42
   5.25-  8.12      99,960       0.6 Years            6.38         94,960           6.42
   9.12- 10.31      62,250       0.3 Years            9.74         62,750           9.74
                -----------  ---------------         -----     -----------         -----
  $2.62-$10.31     412,910       2.3 Years       $    5.71        258,410      $    6.45
                -----------  ---------------         -----     -----------         -----
</TABLE>
 
    The Company had options available for awards amounting to 750,620, 775,920
and 663,430 at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company is
able to realize an income tax benefit from the exercise and early disposition of
ISOs. For financial reporting purposes, this benefit results in a decrease in
current income taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in capital.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 11 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    In 1997, the Company granted 5,000 shares of its treasury stock to an
officer at a price per share of $4.50, for services rendered. This stock grant
was recorded as compensation expense. In 1996, the Company granted 1,071 shares
of its treasury stock to a director at a price per share of $3.50 for services
rendered. In 1996, the Company granted 10,000 and 5,000 shares of its treasury
stock to two officers at a price per share of $3.88 and $4.69, respectively, for
services rendered. These stock grants were also recorded as compensation
expense. In 1995, the Company granted 1,363 shares of its treasury stock to a
director at a price per share of $2.75 for services rendered.
 
NOTE 12 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The son of the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, who is a
licensed stock broker, processes the Company's marketable securities
transactions. Total commissions paid to this individual were approximately $6,
$17 and $21 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
NOTE 13 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS
 
    In 1997, the Company entered into a three-year employment agreement with its
Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, which provides for a
minimum annual compensation of $146 and for participation in the Company's
executive bonus plan. In 1996, the Company entered into a three-year employment
agreement with its Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, which
provides for a minimum annual compensation of $200 and for participation in the
Company's executive bonus program. In 1993, the Company entered into a five-year
employment agreement with the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company
which provides minimum annual compensation of $225 and an annual bonus based on
net income before taxes.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The Company is subject to litigation from time to time in the ordinary
course of business. Although the amount of any liability with respect to any
such litigation cannot be determined, in the opinion of management, such
liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
COMMITMENTS
 
    In May 1995, the Company negotiated a contract with a supplier to obtain
right of first refusal for advertising placement at competitive rates. As of
December 31, 1997, the remaining commitment under the contract, which expires
May 2000, was $3,000, payable in annual installments of $2,000 due in May 1998
and the final installment of $1,000 due in May 1999.
 
NOTE 14 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITY
 
    During 1995, the Company acquired certain assets of Valcheck Company in
exchange for 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Common Stock was
issued at a price of $3.75 per share, or
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE 14 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITY
(CONTINUED)
$1,875. The Common Stock is puttable to the Company, at Valcheck's option, two
years from the acquisition date at $5 per share.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995
                                                                                       ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Fair value of assets acquired
  Inventory..........................................................................  $     361
  Property, plant and equipment......................................................      1,481
  Name list..........................................................................         33
                                                                                       ---------
    Total............................................................................  $   1,875
Less: common stock issued............................................................      1,875
                                                                                       ---------
Cash paid............................................................................  $  --
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 15 NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    SFAS No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income" establishes standards for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. The standard
is applicable for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company
will adopt this standard in its 1998 financial statements. The Company has not
yet determined the impact of this standard on its financial statements.
 
    SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information" establishes standards for reporting information about operating
segments in the financial statements. The standard is required to be adopted for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company will adopt this
standard in its 1998 financial statements. The Company has not yet determined
the impact of this standard on its financial statements.
 
NOTE 16 PROPOSED MERGER
 
    On December 21, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of
Merger ("Merger Agreement") with MDC Communications Corporation, an Ontario,
Canada corporation, and AGI Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and a
wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC ("Newco") whereby Newco will merge with and into
the Company (the "Merger") pursuant to which the Company will become a wholly-
owned subsidiary of MDC and each outstanding share of common stock, par value
$0.10 per share, of the Company (other than stock of the Company owned by the
Company, MDC or any of their respective subsidiaries) will be converted into the
right to receive $5.70 in cash without interest. It is a condition to the
consummation of the Merger Agreement that the Company have completed an asset
distribution as set forth in an agreement ("Asset Purchase Agreement") between
the Company and Artistic Direct Incorporated, ("ADI"), a New York corporation,
for the sale to ADI of certain assets relating to the personalized product and
catalog businesses of the Company (the "P&C" Businesses) for $9 million in cash
and the assumption of certain liabilities related to the P&C Businesses.
 
    In connection with the agreements, the Company has incurred $597 of expenses
on behalf of ADI, such as cash advances and professional fees. This amount has
been recorded as an expense as of December 31, 1997.
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
    Not applicable.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
 
    The following sets forth information concerning the principal occupations
and business experience during the past five years of the members of the Board
of Directors of the Company (the "Board"):
 
    JOSEPH A. CALABRO, 57, has served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer
and President since August 1996. Prior to being named to his current position,
Mr. Calabro served as the Company's Senior Vice President of Manufacturing from
January through August 1996 and before that, worked as a consultant to the
Company from August through December 1995. Prior to his relationship with the
Company, Mr. Calabro served from 1993 through July 1995 as President and CEO of
Calabro and Associates, a Seattle-based consulting company. For more than five
years prior to that, he worked at Prism Group, Inc./MicroDisk Services, a
leading software manufacturing facility in Woodinville, Washington where he held
the positions of Vice President, COO and Director, Prism Group, Inc. and
President and CEO, MicroDisk Services. Mr. Calabro was elected to the Board in
August 1996.
 
    NORMAN S. EDELCUP, 62, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Item Processing of America, a data processing center for financial institutions
located in Miami, Florida. Mr. Edelcup has held such position since July 1987.
During 1988 and 1989, Mr. Edelcup served as Chief Operating Officer of Catalina
Lighting, Inc., Miami, Florida. Since 1975, Mr. Edelcup has been a Director of
Valhi, Inc. and since 1987 he has served as a Trustee of Baron Asset Fund. Mr.
Edelcup has been a Director of the Company since 1985.
 
    LYNDON E. GOODRIDGE, 57, is currently on sabbatical from his position as
Dean of the Whittemore School of Business and Economics, University of New
Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire. Mr. Goodridge has held such position since
July 1990. Mr. Goodridge has been a Company Director since 1985.
 
    STUART KOMER, 72, has served as a Director and as the Company's Chairman of
the Board since 1966. He also served as its President from 1966 through July
1994 and from September 1995 through August 1996, and as its Chief Executive
Officer from July 1994 until Joseph A. Calabro was elected to these posts in
August 1996. Mr. Komer is the stepfather of Thomas C. Wyckoff, the Company's
Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary.
 
    IRVING I. STONE, 88, was elected a Director in June 1990, as one of two
Directors designated by American Greetings Corporation ("AGC") under the terms
of a Standstill Agreement between the Company and AGC, executed in connection
with AGC's purchase of 2,250,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock in May
1990 (the "Original Standstill Agreement") and discussed further under
"PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK." Mr. Stone now serves as Founder, Chairman
and as a member of the Board of Directors of AGC, headquartered in Cleveland,
Ohio and for a number of years prior to 1992, served as its Chairman.
 
    MORRY WEISS, 57, was elected a Director in September 1991. Mr. Weiss is one
of the two Directors designated by AGC under the Original Standstill Agreement.
In March 1992, Mr. Weiss was named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of AGC.
For more than five years prior thereto, he had served as President of AGC. He is
also a Director of National City Bank, Cleveland, Ohio and of Syratech Corp.,
Boston, Massachusetts. Mr. Weiss is the son-in-law of Irving I. Stone.
 
                               EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following sets forth information concerning the principal occupations
and business experience of the executive officers of the Company, in addition to
Stuart Komer, for the past five years:
 
    MICHELLE CRANE-ALDERMAN, 29, has served as Vice President Manufacturing
since August 1996. From January through August 1996, she served as Vice
President Catalogs and Mass Media and prior to that as
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
Vice President--Catalog Division from September through December 1995. Ms.
Crane-Alderman has served in a number of managerial positions with the Company,
including International Sales, Retail Sales and Data Entry since 1988.
 
    WILLIAM F. INGRAM, 53, has served as the Company's Vice President and Chief
Information Officer since October 1996. Prior to that, he served as the
Company's Manager of Materials/Warehouse since joining the Company in September
1995. Previously, Mr. Ingram served as Vice President Material Management with
Okuma Machine Tools, Charlotte, North Carolina, from August 1993 to May 1995.
From November 1985 through May 1992, Mr. Ingram held senior management positions
in both information services and sales and marketing at Hardinge Brothers, Inc.,
in Elmira, New York.
 
    ROBERT T. MCDONOUGH, 49, has served as the Company's Senior Vice President
Marketing/Sales since January 1996 and formerly served as Vice President of
General Merchandise from February 1995 through December 1995. For more than five
years prior thereto, Mr. McDonough served first as the Company's Catalog Manager
and then as its Manager of Domestic Mass Media Sales.
 
    THOMAS C. WYCKOFF, 31, has served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer,
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary since May
1997. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President Administration/Corporate
Development, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary since October 1996. From
January through October 1996, he served as Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Assistant Secretary and as Artistic's General Counsel from July
through December 1995. From September 1991 through July 1995, Mr. Wyckoff was
associated with Cahill Gordon & Reindel, a law firm headquartered in New York,
New York where his practice focused on corporate securities and transactional
law.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
    COMPENSATION OF JOSEPH A. CALABRO, THE COMPANY'S CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
PRESIDENT.
 
    In early 1996, the Board and Stuart Komer, then serving as Chairman of the
Board ("Chairman"), Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and President, concluded
that a successor to Mr. Komer in his role as CEO and President should be chosen.
The reasons for this determination included: (i) that Mr. Komer had successfully
built a competent and able new management team that led the Company's turnaround
efforts and, therefore, his direct involvement in the day-to-day operating
decisions of the Company were less crucial; (ii) Mr. Komer's expressed desire to
be less involved in future day-to-day activity of the Company in order to pursue
other interests at the appropriate time; (iii) the terms of Mr. Komer's
employment agreement, which provide that a choice of a successor to Mr. Komer be
made prior to its expiration in August 1998 (the "Termination Date"); and (iv)
the strong view of the Board and Mr. Komer that a period of transition (the
"Transition") should occur prior to the Termination Date, during which time Mr.
Komer's years of expertise in the business of the Company would remain available
to be passed to his successor.
 
    Accordingly, the Board instituted a search committee (the "Search
Committee"), which was charged with identifying and selecting the best successor
CEO and President. With the assistance of a professional executive recruiting
firm, the Search Committee identified and interviewed qualified internal and
external candidates for the position. In August 1996, the Board determined that
Joseph A. Calabro, who had been the Company's Senior Vice President of
Manufacturing since January 1996, was the most qualified candidate to assume
this role.
 
    On August 15, 1996, the Board formally elected Mr. Calabro as CEO and
President, and executed a three-year employment agreement with him (the "Calabro
Employment Agreement"). Under the Calabro Employment Agreement, Mr. Calabro is
entitled to receive a base salary of $200,000 per year, plus an annual bonus
determined under the Company's executive bonus program, as well as certain other
benefits
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
provided to the other executive officers, as further detailed in footnote (3) to
the Summary Compensation Table below.
 
    In determining Mr. Calabro's salary and compensation package, the Board
obtained market survey data of competitors of the Company and of selected
companies of comparable size in certain other industries, while also taking into
account the Company's current executive salary and compensation structure.
 
    The Company's current executive bonus program (the "Bonus Program") provides
for the participation of management in the profitability of the Company at a
percentage of a share unit, which is assigned by the Board each year, upon the
recommendations of the CEO. A share unit is equal to the sum of 1/4% of the Net
Operating Income (as hereinafter defined) of the prior year (if Net Operating
Income is negative, such number equals zero) plus 1 1/2% of the increase in Net
Operating Income of the current year over the prior year (a "Share Unit"). Net
Operating Income is equal to Net Income before (i) interest and investment
income (expense), (ii) taxes, (iii) bonuses and (iv) extraordinary items.
 
    Under the Bonus Program, upon being elected CEO in August 1996, Mr. Calabro
was assigned 150% of a Share Unit and received a bonus (pro rated from August
1996) of approximately $66,000 for 1996. This amount represented approximately
45% of his aggregate base salary for 1996 and was determined as appropriate by
the Audit Finance and Compensation Committee (the "AFC Committee") in relation
to the size of Share Units awarded to other executive officers and measured
against information available from comparable companies.
 
    The AFC Committee also awarded Mr. Calabro 25,000 ISO's upon his becoming
CEO and President, with the intention of tying a significant portion of his
total compensation to the increase of stockholder value over the longer term. As
it has over the years in respect of Mr. Komer's compensation, the AFC Committee
intended to use grants of stock options to Mr. Calabro under the LTI Plan as a
substantial incentive to tie his compensation as directly as possible to the
financial performance of the Company as reflected in its stock price. This
approach also ensures that his financial interest in increasing the value of the
Company is closely aligned with that of the stockholders.
 
    COMPENSATION OF STUART KOMER, THE COMPANY'S CHAIRMAN. In recognition of his
many years of service to the Company, upon naming Joseph Calabro CEO and
President in August 1996, the Board reaffirmed that the Company's employment
agreement with Mr. Komer (the "Komer Employment Agreement") would continue in
full force and effect as he continues to serve the Company as its Chairman. As
the AFC Committee previously stated, a key goal of the terms negotiated in the
Komer Employment Agreement was the desire to reward Mr. Komer for his more than
40 years of dedicated service to the Company in his many capacities. Mr. Komer
at various times took substantial pay reductions, received no pay raises and
placed his personal assets at risk to guaranty the Company's debts.
 
    It is the Board's view that Mr. Komer's minimum $225,000 base salary
established by the Komer Employment Agreement remains appropriate given his
contribution to the Transition and the continued success of the Company. Mr.
Komer is also eligible to receive annual bonuses under the terms of the Komer
Employment Agreement. These bonuses are not discretionary and are determined
based upon a formula contained in the Komer Employment Agreement. This
arrangement ties Mr. Komer's fortunes directly to the Company's annual operating
performance because it is based upon the Company's net income before taxes,
which the Komer Employment Agreement defines to exclude any extraordinary,
unusual or non-recurring items of loss, expense or income.
 
    The AFC Committee also granted 35,000 ISOs to Mr. Komer in 1996 and 74,960
above-market ISO's with a one-year term in 1997, each in recognition of his many
years of service to the Company.
 
    COMPENSATION OF OTHER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. During 1995, the Company's Human
Resources Department undertook an analysis of the compensation paid to the
Company's senior management to determine whether it was competitive with the
marketplace and whether it was sufficient to attract and retain
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
competent senior management. Based upon the salary survey information obtained
from both the Human Resources Department and from outside consultants, beginning
in January of 1996 the base salaries for certain of the executive officers were
adjusted upward, based primarily upon the size of the Company and the respective
level of the executive's responsibilities.
 
    In addition, executive officers participate in the Bonus Program at levels
recommended to the Board by the Company's CEO and President. Because the AFC
Committee believes that the incentives provided by the Bonus Program, as
measured by the Company's financial performance, have a significant impact on
the Company's stock price, it intends, by using this measuring device, to link
executive bonuses to both the financial performance of the Company and its stock
price. For 1997 and 1996, in addition to the bonuses paid to Messrs. Calabro and
Komer, the Company paid an aggregate total of $[25,943] and $189,417,
respectively, in executive bonuses to its other four executive officers.
 
    As with the CEO and President, the AFC Committee has used grants under the
Company's LTI Plan with a similar motivation. Since the LTI Plan was instituted
in 1983, the Committee has generally awarded annual ISO grants to the Company's
executive officers as a further incentive to tie their compensation as directly
as possible to the financial performance of the Company, which also ensures that
their financial interest in increasing the value of the Company is closely
aligned with that of the stockholders. In determining the size of the ISO grants
to individual executives, the Committee also makes judgments as to how well the
individual executive met or exceeded his or her performance goals during the
previous year, based primarily on consultations with the CEO and President. In
addition to the ISO grants made to Messrs. Calabro and Komer, during 1997 and
1996, the AFC Committee granted an aggregate total of approximately [25,000] and
29,000, respectively, ISOs to the Company's other four executive officers.
 
    Because the Company's executive compensation levels do not approach the $1
million per year range for any of its most highly paid executives, the AFC
Committee does not believe that it is necessary to take additional measures to
comply with the tax deductibility requirements for executive compensation that
exceeds $1 million per year imposed by the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993.
The AFC Committee will continue to monitor this issue and will take further
action as developments warrant.
 
    This report was prepared by the members of the AFC Committee: Norman S.
Edelcup, Chairman and Morry Weiss.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation and
benefits paid by the Company for all services rendered during 1997, 1996 and
1995 to five individuals: Joseph A. Calabro, who is and was, at December 31,
1997, serving as the Company's CEO and President, and Stuart Komer, serving as
the Company's Chairman and Thomas C. Wyckoff, Robert T. McDonough, William F.
Ingram and Michelle A. Crane-Alderman, who were, as of December 31, 1997, the
other most highly compensated Executive Officers whose 1997 salary and bonus
exceeded $100,000 in amount (individually, a "Named Executive" and collectively,
the "Named Executives"):
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       ALL
                                                                                                                      OTHER
                                                                                                                  COMPENSATION
                                                                                                                  -------------
                                                                                                    LONG-TERM
                                                                                                  COMPENSATION
                                                                                                     AWARDS
                                                                                                  -------------
                                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1,2)   SECURITIES
NAME AND                                                                ------------------------   UNDERLYING
  POSITION                                                              YEAR   SALARY    BONUS       OPTIONS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----  --------  --------  -------------
<S>                                                                     <C>   <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>
Joseph A. Calabro (3).................................................  1997  $200,000  $ 13,898     25,000(4)     $  43,647(5)
  CEO and President                                                     1996  $148,558  $ 66,061     45,000(6)     $  12,968(7)
                                                                        1995  $     NA  $     NA         NA        $      NA
 
Stuart Komer (8)......................................................  1997  $235,924  $219,037(9)    74,960(10)  $  17,928(11)
  Chairman                                                              1996  $233,915  $273,414     35,000(12)    $  25,194(11)
                                                                        1995  $225,547  $    -0-     25,000(13)    $  10,796(11)
 
Thomas C. Wyckoff (14)................................................  1997  $139,231  $  9,266     10,000(15)    $   2,241(16)
  COO and Executive                                                     1996  $100,825  $ 33,877      8,000(17)    $ 139,649(18)
  Vice President                                                        1995  $ 28,276  $    -0-     10,000(19)    $  55,807(20)
 
Robert T. McDonough (21)..............................................  1997  $104,424  $  5,559      5,000(22)    $   1,141(23)
  Senior Vice President-                                                1996  $ 90,733  $ 33,877      8,000(24)    $   5,986(23)
  Marketing/Sales                                                       1995  $ 76,138  $    -0-        -0-        $     761(23)
 
William F. Ingram.....................................................  1997  $ 93,077  $  5,559      5,000(25)    $   1,693(26)
  Vice President and                                                    1996  $ 64,656  $  8,469      6,000(27)    $       0(26)
  Chief Information Officer                                             1995  $ 14,101  $    -0-        -0-        $   3,857(26)
 
Michelle Crane-Alderman...............................................  1997  $ 93,077  $  5,559      5,000(28)    $       0(29)
  Vice President Manufacturing                                          1996  $ 76,539  $ 22,585      7,000(30)    $   4,030(29)
                                                                        1995  $ 39,918  $    -0-        -0-        $     402(29)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
NA Indicates Not Applicable, because the particular Named Executive was not an
    Executive Officer of the Company during the year indicated.
 
(1) Under applicable SEC rules, the value of any perquisites or other personal
    benefits provided by the Company to any of the Named Executives need not be
    separately detailed and described if their aggregate value does not exceed
    the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of that executive's total salary and bonus for
    the year shown. For the years indicated, the value of such personal
    benefits, if any, provided by the Company to these Named Executives did not
    exceed such thresholds.
 
(2) Includes all compensation deferred for the years shown under the Company's
    LTI Plan and/or its Deferred Compensation Plan, as further described under
    "Compensation Pursuant to Plans."
 
(3) In August 1996, the Company entered into the three-year Calabro Employment
    Agreement with Mr. Calabro providing for: (i) his employment as the CEO and
    President under which he is entitled to receive a base salary of $200,000
    per year; (ii) an annual bonus determined under the Bonus Program; (iii)
    certain other benefits provided to the other Executive Officers; and (iv)
    the August 1996 ISO grant detailed in note (4) below. The Calabro Employment
    Agreement also provides that, should he ever be terminated without cause
    (including in the event of a change in control of the Company), or if
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    he should elect to terminate his employment as a result of certain events
    (including his not being retained after a change in control of the Company),
    or if the Company takes any action that reduces or limits his authority as
    CEO or reduces his compensation or benefits, then he will receive (x) a
    minimum of 18 months' of his then-current salary or if greater, his
    then-current salary for the remaining term of the Agreement, (y) automatic
    vesting of all unvested options granted under the LTI Plan, and (z) a bonus
    for the year in which the termination occurs, pro-rated through the last day
    of the calendar month prior to the date on which the termination occurs,
    with the value of all such cash compensation payable being calculated and
    paid in a lump sum within 30 days following the occurrence of any such event
    of termination. In the event of his disability during the term of the
    Calabro Employment Agreement, Mr. Calabro will be entitled to receive all
    compensation and benefits payable thereunder for the remainder of its term.
    In the event of his death during the term of the Calabro Employment
    Agreement, Mr. Calabro's estate will be entitled to receive a lump-sum
    payment of the present value of the amount of all compensation and benefits
    payable for the remainder of the contract term. The Calabro Employment
    Agreement also provides that Mr. Calabro will not compete with the Company
    for a five-year period beginning on August 15, 1996.
 
(4) In April of 1997, Mr. Calabro was awarded 25,000 ISOs, exercisable over a
    five-year term, to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
    price of $4.81.
 
(5) This amount includes the fair market value of a one-time grant of 5,000
    shares of Common Stock awarded to Mr. Calabro in 1997, together with a tax
    "gross up" payment of $11,668 on this amount.
 
(6) In each of February, May, August and October of 1996, Mr. Calabro was
    awarded ISOs, exercisable over a five-year term, to purchase 10,000 shares
    of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.62 per share, 5,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.56 per share, 25,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.93 per share and 5,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, respectively.
 
(7) This amount represents the Company's payment of $11,711 in reimbursement of
    moving, relocation expenses and closing costs incurred by Mr. Calabro in
    relocating from Seattle, Washington area to Elmira, New York, together with
    a tax "gross-up" payment of $1,257 on this amount.
 
(8) In August 1993, the Company entered into the Komer Employment Agreement with
    Mr. Komer providing for his employment as Chairman, CEO and/or President of
    the Company for a five-year term from August 31, 1993 (the "Initial
    Period"). It also provides that, at the end of the Initial Period, Mr. Komer
    has the option to elect to serve as a consultant to the Company for a
    two-year term ending on August 31, 2000. During the Initial Period, Mr.
    Komer will receive a minimum annual base salary of $225,000 or such greater
    amount as the Board shall determine and an annual bonus determined by a
    formula based upon the Company's annual pre-tax net income, plus various
    insurance and other benefits provided for in the Komer Employment Agreement.
    At the end of the Initial Period, Mr. Komer will also receive a lump-sum
    payment of $400,000 as consideration for the three years that will then
    remain on the term of the non-competition covenant contained in the Komer
    Employment Agreement, regardless of whether he elects to serve as a
    consultant to the Company for the next two years. At the end of the Initial
    Period, should Mr. Komer elect to serve as a consultant to the Company for
    two years, his compensation for such services will consist of an annual
    bonus determined by a formula based upon the Company's annual pre-tax net
    income, plus various insurance and other benefits provided in the Komer
    Employment Agreement. In the event that, at any time during the term of the
    Komer Employment Agreement, Mr. Komer's employment is terminated without
    "Cause" as defined therein or he resigns for "Good Reason" as defined
    therein, he shall nevertheless be entitled to receive all compensation and
    benefits provided thereunder for the remainder of its term, with the value
    of all cash compensation payable being calculated and paid in a lump sum
    within 30 days following the occurrence of any such event of termination. In
    the event of his disability during the term of the Komer Employment
    Agreement, Mr. Komer will be entitled to receive all compensation and
    benefits payable thereunder for the remainder of its term. In the event of
    his death during the term of the Komer Employment Agreement, Mr. Komer's
    estate will be entitled to receive a lump-sum payment of the present value
    of the amount of all compensation and benefits payable for the remainder of
    the contract term. In connection with the August 15, 1996 election of Mr.
    Calabro as the
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    Company's CEO and President, the Board ratified that the Komer Employment
    Agreement remains in full force and effect with respect to Mr. Komer's
    continued service as Chairman.
 
(9) As a consideration to Mr. Komer for financial planning reasons, the Audit,
    Finance and Compensation Committee ("AFC Committee") of the Board agreed to
    pay $219,037 to Mr. Komer in December 1997, which amount was estimated to be
    the bonus he would have been expected to receive for the year. As of the
    date hereof, Mr. Komer and the AFC Committee are discussing the most
    appropriate formulaic calculation of such bonus amount. As a result of the
    continuation of such discussions, the Company has both (i) booked a
    receivable from Mr. Komer of approximately $150,000 and (ii) booked reserve
    of $150,000, each measure providing for the uncertainty at this time of the
    final determination of the bonus amount. At such time as the calculation is
    determined, the Company will adjust the receivables and reserve accounts
    accordingly.
 
(10) In April of 1997, Mr. Komer was awarded ISO's to purchase 74,960 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.67 per share, exercisable within
    twelve months. These ISO's replaced an identical amount that expired in
    1997.
 
(11) The amounts shown represent the Company's matching contributions to Mr.
    Komer's account under the 401(k) Plan in the amount of: $3,167 for 1997;
    $590 for 1996; and $98 for 1995; plus its profit-sharing contributions to
    his 401(k) account of $0 for 1997; plus additional group term life insurance
    premiums paid on Mr. Komer's behalf in the amount of: $6,768 for 1997;
    $6,768 for 1996; and $4,014 for 1995. The Company also has insurance
    policies on Mr. Komer's life as to all of which policies Mr. Komer's
    children are the beneficiaries. These are all split-dollar, whole-life
    policies whose net cash surrender values will be paid to the Company upon
    Mr. Komer's death. The value of the premiums paid by the Company for Mr.
    Komer's benefit with respect to the term life insurance component of these
    policies was: $7,993 for 1997; $7,688 for 1996; and $6,684 for 1995. These
    amounts are also included in the totals shown above.
 
(12) In October 1996, Mr. Komer was awarded ISOs to purchase 35,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, exercisable over a
    five-year term.
 
(13) In April 1994, Mr. Komer was awarded ISOs to purchase 25,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share, exercisable over a
    five-year term.
 
(14) In May 1997, the Company entered into a three-year employment agreement
    with Mr. Wyckoff providing for his employment as the Company's Chief
    Operating Officer and Executive Vice President and General Counsel under
    which he is entitled to receive a base salary of $146,000 per year, plus an
    annual bonus determined under the Bonus Program, plus other benefits given
    to the Company's other executives. The Wyckoff Employment Agreement also
    provides that, should he ever be terminated without cause (including in the
    event of a change in control of the Company), or if he should elect to
    terminate his employment as a result of certain events (including his not
    being retained after a change in control of the Company), or if the Company
    takes any action that reduces or limits his authority as COO or reduces his
    compensation or benefits, then he will receive (x) a minimum of 18 months'
    of his then-current salary or if greater, his then-current salary for the
    remaining term of the Agreement, (y) automatic vesting of all unvested
    options granted under the LTI Plan, and (z) a bonus for the year in which
    the termination occurs, pro-rated through the last day of the calendar month
    prior to the date on which the termination occurs, with the value of all
    such cash compensation payable being calculated and paid in a lump sum
    within 30 days following the occurrence of any such event of termination. In
    the event of his disability during the term of the Wyckoff Employment
    Agreement, Mr. Wyckoff will be entitled to receive all compensation and
    benefits payable thereunder for the remainder of its term. In the event of
    his death during the term of the Wyckoff Employment Agreement, Mr. Wyckoff's
    estate will be entitled to receive a lump-sum payment of the present value
    of the amount of all compensation and benefits payable for the remainder of
    the contract term. The Wyckoff Employment Agreement also provides that Mr.
    Wyckoff will not compete with the Company for a five-year period beginning
    on August 15, 1996.
 
(15) In April of 1997, Mr. Wyckoff was awarded ISO's to purchase 10,000 shares
    of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.81 per share, exercisable over a
    five year term.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
(16) This amount includes the Company's matching contribution to Mr. Wyckoff's
    account under the 401(k) Plan of $651.
 
(17) In each of May and October 1996, Mr. Wyckoff was awarded ISOs, exercisable
    over a five-year term, to purchase 4,000 shares of Common Stock at an
    exercise price of $3.56 per share and 4,000 shares of Common Stock at an
    exercise price of $5.00 per share, respectively.
 
(18) Of this total, $39,200 represents the fair market value of a one-time grant
    of 10,000 shares of Common Stock that was awarded to Mr. Wyckoff in August
    1995 in connection with his hiring by the Company and earned by him in
    August 1996; and $64,285 represents the reimbursement of moving, relocation
    expenses and closing costs incurred by Mr. Wyckoff in relocating from the
    New York City area to Elmira, New York, together with a tax "gross-up"
    payment of $36,164 on this amount.
 
(19) In August 1995, Mr. Wyckoff was awarded ISOs to purchase 10,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.12 per share, exercisable over a
    five-year term.
 
(20) This amount represents the payment of $39,054 in reimbursement of moving,
    relocation expenses and closing costs incurred by Mr. Wyckoff in relocating
    from the New York City area to Elmira, New York, together with a tax
    "gross-up" payment of $16,753 on this amount.
 
(21) Mr. McDonough and the Executive Officers other than Messrs. Calabro and
    Wyckoff, each have a letter agreement with the Company providing that, if
    they are ever terminated without cause through November 1998, they will
    receive: (i) 12 months' worth of their then-current salary, (ii) automatic
    vesting of all unvested options granted under the Company's LTI Plan, and
    (iii) any bonus accrued at the time at which the termination occurs, with
    the value of all such cash compensation to be paid in a lump sum within 30
    days following the occurrence of any such event of termination.
 
(22) In April of 1997, Mr. McDonough was awarded ISO's to purchase 5,000 shares
    of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.81 per share, exercisable over a
    a five year term.
 
(23) The amounts shown represent the Company's matching contributions to Mr.
    McDonough's account under the 401(k) Plan in the amount of: $1,141 for 1997;
    $907 for 1996; and $761 for 1995; plus its profit-sharing contribution to
    his 401(k) account of $0 for 1997 and $4,597 for 1996..
 
(24) In each of May and October 1996, Mr. McDonough was awarded ISOs,
    exercisable over a five-year term, to purchase 4,000 shares of Common Stock
    at an exercise price of $3.56 per share and 4,000 shares of Common Stock at
    an exercise price of $5.00 per share, respectively.
 
(25) In April of 1997, Mr. Ingram was awarded ISO's to purchase 5,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.81 per share, exercisable over a
    five year term.
 
(26) The amounts shown represent the Company's matching contributions to Mr.
    Ingrams's account under the 401(k) Plan in the amount of: $1,693 for 1997;
    $0 for 1996; and $0 for 1995; plus its profit-sharing contribution to his
    401(k) account of $0 for 1997.
 
(27) In each of May and October 1996, Mr. Ingram was awarded ISOs, exercisable
    over a five year term, to purchase 2,000 and 4,000 shares of Common Stock at
    an exercise price of $3.56 and $5.00, respectively.
 
(28) In April of 1997, Ms. Crane-Alderman was awarded ISO's to purchase 5,000
    shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.81 per share, exercisable
    over a five year term.
 
(29) The amounts shown represent the Company's matching contributions to Ms.
    Crane-Alderman's account under the 401(k) Plan in the amount of: $0 for
    1997; $456 for 1996; and $402 for 1995; plus its profit-sharing contribution
    to her 401(k) account of $0 for 1997 and $3,574 for 1996..
 
(30) In each of May and October 1996, Ms. Crane-Alderman was awarded ISOs,
    exersisable over a five-year term, to purchase 3,000 and 4,000 shares of
    Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.56 and $5.00, respectively.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Company has an Outside Directors' Compensation Plan (the "Director
Plan") which enables all outside Directors to elect to take payment of their
annual retainer fees in shares of Common Stock, in compliance with relevant SEC
rules. Under the Director Plan, outside Directors are paid the following
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
schedule of fees: an annual retainer of $5,000; an additional annual retainer of
$7,500 to the Chairman of each Board committee; a fee of $800 for each Board
meeting attended; and a fee of $400 per committee meeting attended. The
per-meeting fees are payable only in cash. The annual retainer fees are earned
for a full year of service and are reduced in proportion to the number of Board
or committee meetings from which an outside Director is absent out of the total
number of such meetings held during that year. Each year on the date of the
Board's annual meeting, the outside Directors may elect to receive all or a
portion of their annual retainer fees accrued and payable for the past year of
service in shares of Common Stock. The number of shares payable is then
determined by dividing the amount of such fees to be paid in stock by the
closing price for a share of Common Stock on that date.
 
    The Company also provides between $30,000 and $50,000 in face amount of term
life insurance to each of its Directors, for which the Company pays an annual
premium of between $403 and $672 per Director. Directors are also compensated at
the rate of $350 per day for each day otherwise spent in this capacity on
Company business.
 
                         COMPENSATION PURSUANT TO PLANS
         COMPENSATION PURSUANT TO THE EMPLOYEE LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    The LTI Plan provides long-term incentives to key employees as determined by
the AFC Committee. Under the Plan, key employees can be awarded stock incentive
rights ("SIRs") and ISOs.
 
    The LTI Plan is administered by the AFC Committee, whose duties include
selecting the employees who will receive grants and determining the amounts and
types (i.e., ISOs, SIRs or a combination thereof) of grants awarded. In making
its selections and determinations, the AFC Committee has substantial flexibility
and makes its judgments based largely on the functions and responsibilities of
the particular employee, the employee's past and potential contributions to the
Company's profitability and growth, and the value of the employee's services to
the Company. The AFC Committee also interprets and implements the Plan and the
grants made thereunder. The members of the AFC Committee are all outside
Directors and outside Directors are not eligible to receive grants under the LTI
Plan.
 
    The ISOs granted under the LTI Plan represent rights to purchase shares of
Common Stock within a fixed period of time and at a cash price per share
("exercise price") specified by the AFC Committee on the date of grant. The
exercise price cannot be less than the fair market value of a share of Common
Stock on the date of grant. Options are exercisable during the period fixed by
the AFC Committee, except that no option may be exercised more than ten years
from the date of grant.
 
    SIRs are rights to receive shares of Common Stock without any cash payment
to the Company, conditioned only on continued employment with the Company
throughout a specified four-year period. When awarding SIRs, the Committee has
the discretion to establish a full four-year ("100%") incentive period or a
staggered 25% per year four-year incentive period with regard to the earnout of
an SIR. If the Committee awarded an SIR with a 100% four-year incentive period
requirement, the recipient would have to remain employed by the Company for four
years before receiving the shares subject to the SIR award; earlier termination
of employment, except in the event of death, permanent disability or normal
retirement, would result in the automatic cancellation of the SIR. If the
Committee awarded an SIR with a staggered 25% per year four-year incentive
period, the recipient would be entitled to receive 25% of the total number of
shares subject to the SIR grant at the end of each year of the four year
incentive period, so long as the recipient was still employed by the Company at
the end of each such year, with exceptions made in the event of death, permanent
disability or normal retirement. Should a recipient die, become permanently
disabled or retire during an SIR incentive period, he/she or his/her estate, as
the case may be, would receive a pro-rated number of the shares underlying the
SIR award based upon the ratio that the number of months since the SIR had been
granted bore to the full four-year incentive period, less any shares already
issued in the case of a 25% per year four-year incentive period.
 
    During an SIR incentive period, should the Company declare any cash
dividends on its Common Stock, the holder of an SIR would be entitled to receive
from the Company cash "dividend equivalent" payments equal to any such cash
dividends that the holder would have received had he/she owned the shares of
Common Stock underlying the SIR. However, the holder of an SIR would not have
any other
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
rights with respect to the shares underlying an SIR award, e.g., the right to
vote or pledge such shares, until such shares are actually issued to the holder.
 
    An employee can be awarded both SIRs and ISOs in any combinations that the
AFC Committee may determine. In such an event, an exercise of an ISO would not
in any way affect or cancel any SIRs an employee may have received.
 
    Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the individuals to whom grants of
ISOs and/or SIRs are awarded, the number of shares covered by each award, the
incentive period applicable to each SIR award, the times when options may be
exercised, the term and other provisions of each option are fixed by the AFC
Committee. No ISO may be granted to a person who owns at the time of grant or
would own after full exercise of all options and rights to acquire the Company's
shares, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Common Stock,
unless at the time of grant, the ISO price is at least 110% of the fair market
value of the shares subject to the ISO and the ISO is not exercisable after the
expiration of five years from the date of grant.
 
    The following table shows information concerning the stock options granted
under the LTI Plan during 1997 to the Named Executives. To date, the AFC
Committee has not awarded any SIRs under the Plan.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                    ----------------------------------------------------    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                     % OF                                   AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                                     NUMBER OF       TOTAL                                             STOCK
                                    SECURITIES      OPTIONS                                     PRICE APPRECIATION
                                    UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO                                    FOR OPTION TERM (1)
                                      OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES     EXERCISE                 -------------------------------
                                      GRANTED      IN FISCAL       PRICE     EXPIRATION      0%         5%         10%
NAME                                     #           YEAR        ($/SHARE)      DATE         ($)        ($)        ($)
- ----------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Joseph A. Calabro.................      25,000(2)        18.2%        4.81      4/30/07      15,750    101,280    232,499
Stuart Komer......................      74,960(3)        54.5%        6.67      4/30/98      -0-           N/A        N/A
Thomas C. Wyckoff.................      10,000(2)         7.3%        4.81      4/30/07       6,300     40,512     93,000
Robert T. McDonough...............       5,000(2)         3.6%        4.81      4/30/07       3,150     20,256     46,500
William F. Ingram.................       5,000(2)         3.6%        4.81      4/30/07       3,150     20,256     46,500
Michelle Crane-Alderman...........       5,000(2)         3.6%        4.81      4/30/07       3,150     20,256     46,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) These calculations show the potential gain that would be realized if the
    ISOs shown were not exercised until the end of their full term, assuming the
    compound annual rate of appreciation of the stock price indicated (0%, 5%,
    and 10%) over the term of the ISOs shown, net of the exercise prices paid.
 
(2) These ISOs were granted on April 30, 1997, for a term of ten years, 20% of
    which first became exercisable on April 30, 1997 and an additional 20% of
    which become exercisable on the first, second, third and fourth
    anniversaries of the grant date.
 
(3) These ISOs were granted on April 30, 1997 for a one year term to replace an
    identical number of ISOs with the same exercise price that expired in 1997.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    During 1997, none of the Named Executives exercised any options under the
LTI Plan. The following table reflects information concerning the number and
value of all unexercised options held by each of the Named Executives at year
end 1997 under the LTI Plan:
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                     UNDERLYING            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                 UNEXERCISED OPTIONS       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                                AT FISCAL YEAR-END(#)     AT FISCAL YEAR-END($)
NAME                                                           EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                      <C>
 
Joseph A. Calabro............................................        23,000/47,000            26,925/44,325
 
Stuart Komer.................................................       133,960/26,000             1,750/2,625
 
Thomas C. Wyckoff............................................        11,200/16,800            15,364/14,596
 
Robert T. McDonough..........................................         9,600/9,400              3,319/5,391
 
William F. Ingram............................................         3,400/7,600              1,767/3,438
 
Michelle Crane-Alderman......................................         7,400/8,600              2,593/4,427
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) For each Named Executive, these values are calculated by subtracting the per
    share option exercise price for each tranche of options held on December 31,
    1997, from the closing price of the Company's Common Stock on that date
    ($5.13), then multiplying that figure by the number of options in that
    tranche, then aggregating the resulting subtotals.
 
    As of December 31, 1997, 750,620 options were available for grants under the
Plan. As of that date, there were 412,910 options outstanding, with a weighted
average exercise price of $5.71 per share. The expiration dates of these option
grants ranged from February 17, 1998 through October 27, 2001.
 
PROFIT SHARING 401(K) PLAN
 
    The Company has a Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, in which employees who are 21
years of age or older and who work at least 1,000 hours during one year of
continuous service are eligible to participate. All contributions to an electing
employee's account are made in accordance with the regulations set forth under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company's
matching contribution is vested at the end of the year in which it was received
by the employee and profit-sharing contributions, as described below, are
forfeitable until a participating employee has three years of employment with
the Company with a minimum of 1,000 hours of service in each of those years.
Under the Plan, participating employees can elect to contribute, on a
tax-deferred basis, up to 15% of their annual compensation, subject to a ceiling
of $9,500 for 1997. The Company makes a matching contribution of 50% of each
employee's contributions to the 401(k) Plan, up to the first 4% of the
employee's compensation deferred each year. Also under the 401(k) Plan, the
Company may make annual, discretionary profit-sharing contributions to the
accounts of participating employees based upon the Company's profitability for
the year. These contributions, when made, are calculated under a formula which
is based upon the percentage that an eligible employee's compensation for the
fiscal year bears to the total compensation of all employees participating in
the 401(k) Plan, after taking into account the Company's contribution to Social
Security.
 
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
    In October 1996, the Board instituted a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plan, pursuant to which Executive Officers permitted to participate in this Plan
by the Board or the CEO can elect to defer payment of all or a portion of their
compensation to a future date, all in accordance with the terms of this Plan,
and by such deferral, likewise defer the payment of income taxes on such
amounts. There are no Executive Officers currently participating in this Plan.
Any amounts deferred by any Executive Officer under this Plan would be included
for the years shown as earned in the Summary Compensation Table
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
above. Interest on amounts deferred is accrued annually and is based on the
prime rate as in effect from time to time.
 
    Stuart Komer is the only participant in the Company's 1987 Deferred
Compensation Plan, whereby he can elect to defer payment of all or a portion of
his compensation to a future date, all in accordance with the terms of such
Plan, and by such deferral, likewise defer the payment of income taxes on such
amounts. All amounts deferred by Mr. Komer under this Plan are included for the
years shown in the Summary Compensation Table above. Interest on amounts
deferred under this Plan is accrued monthly and is calculated at the prime rate
as in effect from time to time.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock of the Company as of January 21, 1998, by (1) each
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company,
(2) each Director of the Company, (3) the Executive Officers of the Company, and
(4) all Directors and Executive Officers of the Company as a group. The Company
believes that each of the following persons has sole investment and voting power
in respect of his/her/its shares owned except as otherwise noted.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF SHARES    PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP
NAME                                                            OF COMMON STOCK     OF COMMON STOCK(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>
 
American Greetings Corporation...............................         2,250,000(2)             38.5%
  One American Road
  Cleveland, OH 44144
 
Stuart Komer.................................................           469,746(3)              8.0%
  One Komer Center
  Elmira, NY 14902
 
Joseph A. Calabro............................................            35,000(4)            *
 
Norman S. Edelcup............................................             8,000              *
 
Lyndon E. Goodridge..........................................             7,000              *
 
Irving I. Stone..............................................             1,500( ,6)            *
 
Morry Weiss..................................................             3,364(6)            *
 
Thomas C. Wyckoff............................................            40,540(7)            *
 
Robert T. McDonough..........................................            10,650(8)            *
 
William F. Ingram............................................             5,900(9)            *
 
Michelle Crane-Alderman......................................             9,600(10)            *
 
All Directors and Executive Officers of the Company as a
  group (10 persons).........................................           591,300(           ,9)             10.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Indicates less than 1% of the Company's issued and outstanding shares.
 
(1) Percentages have been calculated assuming, in the case of each person, the
    exercise of all options that are currently or will become exercisable within
    the next 60 days by each such person, but not the exercise of any options
    owned by any other person listed. The calculation of percentage ownership
    for all Directors and Executive Officers as a group assumes the exercise of
    all options that are currently or will become exercisable within the next 60
    days by each such person.
 
(2) For a description of certain arrangements between the Company and AGC, see
    Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
 
(3) Includes options to purchase 138,960 shares that are currently or will
    become exercisable by Mr. Komer within the next 60 days and 4,000 shares
    owned by Mr. Komer's wife.
 
(4) Includes options to purchase 31,000 shares that are currently or will become
    exercisable by Mr. Calabro within the next 60 days.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
(5) These shares are held in the Judith Stone Weiss Trust for the benefit of Mr.
    Stone, who has sole voting and investment power with respect to these
    shares.
 
(6) Does not include the 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock owned by AGC.
 
(7) Includes options to purchase 14,000 shares that are currently or will become
    exercisable by Mr. Wyckoff within the next 60 days and 640 shares owned by
    Mr. Wyckoff's wife.
 
(8) Includes options to purchase 12,000 shares that are currently or will become
    exercisable by Mr. McDonough within the next 60 days.
 
(9) Includes options to purchase 3,400 shares that are currently or will become
    exerciseable by Mr. Ingram wihtin the next 60 days.
 
(10) Includes options to purchase 7,400 shares that are currently or will become
    exerciseable by Ms. Crane-Alderman within the next 60 days.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
 
    On December 21, 1997, the Company entered into the Asset Purchase Agreement
with ADI whereby the Company will sell certain assets of the P&C Businesses to
ADI for $9 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities relating to
the P&C Businesses. ADI was formed by Thomas C. Wyckoff, Chief Operating Officer
of the Company, for the sole purpose of effecting the Asset Sale to ADI. In
addition, at the election of ADI, up to $250,000 of the purchase price for the
P&C Businesses may be satisfied by delivery to the Company of a junior
subordinate promissory note. Further, on October 15, 1997 and November 7, 1997,
the Company advanced $50,000, or a total of $100,000, to ADI for the payment of
expenses other than legal and accounting fees, which advance was evidenced by
two promissory notes, each with an interest rate of 6%, from ADI to the Company.
 
    Pursuant to a standstill agreement (the "Original Standstill Agreement"),
AGC purchased 2,250,000 shares (as adjusted for a stock split) of the Company's
Common Stock (the "AGC Shares"), for an aggregate net purchase price of
$6,450,000. AGC acquired its interest in the Company primarily as an investment.
However, in addition, the Company has agreed to promote certain of AGC's
greeting card products through its catalogs and AGC may promote certain of the
Company's personalized products through AGC's retail outlets.
 
    On June 16, 1992, the Company and AGC amended the Original Standstill
Agreement (the "Amended Standstill Agreement") governing the control over the
AGC Shares.
 
    The Amended Standstill Agreement superseded and terminated in their entirety
both the Original Standstill Agreement, which was among the Company, AGC and Mr.
Komer, and the Voting Trust Agreement of the same date and among the same
parties, under which the AGC Shares had been held until that date.
 
    Under the Amended Standstill Agreement, AGC is generally prohibited from
purchasing any additional shares of Common Stock and has agreed to vote the AGC
Shares only in accordance with the recommendations made to the Company's
Stockholders by the Board. AGC retains the right to nominate a maximum of two
Directors to the Board, so long as it owns more than 20% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock. It can nominate only one Director if its percentage
ownership drops to between 10% and 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
and loses these nomination rights entirely if its percentage ownership drops
below 10%. AGC also has certain anti-dilution rights to enable it to maintain
its present proportionate ownership of approximately 36% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock.
 
    Additionally, during the term of the Amended Standstill Agreement AGC is
permitted to sell any of the AGC Shares only to the public, either in a
registered offering or under Rule 144 ("Rule 144") of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), subject, however, to the Company's prior right of
first refusal to purchase any or all of such shares at their then-current market
price. AGC also has certain "demand" and "piggyback" registration rights to
enable it to have the AGC Shares registered for public sale. Under the Amended
Standstill Agreement, AGC can acquire the balance of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock or the Company's assets only in a transaction approved by the Board
(excluding any Directors nominated by AGC).
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    Unless earlier terminated, the Amended Standstill Agreement will expire on
December 31, 2000. However, it can be terminated at any time by AGC upon 90 days
notice to the Company. As of April 30, 1996, the Company could have terminated
the Amended Standstill Agreement at any time upon giving one year's notice to
AGC and under certain other circumstances. The Amended Standstill Agreement also
can be terminated by either party upon notice given within 90 days following any
termination of a Marketing Agreement (defined below), and automatically
terminates at such time as AGC's holdings constitute less than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock. Within 60 days prior to the effective date
of any termination of the Amended Standstill Agreement, however, the Company has
the right to purchase all or any part of the AGC Shares at their then-current
market price, and/or to require AGC to sell all or part of the AGC Shares in a
registered public offering.
 
    Mr. Komer is not a party to the Amended Standstill Agreement. However, in a
letter to AGC dated June 16, 1992, he has agreed that, during the term of the
Amended Standstill Agreement, any sales of his Company shareholdings will only
be made through an underwritten public offering or under Rule 144.
 
    Simultaneously with the signing of the Amended Standstill Agreement, the
Company and AGC also executed a direct mail agreement (the "Marketing
Agreement") that gives the Company exclusive rights to market and sell by mail
certain paper products based on AGC's designs through the Company's catalogs,
order fulfillment and other direct mail marketing programs. This Agreement
likewise expires on December 31, 2000, unless earlier terminated upon nine
months advance notice given by either party.
 
    At the Effective Time of the Merger, the foregoing arrangements shall
terminate except that ADI will continue to license certain intellectual property
from AGC.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS COVERED BY REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Balance sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996........................................         18
Statements of Operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
  1995.................................................................................         19
Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity...........................................         20
Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
  1995.................................................................................         21
Notes to Financial Statements..........................................................         22
</TABLE>
 
LIST OF EXHIBITS
 
    The following constitutes the list of exhibits required to be filed as part
of this report pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION                                           LOCATION
- -----------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                  <C>
       2-1   Amended Standstill Agreement dated as of June 1,     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2-1 to the
             1992, between American Greetings Corporation         Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 1992.
             ("American") and Artistic.
 
       2-2   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 21,     Filed herewith.
             1997, between Artistic, MDC Communications
             Corporation and AGI Acquisition Co.
 
       3-1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, a       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3-1 to the
             Delaware corporation.                                Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                                                                  1987.
 
       3-2   Bylaws of the Company, as amended.                   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3-2 to the
                                                                  Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1996.
 
      10-1*  Company's Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan, as      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-1 to the
             amended.                                             Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                                                                  1993 ("1993 10-K").
 
      10-2*  Employment Agreement between the Company and Stuart  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-2 to the
             Komer (the "Komer Agreement").                       1993 10-K.
 
      10-3*  Amendment to the Komer Agreement.                    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-3 to the
                                                                  Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                                                                  1996.
 
      10-4*  Employment Agreement between the Company and Joseph  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the
             A. Calabro.                                          Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
                                                                  30, 1996.
 
      10-6*  Employment Agreement between the Company and Thomas  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-6 to the
             C. Wyckoff.                                          Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION                                           LOCATION
- -----------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                  <C>
      10-7*  Form of Deferred Compensation Plan between the       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-9 to the
             Company and Stuart Komer.                            Company's 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                                                                  1986.
 
      10-8*  Form of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-8 to the
             between the Company and Certain Highly Compensated   Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             Employees of the Company.                            December 31, 1996.
 
     10-10   Revolving Loan Agreement (the "Revolver") dated      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-5 of the
             March 8, 1996, between the Company and Marine        Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             Midland Bank, N.A. ("Marine").                       December 31, 1995 ("1995-10-K").
 
     10-11   Amendment and Modification Agreement of the          Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-15 of the
             Revolver between the Company and Marine, dated as    1995 10-K.
             of March 8, 1996.
 
     10-12   Amendment No. 2 to the Revolver, dated as of         Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-12 to the
             November 14, 1996.                                   Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1996.
 
     10-13   Amendment No. 3 to the Revolver, dated as of         Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-13 to the
             December 31, 1996.                                   Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1996.
 
     10-14*  Outside Directors Compensation Plan.                 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-14 to the
                                                                  Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1992.
 
     10-15   Security Agreement dated March 8, 1996, between the  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-7 of the
             Company and Marine.                                  1995 10-K.
 
     10-16   Lease dated March 31, 1993 between the Company and   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-8 to the
             Stuart Komer leasing premises located at 406         1995 10-K.
             Academy Place, Elmira, NY, as amended.
 
     10-17   Sale and Development Agreement dated April 26, 1991  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-16 of the
             between the Company and the City of Elmira, NY.      Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1991.
 
     10-18   Loan Agreement and Direct Mortgage dated November    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-14 of the
             6, 1995 between the Company and New York State       1995 10-K.
             Urban Development Corporation.
 
     10-19   Advertising Agreement between Valassis and the       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-17 of the
             Company dated May 30, 1995 (the "Advertising         1995 10-K.
             Agreement").
 
     10-20   Amendment to the Advertising Agreement dated June    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-20 to the
             28, 1996.                                            Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                                                                  December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION                                           LOCATION
- -----------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                  <C>
     10-21   Master Agreement between Artistic and Harland,       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-1 of the
             dated August 29, 1996.                               Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on September 20,
                                                                  1996.
 
     10-22   Fulfillment Agreement between Artistic and Harland,  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-2 of the
             dated August 29, 1996.                               Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on September 20,
                                                                  1996.
 
     10-23   Agreement for Purchase of Equipment between          Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-3 of the
             Artistic and Harland, dated August 29, 1996.         Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on September 20,
                                                                  1996.
 
     10-24   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 21, 1997,   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-24 of the
             between Artistic and Artistic Direct Incorporated.   Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30,
                                                                  1997.
 
        11   Statement re: computation of per share earnings.     See Note 1 to the Notes to the Consolidated
                                                                  Financial Statements Incorporated by reference in
                                                                  Item 8 hereof.
 
        23   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Certified Public     Filed herewith.
             Accountants, re: Incorporation by Reference.
 
        27   Financial Data Schedule.                             Filed only with EDGAR filing, per Regulation S-K,
                                                                  Rule 601 (c)(1)(v).
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required
    to be filed as an exhibit to this Report pursuant to Item 14 (c) of this
    Report.
 
REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
    On December 21, 1997, the Company filed a report on Form 8-K to report,
under the heading of Item 2, Acquisition or Disposition of Assets, that it
entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the "Merger Agreement") with MDC
Communications Corporation, a Canadian company ("MDC"), for the merger of a
wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC with and into Artistic (the "Merger") for cash
consideration of $5.70 for each of the approximately 5.8 million Artistic shares
of common stock outstanding, for total proceeds to the stockholders of Artistic
of approximately $33 million.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Dated: April 1, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                     ARTISTIC GREETINGS INCORPORATED
 
                                By:  /s/ DAVID A. PREUCIL
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Name: David A. Preucil
                                     Title: VICE PRESIDENT FINANCE AND CHIEF
                                          FINANCIAL OFFICER (PRINCIPAL
                                          FINANCIAL & ACCOUNTING OFFICER)
</TABLE>
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report has been signed below by the following persons, on behalf of the Company,
in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
  <S>  <C>                                                           <C>
  By:  /s/ JOSEPH A. CALABRO                                                  Date: April 1, 1998
       ----------------------
       Name: Joseph A. Calabro
       Title: Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director
 
  By:  /s/ NORMAN S. EDELCUP                                                  Date: April 1, 1998
       -----------------------
       Name: Norman S. Edelcup
       Title: Director
 
  By   /s/ LYNDON E. GOODRIDGE                                                Date: April 1, 1998
       ------------------------
       Name: Lyndon E. Goodridge
       Title: Director
 
  By:  /s/ STUART KOMER                                                       Date: April 1, 1998
       -----------------
       Name: Stuart Komer
       Title: Chairman and a Director
 
  By:  /s/ DAVID A. PREUCIL                                                   Date: April 1, 1998
       --------------------
       Name: David A. Preucil
       Title: Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer
       (Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)
 
  By:  /s/ IRVING I. STONE                                                    Date: April 1, 1998
       ------------------
       Name: Irving I. Stone
       Title: Director
 
  By:  /s/ MORRY WEISS                                                        Date: April 1, 1998
       ----------------
       Name: Morry Weiss
       Title: Director
 
  By:  /s/ THOMAS C. WYCKOFF                                                  Date: April 1, 1998
       -----------------------
       Name: Thomas C. Wyckoff
       Title: Chief Operating Officer & Executive Vice President
</TABLE>
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports included in this Form 10-K into the Company's previously filed
Registration Statements on Form S-8 File Nos. 33-24503 and 33-43605.
 
Rochester, New York,
March 31, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission